Asme Sec Ix PT QW Article IV

Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 139
At a glance
Powered by AI
The document discusses different welding variables and how they impact procedure qualification. It categorizes variables as essential, supplemental essential, or nonessential depending on how they affect mechanical properties of welds.

Essential variables are conditions that affect mechanical properties or a welder's ability to deposit sound welds. They require requalification if changed. Supplemental essential variables only affect notch toughness. Nonessential variables do not affect mechanical properties.

The document discusses various joint types including V-grooves, U-grooves, and single and double bevel grooves. It also covers additions or deletions of backings.

ARTICLE IV

WELDING DATA

QW-400 VARIABLES supplementary essential variable(s), with the coupon


long enough to provide the necessary notch-toughness
QW-401 General
specimens. If a previously qualified weld procedure
Each welding variable described in this Article is has satisfactory notch-toughness values in the weld
applicable as an essential, supplemental essential, or metal, then it is necessary only to test notch-toughness
nonessential variable for procedure qualification when specimens from the heat affected zone when such are
referenced in QW-250 for each specific welding process. required.
Essential variables for performance qualification are
QW-401.4 Nonessential Variable (Procedure). A
referenced in QW-350 for each specific welding process.
change in a welding condition which will not affect
A change from one welding process to another welding
the mechanical properties of a weldment (such as joint
process is an essential variable and requires requalifi-
design, method of back gouging or cleaning, etc.)
cation.
QW-401.5 The welding data includes the welding
QW-401.1 Essential Variable (Procedure). A
variables grouped as joints, base metals, filler metals,
change in a welding condition which will affect the
position, preheat, postweld heat treatment, gas, electrical
mechanical properties (other than notch toughness) of
characteristics, and technique. For convenience, vari-
the weldment (for example, change in P-Number, weld-
ables for each welding process are summarized in QW-
ing process, filler metal, electrode, preheat or postweld
416 for performance qualification.
heat treatment, etc.).
QW-401.2 Essential Variable (Performance). A
change in a welding condition which will affect the QW-402 Joints
ability of a welder to deposit sound weld metal (such QW-402.1 A change in the type of groove (Vee-
as a change in welding process, deletion of backing, groove, U-groove, single-bevel, double-bevel, etc.).
electrode, F-Number, technique, etc.).
QW-402.2 The addition or deletion of a backing.
QW-401.3 Supplemental Essential Variable (Pro-
cedure). A change in a welding condition which will QW-402.3 A change in the nominal composition of
affect the notch-toughness properties of a weldment the backing.
(for example, change in welding process, uphill or down QW-402.4 The deletion of the backing in single-
vertical welding, heat input, preheat or PWHT, etc.). welded groove welds. Double-welded groove welds are
When a procedure has been previously qualified to considered welding with backing.
satisfy all requirements other than notch toughness, it
is then necessary only to prepare an additional test QW-402.5 The addition of a backing or a change
coupon using the same procedure with the same essential in its nominal composition.
variables, but additionally with all of the required QW-402.6 An increase in the fit-up gap, beyond
supplementary essential variables, with the coupon long that initially qualified.
enough to provide the necessary notch-toughness spec-
imens. QW-402.7 The addition of backing.
When a procedure has been previously qualified to
QW-402.8 A change in nominal size or shape of
satisfy all requirements including notch toughness, but
the stud at the section to be welded.
one or more supplementary essential variable is changed,
then it is only necessary to prepare an additional test QW-402.9 In stud welding, a change in shielding
coupon using the same welding procedure and the new as a result of ferrule or flux type.

56

COPYRIGHT American Society of Mechanical Engineers


Licensed by Information Handling Services
QW-402.10 WELDING DATA QW-403.5

QW-402.10 A change in the specified root spacing. QW-403 Base Metals

QW-402.11 The addition or deletion of nonmetallic QW-403.1 A change from a base metal listed under
retainers or nonfusing metal retainers. one P-Number in QW/QB-422 to a metal listed under
another P-Number or to any other base metal. When
QW-402.12 The welding procedure qualification test joints are made between two base metals that have
shall duplicate the joint configuration to be used in different P-Numbers, a procedure qualification shall be
production within the limits listed, except that pipe or made for the applicable combination of P-Numbers,
tube to pipe or tube may be used for qualification of even though qualification tests have been made for
a pipe or tube to other shapes, and solid round to solid each of the two base metals welded to itself.
round may be used for qualification of a solid round
to other shapes: QW-403.2 The maximum thickness qualified is the
(a) any change exceeding ±10 deg in the angle thickness of the test coupon.
measured for the plane of either face to be joined, to QW-403.3 Where the measurement of penetration
the axis of rotation; can be made by visual or mechanical means, requalifica-
(b) a change in cross-sectional area of the weld joint tion is required where the base metal thickness differs
greater than 10%; by 20% from that of the test coupon thickness when
(c) a change in the outside diameter of the cylindrical the test coupon thickness is 1 in. (25 mm) and under,
weld interface of the assembly greater than ±10%; and 10% when the test coupon thickness is over 1 in.
(d) a change from solid to tubular cross section at (25 mm) Where the measurement of penetration cannot
the joint or vice versa regardless of QW-402.12(b). be made, requalification is required where the base
metal thickness differs by 10% from that of the test
QW-402.13 A change in the joint from spot to
coupon when the test coupon thickness is 1 in. (25 mm)
projection to seam or vice versa.
and under, and 5% when the test coupon thickness is
QW-402.14 A decrease in the center-to-center dis- over 1 in. (25 mm).
tance when the welds overlap. An increase or decrease QW-403.4 Welding procedure qualifications shall be
of more than 10% in the spacing of the welds when made using a base metal of the same type or grade
they are within two diameters of each other. or another base metal listed in the same group (see
QW-402.15 A change in the size or shape of the QW/QB-422) as the base metal to be used in production
projection in projection welding. welding. When joints are to be made between base
metals from two different groups, a procedure qualifica-
QW-402.16 A decrease in the distance between the tion must be made for the applicable combination of
approximate weld interface and the final surface of the base metals, even though procedure qualification tests
production corrosion-resistant or hard-facing weld metal have been made for each of the two base metals welded
overlay below the minimum thickness qualified as to itself.
shown in QW-462.5(a) through QW-462.5(e). There is
QW-403.5 Welding procedure qualifications shall be
no limit on the maximum thickness for corrosion-
made using a base metal of the same type or grade
resistant or hard-facing weld metal overlay that may
or another base metal listed in the same P-Number
be used in production.
and Group Number (see QW/QB-422) as the base
QW-402.17 An increase in the thickness of the metal to be used in production welding. A procedure
production spray fuse hard-facing deposit above the qualification shall be made for each P-Number and
thickness deposited on the procedure qualification test Group Number combination of base metals, even though
coupon. procedure qualification tests have been made for each
of the two base metals welded to itself. If, however,
QW-402.18 When the joint is a lap joint, the follow- the procedure specification for welding the combination
ing additional variables shall apply: of base metals specifies the same essential variables,
(a) a change of more than 10% in the distance to including electrode or filler metal, as both specifications
the edge of the material; for welding each base metal to itself, such that base
(b) a change of more than 10% in the joint overlap; metals is the only change, then the procedure specifica-
(c) a change in the number of layers of material; tion for welding the combination of base metals is also
(d) a change in the method of surface conditioning qualified. In addition, when base metals of two different
at the metal-to-metal interfaces. P-Number Group Number combinations are qualified

57

COPYRIGHT American Society of Mechanical Engineers


Licensed by Information Handling Services
QW-403.5 2001 SECTION IX QW-403.20

using a single test coupon, that coupon qualifies the qualify for that P-Number metal welded to each of the
welding of those two P-Number Group Numbers to lower P-Number metals, but not vice versa.
themselves as well as to each other using the variables
QW-403.13 A change from one P-No. 5 to any
qualified. This variable does not apply when impact
other P-No. 5 (viz P-No. 5A to P-No. 5B or P-No.
testing of the heat-affected zone is not required by
5C or vice versa). A change from P-No. 9A to P-No.
other Sections.
9B but not vice versa. A change from one P-No. 10
QW-403.6 The minimum base metal thickness quali- to any other P-No. 10 (viz P-No. 10A to P-No. 10B
fied is the thickness of the test coupon T or 5⁄8 in. or P-No. 10C, etc., or vice versa).
(16 mm), whichever is less. However, where T is less
QW-403.15 Welding procedure qualifications for la-
than 1⁄4 in. (6 mm), the minimum thickness qualified
ser beam welding and electron beam welding shall be
is 1⁄2T. This limitation does not apply when a WPS is
made using a base metal of the same type or grade
qualified with a PWHT above the upper transformation
or another base metal listed in the same P-Number
temperature or when an austenitic material is solution
(and the same group where given — see QW/QB-422)
annealed after welding.
as the base metal to be used in production welding.
QW-403.7 For the multipass processes of shielded When joints are to be made between base metals from
metal-arc, submerged-arc, gas tungsten-arc, and gas two different P-Numbers (or two different groups), a
metal-arc, the maximum thickness qualified for 11⁄2 in. procedure qualification must be made for the applicable
(38 mm) and over thickness T of the test coupon of combination of base metals even though procedure
QW-451.1 shall be 8 in. (203 mm) for the conditions qualification tests have been made for each of the two
shown in QW-451.1. For thicknesses greater than 8 base metals welded to itself.
in. (203 mm), the maximum thicknesses of base metal
QW-403.16 A change in the pipe diameter beyond 01
and deposited weld metal qualified is 1.33T or 1.33t,
the range qualified in QW-452, except as otherwise
as applicable.
permitted in QW-303.1, QW-303.2, QW-381(c), or QW-
QW-403.8 A change in base metal thickness beyond 382(c).
the range qualified in QW-451, except as otherwise
QW-403.17 In stud welding, a change in combination
permitted by QW-202.4(b).
of base metal listed under one P-Number in QW/QB-
QW-403.9 For single-pass or multipass welding in 422 and stud metal P-Number (as defined in Note
which any pass is greater than 1⁄2 in. (13 mm) thick, below), or to any other base metal /stud metal combi-
an increase in base metal thickness beyond 1.1 times nation.
that of the qualification test coupon.
NOTE: Stud metal shall be classified by nominal chemical composi-
QW-403.10 For the short-circuiting transfer mode tion and can be assigned a P-Number when it meets the nominal
composition of any one of the P-Number metals.
of the gas metal-arc process, when the qualification
test coupon thickness is less than 1⁄2 in. (13 mm), an QW-403.18 A change from one P-Number to any
increase in thickness beyond 1.1 times that of the other P-Number or to a base metal not listed in QW/
qualification test coupon. For thicknesses of 1⁄2 in. QB-422, except as permitted in QW-423, and in QW-
(13 mm) and greater, use QW-451.1 or QW-451.2, as 420.2.
applicable.
QW-403.19 A change to another base material type
QW-403.11 Base metals specified in the WPS shall or grade (type or grade are materials of the same
be qualified by a procedure qualification test which was nominal chemical analysis and mechanical property
made using base metals in accordance with QW-424. range, even though of different product form), or to
any other base material type or grade. When joints are
QW-403.12 A change from a base metal listed under
made between two different types or grades of base
one P-Number of QW/QB-422 to a base metal listed
material, a procedure qualification must be made for
under another P-Number. When joints are made between
the applicable combinations of materials, even though
two base metals that have different P-Numbers, requali-
procedure qualification tests have been made for each
fication is required even though the two base metals have
of the two base materials welded to itself.
been independently qualified using the same procedure.
When the melt-in technique is used for joining P-No. QW-403.20 A change from a base metal, listed under
1, P-No. 3, P-No. 4, and P-No. 5A, a procedure one P-Number in QW/QB-422, to a metal listed under
qualification test with one P-Number metal shall also another P-Number or to any other base metal; from a

58

COPYRIGHT American Society of Mechanical Engineers


Licensed by Information Handling Services
QW-403.20 WELDING DATA QW-404.10

base metal of one subgroup to any other grouping in gas used was the same as that used to weld the
P-No. 10 or 11. procedure qualification test coupon.
(d) For SAW — from the chemical analysis of the
QW-403.21 The addition or deletion of a coating, weld deposit prepared according to the filler metal
plating or cladding, or a change in the nominal chemical specification or the manufacturer’s or supplier’s certifi-
analysis or thickness range of the plating or cladding, cate of compliance when the flux used was the same
or a change in type of coating as specified in the WPS. as that used to weld the procedure qualification test
QW-403.22 A change in the nominal base metal coupon.
thickness exceeding 5% of any outer sheet thickness In lieu of an A-Number designation, the nominal
or 10% of the nominal thickness of the total joint from chemical composition of the weld deposit shall be
that qualified. indicated on the WPS and on the PQR. Designation
of nominal chemical composition may also be by
QW-403.23 A change in base metal thickness beyond reference to the AWS classification (where such exists),
the range qualified in QW-453. the manufacturer’s trade designation, or other estab-
lished procurement documents.

QW-404 Filler Metals QW-404.6 A change in the nominal size of the


electrode or electrodes specified in the WPS.
QW-404.1 A change in the cross-sectional area of
the filler metal added (excluding buttering) or in the QW-404.7 A change in the nominal diameter of the
wire-feed speed greater than ±10% beyond that qualified. electrode to over 1⁄4 in. (6 mm). This limitation does
not apply when a WPS is qualified with a PWHT
QW-404.2 A decrease in the thickness or change in above the upper transformation temperature or when
nominal specified chemical analysis of weld metal an austenitic material is solution annealed after welding.
buttering beyond that qualified. (Buttering or surfacing
is the deposition of weld metal on one or both faces QW-404.8 Addition or deletion, or a change in
of the joint prior to preparation of the joint for final nominal amount or composition of supplementary deoxi-
electron beam welding.) dation material (in addition to filler metal) beyond that
qualified. (Such supplementary metal may be required
QW-404.3 A change in the size of the filler metal. for weld metal deoxidation for some metals being
welded.)
QW-404.4 A change from one F-Number in QW-
432 to any other F-Number or to any other filler metal QW-404.9
not listed in QW-432. (a) A change in the indicator for minimum tensile
strength (e.g., the 7 in F7A2-EM12K) when the flux
QW-404.5 (Applicable only to ferrous metals.) A
wire combination is classified in Section II, Part C.
change in the chemical composition of the weld deposit
(b) A change in either the flux trade name or wire
from one A-Number to any other A-Number in QW-
trade name when neither the flux nor the wire is
442. Qualification with A-No. 1 shall qualify for A-
classified in Section II, Part C.
No. 2 and vice versa.
(c) A change in the flux trade name when the wire
The weld metal chemical composition may be deter-
is classified in Section II, Part C but the flux is not
mined by any of the following.
classified. A change in the wire classification within
(a) For all welding processes — from the chemical
the requirements of QW-404.5 does not require requali-
analysis of the weld deposit taken from the procedure
fication.
qualification test coupon.
(d) A change in the flux trade name for A-No. 8
(b) For SMAW, GTAW, and PAW — from the
deposits.
chemical analysis of the weld deposit prepared according
to the filler metal specification, or from the chemical QW-404.10 Where the alloy content of the weld
composition as reported either in the filler metal specifi- metal is largely dependent upon the composition of
cation or the manufacturer’s or supplier’s certificate of the flux used, any change in any part of the welding
compliance. procedure which would result in the important alloying
(c) For GMAW and EGW — from the chemical elements in the weld metal being outside of the specifi-
analysis of the weld deposit prepared according to cation range of chemistry given in the Welding Proce-
the filler metal specification or the manufacturer’s or dure Specification. If there is evidence that the produc-
supplier’s certificate of compliance when the shielding tion welds are not being made in accordance with the

59

COPYRIGHT American Society of Mechanical Engineers


Licensed by Information Handling Services
QW-404.10 2001 SECTION IX QW-404.32

procedure specification, the authorized inspector may QW-404.20 Any change in the method by which
require that a check be made on the chemical composi- filler metal is added, such as preplaced shim, top strip,
tion of the weld metal. Such a check shall preferably wire, wire feed, or prior weld metal buttering of one
be made on a production weld. or both joint faces.

QW-404.12 A change in the SFA specification filler QW-404.21 For filler metal additions, any change
metal classification or to a filler metal not covered by from the nominal specified analysis of the filler metal
an SFA specification, or from one filler metal not qualified.
covered by an SFA specification to another which is QW-404.22 The omission or addition of consumable
not covered by an SFA specification. inserts. Qualification in a single-welded butt joint, with
When a filler metal conforms to an SFA specification or without consumable inserts, qualifies for fillet welds
classification, requalification is not required if a change and single-welded butt joints with backing or double-
is made in any of the following: welded butt joints. Consumable inserts that conform to
(a) from a filler metal which is designated as mois- SFA-5.30, except that the chemical analysis of the
ture-resistant to one which is not designated as moisture- insert conforms to an analysis for any bare wire given
resistant and vice-versa (i.e., from E7018R to E7018); in any SFA specification or AWS Classification, shall
(b) from one diffusible hydrogen level to another be considered as having the same F-Number as that
(i.e., from E7018-H8 to E7018-H16); bare wire as given in QW-432.
(c) for carbon, low alloy, and stainless steel filler
metals having the same minimum tensile strength and QW-404.23 A change from one of the following
the same nominal chemical composition, a change from filler metal product forms to another:
one low hydrogen coating type to another low hydrogen (a) flux cored
coating type (i.e., a change among EXX15, 16, or 18 (b) bare (solid) or metal cored
or EXXX15, 16, or 17 classifications); (c) powder
(d) from one position-usability designation to another QW-404.24 The addition, deletion, or change of
for flux cored electrodes (i.e., a change from E70T-1 more than 10% in the volume of supplemental filler
to E71T-1 or vice versa); metal.
(e) from a classification which requires impact testing
to the same classification which has a suffix which QW-404.27 Where the alloy content of the weld
indicates that impact testing was performed at a lower metal is largely dependent upon the composition of
temperature or exhibited greater toughness at the re- the supplemental filler metal (including powder filler
quired temperature or both, as compared to the classifi- metal for PAW), any change in any part of the welding
cation which was used during procedure qualification procedure which would result in the important alloying
(i.e., a change from E7018 to E7018-1). elements in the weld metal being outside of the specifi-
(f) from the classification qualified to another filler cation range of chemistry given in the Welding Proce-
metal within the same SFA specification when the weld dure Specification.
metal is exempt from Impact Testing by other Sections. QW-404.29 A change in the flux trade name and
This exemption does not apply to hard-facing and designation.
corrosion-resistant overlays.
QW-404.30 A change in deposited weld metal thick-
QW-404.14 The deletion or addition of filler metal. ness beyond the range qualified in QW-451 for proce-
dure qualification or QW-452 for performance qualifica-
QW-404.15 A change from one F-Number in QW- tion, except as otherwise permitted in QW-303.1 and
432 to any other F-Number or to any other filler metal, QW-303.2. When a welder is qualified using radiogra-
except as permitted in QW-433. phy, the thickness ranges of QW-452.1 apply.
QW-404.17 A change in the type of flux or composi- QW-404.31 The maximum thickness qualified is the
tion of the flux. thickness of the test coupon.

QW-404.18 A change from wire to plate electrodes, QW-404.32 For the low voltage short-circuiting type
and vice versa. of gas metal-arc process when the deposited weld metal
thickness is less than 1⁄2 in. (13 mm), an increase in
QW-404.19 A change from consumable guide to deposited weld metal thickness beyond 1.1 times that
nonconsumable guide, and vice versa. of the qualification test deposited weld metal thickness.

60

COPYRIGHT American Society of Mechanical Engineers


Licensed by Information Handling Services
QW-404.32 WELDING DATA QW-405.4

For weld metal thicknesses of 1⁄2 in. (13 mm) and QW-404.42 A change of more than 5% in the particle
greater, use QW-451.1 or QW-451.2, or QW-452.1 or size range of the powder.
QW-452.2, as applicable.
QW-404.43 A change in the powdered metal particle
QW-404.33 A change in the SFA specification filler size range recorded on the PQR.
metal classification, or, if not conforming to an AWS
QW-404.44 A change from a homogeneous powdered
filler metal classification, a change in the manufacturer’s
metal to a mechanical mixed powdered metal or
trade name for the electrode or filler metal. When
vice versa.
optional supplemental designators, such as those which
indicate moisture resistance (i.e., XXXXR), diffusible QW-404.45 A change in the form of filler metal
hydrogen (i.e., XXXX H16, H8, etc.), and supplemental from solid to fabricated wire, flux-cored wire, powdered
impact testing (i.e., XXXX-1 or EXXXXM), are speci- metal, or vice versa.
fied on the WPS, only filler metals which conform
to the classification with the optional supplemental QW-404.46 A change in the powder feed rate range
designator(s) specified on the WPS shall be used. qualified.

QW-404.34 A change in flux type (i.e., neutral to QW-404.47 A change of more than 10% in the filler
active or vice versa) for multilayer deposits in P-No. metal size and / or powder metal particle size.
1 materials. QW-404.48 A change of more than 10% in the
QW-404.35 A change in the flux /wire classification powder metal density.
or a change in either the electrode or flux trade name QW-404.49 A change of more than 10% in the filler
when not classified in an SFA specification. Requalifica- metal or powder metal feed rate.
tion is not required when a wire /flux combination
conforms to an SFA specification and a change is made QW-404.50 The addition or deletion of flux to the 01
from one diffusible hydrogen level to another (i.e., a face of a weld joint for the purpose of affecting weld
change from F7A2-EA1-A1H4 to F7A2-EA1-A1H16). penetration.
This variable does not apply when the weld metal is
exempt from impact testing by other Sections. This QW-405 Positions
exemption does not apply to hard facing and corrosion-
resistant overlays. QW-405.1 The addition of other welding positions
than those already qualified. See QW-120, QW-130,
QW-404.36 When flux from recrushed slag is used, and QW-303.
each batch or blend, as defined in SFA-5.01, shall be
tested in accordance with Section II, Part C by either QW-405.2 A change from any position to the vertical
the manufacturer or user, or qualified as an unclassified position uphill progression. Vertical-uphill progression
flux in accordance with QW-404.9. (e.g., 3G, 5G, or 6G position) qualifies for all positions.
In uphill progression, a change from stringer bead to
QW-404.37 A change in the composition of the weave bead. This limitation does not apply when a
deposited weld metal from one A-Number in QW-442 WPS is qualified with a PWHT above the upper transfor-
to any other A-Number, or to an analysis not listed mation temperature or when an austenitic material is
in the table. Each AWS classification of A-No. 8 or solution annealed after welding.
A-No. 9 analysis of QW-442, or each nonferrous alloy
in QW-432, shall require separate WPS qualification. QW-405.3 A change from upward to downward, or
A-Numbers may be determined in accordance with from downward to upward, in the progression specified
QW-404.5. for any pass of a vertical weld, except that the cover
or wash pass may be up or down. The root pass may
QW-404.38 A change in the nominal electrode diame-
also be run either up or down when the root pass is
ter used for the first layer of deposit.
removed to sound weld metal in the preparation for
QW-404.39 For submerged-arc welding and electro- welding the second side.
slag welding, a change in the nominal composition or
QW-405.4 Except as specified below, the addition
type of flux used. Requalification is not required for
of other welding positions than already qualified.
a change in flux particle size.
(a) Qualification in the horizontal, vertical, or over-
QW-404.41 A change of more than 10% in the head position shall also qualify for the flat position.
powdered metal feed rate recorded on the PQR. Qualification in the horizontal fixed position, 5G, shall

61

COPYRIGHT American Society of Mechanical Engineers


Licensed by Information Handling Services
QW-405.4 2001 SECTION IX QW-407.6

qualify for the flat, vertical, and overhead positions. QW-406.6 A change of more than 10% in the
Qualification in the horizontal, vertical, and overhead amplitude or number of preheating cycles from that
positions shall qualify for all positions. Qualification qualified.
in the inclined fixed position, 6G, shall qualify for all
positions.
QW-407 Postweld Heat Treatment
(b) A fabricator who does production welding in a
particular orientation may make the tests for procedure QW-407.1 A separate procedure qualification is re-
qualification in this particular orientation. Such qualifi- quired for each of the following conditions.
cations are valid only for the positions actually tested, (a) For P-No. 1, P-No. 3, P-No. 4, P-No. 5, P-No.
except that an angular deviation of ±15 deg is permitted 6, P-No. 9, P-No. 10, and P-No. 11 materials, the
in the inclination of the weld axis and the rotation of following postweld heat treatment conditions apply:
the weld face as defined in QW-461.1. A test specimen (1) No PWHT;
shall be taken from the test coupon in each special (2) PWHT below the lower transformation temper-
orientation. ature;
(c) For hard-facing weld metal overlay, qualification (3) PWHT above the upper transformation temper-
in the 3G, 5G, or 6G positions, where 5G or 6G pipe ature (e.g., normalizing);
coupons include at least one vertical segment completed (4) PWHT above the upper transformation temper-
utilizing the up-hill progression or a 3G plate coupon ature followed by heat treatment below the lower
is completed utilizing the up-hill progression, shall transformation temperature (e.g., normalizing or quench-
qualify for all positions. Chemical analysis, hardness, ing followed by tempering);
and macro-etch tests required in QW-453 may be limited (5) PWHT between the upper and lower transfor-
to a single, vertical up-hill overlaid segment as shown mation temperatures.
in QW-462.5(b).
(b) For all other materials, the following postweld
(d) For hard-facing weld metal overlay, a change heat treatment conditions apply:
from vertical down to vertical up-hill progression shall
(1) No PWHT;
require requalification.
(2) PWHT within a specified temperature range.
QW-407.2 A change in the postweld heat treatment
QW-406 Preheat (see QW-407.1) temperature and time range.
The procedure qualification test shall be subjected
QW-406.1 A decrease of more than 100°F (56°C) to PWHT essentially equivalent to that encountered in
in the preheat temperature qualified. The minimum the fabrication of production welds, including at least
temperature for welding shall be specified in the WPS. 80% of the aggregate times at temperature(s). The
PWHT total time(s) at temperature(s) may be applied
QW-406.2 A change in the maintenance or reduction
in one heating cycle.
of preheat upon completion of welding prior to any
required postweld heat treatment. QW-407.4 For a procedure qualification test coupon
receiving a postweld heat treatment in which the upper
QW-406.3 An increase of more than 100°F (56°C) transformation temperature is exceeded, the maximum
in the maximum interpass temperature recorded on the qualified thickness for production welds is 1.1 times
PQR. This limitation does not apply when a WPS is the thickness of the test coupon.
qualified with a PWHT above the upper transformation
temperature or when an austenitic material is solution QW-407.5 A separate procedure qualification is re-
annealed after welding. quired for each of the following conditions:
(a) No PWHT;
QW-406.4 A decrease of more than 100°F (56°C) (b) A change of more than 10% in the number of
in the preheat temperature qualified or an increase in post heating cycles following the welding interval;
the maximum interpass temperature recorded on the (c) PWHT within a specified temperature and time
PQR. The minimum temperature for welding shall be range if heat treatment is performed separately from
specifed in the WPS. the welding operation.
QW-406.5 A change in the maintenance or reduction QW-407.6 A change in postweld heat treatment
of preheat upon completion of spraying and prior to condition in QW-407.1 or an increase of 25% or more
fusing. in total time at postweld heat treating temperature.

62

COPYRIGHT American Society of Mechanical Engineers


Licensed by Information Handling Services
QW-407.7 WELDING DATA QW-409.1

QW-407.7 A change in the heat treatment temperature QW-408.11 The addition or deletion of one or more
range qualified if heat treatment is applied after fusing. of the following: shielding gas, trailing shielding gas,
backing gas, or plasma-removing gas.
QW-408 Gas
QW-408.12 A change of more than 5% in the flow
QW-408.1 The addition or deletion of trailing rate of one or more of the following: shielding gas,
shielding gas and /or a change in its composition. trailer shielding gas, backing gas, and plasma-remov-
ing gas.
01 QW-408.2 A separate procedure qualification is re-
quired for each of the following conditions:
QW-408.13 A change in the position or orientation
(a) a change from a single shielding gas to any other
of plasma-removing gas jet relative to the workpiece
single shielding gas;
(e.g., coaxial transverse to beam).
(b) a change from a single shielding gas to a mixture
of shielding gasses, and vice versa; QW-408.14 A change in the oxygen or fuel gas
(c) a change in the specified percentage composition pressure beyond the range qualified.
of a shielding gas mixture;
(d) the addition or omission of shielding gas. QW-408.15 In gas metal-arc welding and gas tung-
The AWS classification of SFA 5.32 may be used sten-arc welding: a change from a single gas to any
to specify the shielding gas composition. other single gas or to a mixture of gases, or vice versa;
QW-408.3 A change in the specified flow rate range a change in specified percentage composition of gas
of the shielding gas or mixture of gases. mixture or omission of shielding gas; a decrease of
10% or more in the rate of flow of shielding gas or
QW-408.4 A change in composition and flow rates mixture.
of orifice gas and shielding gas.
QW-408.5 The addition or deletion of gas backing, QW-408.16 A change of more than 5% in the flow
a change in backing gas composition, or a change in rate of the plasma-arc gas or powdered metal feed gas
the specified flow rate range of the backing gas. recorded on the PQR.

QW-408.6 Any change of environment shielding QW-408.17 A change in the plasma-arc gas, shielding
such as from vacuum to an inert gas, or vice versa. gas, or powdered metal feed gas from a single gas to
QW-408.7 A change in the type of fuel gas. any other single gas, or to a mixture of gases, or
vice versa.
QW-408.8 The omission of inert gas backing except
that requalification is not required when welding a QW-408.18 A change of more than 10% in the gas
single-welded butt joint with a backing strip or a mixture composition of the plasma-arc gas, shielding
double-welded butt joint or a fillet weld. This exception gas, or powdered metal feed gas recorded on the PQR.
does not apply to P-No. 51 through P-No. 53, P-No.
61 through P-No. 62, and P-No. 10I metals. QW-408.19 A change in the nominal composition
01 QW-408.9 For groove welds in P-No. 41 through of the powder feed gas or (plasma-arc spray) plasma
P-No. 47 and all welds of P-No. 10I, P-No. 10J, P- gas qualified.
No. 10K, P-No. 51 through P-No. 53, and P-No. 61
through P-No. 62 metals, the deletion of backing gas QW-408.20 A change of more than 5% in the plasma
or a change in the nominal composition of the backing gas flow rate range qualified.
gas from an inert gas to a mixture including non-inert
gas(es).
01 QW-408.10 For P-No. 10I, P-No. 10J, P-No. 10K, QW-409 Electrical Characteristics
P-No. 51 through P-No. 53, and P-No. 61 through P-
No. 62 metals, the deletion of trailing shielding gas, QW-409.1 An increase in heat input, or an increase
or a change in the nominal composition of the trailing in volume of weld metal deposited per unit length of
gas from an inert gas to a mixture including non-inert weld, over that qualified. The increase may be measured
gas(es), or a decrease of 10% or more in the trailing by either of the following:
gas flow rate. (a) Heat input [J /in. (J/mm)]

63

COPYRIGHT American Society of Mechanical Engineers


Licensed by Information Handling Services
QW-409.1 2001 SECTION IX QW-409.26

Voltage × Amperage × 60 QW-409.14 Addition or deletion of upslope or down-


p
Travel Speed [in. / min (mm/min)] slope current control, or a change of more than 10%
in the slope current time or amplitude.
(b) Volume of Weld Metal p an increase in bead
QW-409.15 A change of more than 5% in the
size or a decrease in length of weld bead per unit
electrode pressure, the welding current, or the welding
length of electrode.
time cycle from that qualified, except that requalification
The requirement for measuring the heat input or
is not required if there is a change of not more than
volume of deposited weld metal does not apply when
10% in either the electrode pressure or the welding
the WPS is qualified with a PWHT above the upper
current or the welding time cycle, provided the re-
transformation temperature or a solution anneal after
maining two variables remain at the values qualified.
welding austenitic materials.
A change from ac to dc or vice versa. The addition
QW-409.2 A change from spray arc, globular arc, or deletion of pulsing current to a dc power source.
or pulsating arc to short circuiting arc, or vice versa. When using pulsing dc current, a change of more than
5% in the pulse amplitude, width, or number of pulses
QW-409.3 The addition or deletion of pulsing current per cycle from that qualified.
to dc power source.
QW-409.16 A change from synchronous to asynchro-
QW-409.4 A change from ac to dc, or vice versa; nous timing.
and in dc welding, a change from electrode negative
(straight polarity) to electrode positive (reverse polarity), QW-409.17 A change in the power supply primary
or vice versa. voltage or frequency, or in the transformer turns ratio,
tap setting, choke position, secondary open circuit volt-
QW-409.5 A change of ±15% from the amperage age or phase control setting.
or voltage ranges in the qualified WPS.
QW-409.18 A change in the procedure or frequency
QW-409.6 A change in the beam current of more of tip cleaning.
than ±5%, voltage of more than ±2%, welding speed
QW-409.19 Any change in the beam pulsing fre-
of more than ±2%, beam focus current of more than
quency and pulse duration from that qualified.
±5%, gun-to-work distance of more than ±5%, or a
change in oscillation length or width of more than QW-409.20 Any change in the following variables:
±20% from those previously qualified. mode of operation (from pulsed to continuous and
vice versa), energy distribution across the beam (i.e.,
QW-409.7 Any change in the beam pulsing frequency
multimode or gaussian).
duration from that qualified.
QW-409.21 Any change in the following variables:
QW-409.8 A change in the range of amperage, or a change of more than 5% in the power delivered to
except for SMAW and GTAW welding, a change in the work surface as measured by calorimeter or other
the range of voltage. A change in the range of electrode equivalent methods; a change of more than 2% in the
wire feed speed may be used as an alternative to travel speed; a change of more than 2% of the ratio
amperage. of the beam diameter to focal length; a change of more
QW-409.9 A change in the arc timing of more than than 2% of the lens to work distance.
±1⁄10 sec. QW-409.22 An increase of more than 10% in the
QW-409.10 A change in amperage of more than amperage used in application for the first layer.
±10%. QW-409.23 A change of more than 10% in the
QW-409.11 A change in the power source from one ranges of amperage or voltage qualified.
model to another. QW-409.24 A change of more than 10% in the filler
wire wattage recorded on the PQR. Wattage is a function
QW-409.12 A change in type or size of tungsten
of current voltage, and stickout dimension.
electrode.
QW-409.25 A change of more than 10% in the
QW-409.13 A change in the shape or dimensions
plasma-arc current or voltage recorded on the PQR.
of the welding electrode; a change from one RWMA
(Resistance Welding Manufacturer’s Association) class QW-409.26 For the first layer only, an increase in
electrode material to another. heat input of more than 10% or an increase in volume

64

COPYRIGHT American Society of Mechanical Engineers


Licensed by Information Handling Services
QW-409.26 WELDING DATA QW-410.34

of weld metal deposited per unit length of weld of QW-410.14 A change in the angle of the axis of
more than 10% over that qualified. The increase may the beam relative to the workpiece.
be measured by either of the following:
QW-410.15 A change in the spacing of multiple
(a) Heat input [J /in. (J/mm)]
electrodes for machine or automatic welding.
Voltage × Amperage × 60 QW-410.17 A change in the type of the welding
p
Travel Speed [in. / min (mm/min)] equipment.
QW-410.18 An increase in the absolute pressure of
(b) Volume of Weld Metal p an increase in bead
the vacuum welding environment beyond that qualified.
size or a decrease in length of weld bead per unit
length of electrode. QW-410.19 Any change in filament type, size, or
shape.
QW-410 Technique QW-410.20 The addition of a wash pass.
QW-410.1 A change from the stringer bead technique QW-410.21 A change of welding from one side to
to the weave bead technique, or vice versa. welding from both sides, or vice versa.
QW-410.2 A change in the nature of the flame, QW-410.22 A change in either of the following stud
oxidizing to reducing, or vice versa. welding parameters: a change of stud gun model; a
change in the lift more than ±1⁄32 in. (0.8 mm).
QW-410.3 A change in the orifice, cup, or nozzle size.
QW-410.25 A change from manual or semiautomatic
QW-410.4 A change in the welding technique, fore-
to machine or automatic welding and vice versa.
hand to backhand, or vice versa.
QW-410.26 The addition or deletion of peening.
QW-410.5 A change in the method of initial and
interpass cleaning (brushing, grinding, etc.) QW-410.27 A change in the rotational speed produc-
ing a change in the outside surface velocity [ft /min
QW-410.6 A change in the method of back gouging.
(m/min)] greater than ± 10% of the outside surface
QW-410.7 A change in width, frequency, or dwell velocity qualified.
time of oscillation, for machine or automatic weld-
QW-410.28 A change in the thrust load (lb) greater
ing only.
than ±10% of the thrust load qualified.
QW-410.8 A change in the contact tube to work
QW-410.29 A change in the rotational energy (lb-
distance.
ft2) greater than ±10% of the rotational energy qualified.
QW-410.9 A change from multipass per side to
QW-410.30 Any change in upset dimension (overall
single pass per side. This limitation does not apply
loss in length of parts being joined) greater than ±10%
when a WPS is qualified with a PWHT above the
of the upset qualified.
upper transformation temperature or when an austenitic
material is solution annealed after welding. QW-410.31 A change in the method of preparing
the base metal prior to welding (e.g., changing from
QW-410.10 A change from single electrode to multi-
mechanical cleaning to chemical cleaning or to abrasive
ple electrode, or vice versa, for machine or automatic
cleaning, or vice versa).
welding only. This limitation does not apply when
a WPS is qualified with a PWHT above the upper QW-410.32 A change of more than 10% in the
transformation temperature or when an austenitic mate- holding pressure prior to or after welding. A change
rial is solution annealed after welding. of more than 10% in the electrode holding time.
QW-410.11 A change from closed chamber to out- QW-410.33 A change from one welding type to
of-chamber conventional torch welding in P-No. 51 another, or modification of equipment, including Manu-
through P-No. 53 metals, but not vice versa. facturer, control panel, model number, electrical rating
or capacity, type of electrical energy source, or method
QW-410.12 A change from the melt-in technique to
of applying pressure.
the keyhole technique of welding, or vice versa, or
the inclusion of both techniques though each has been QW-410.34 Addition or deletion of an electrode
individually qualified. cooling medium and where it is used.

65

COPYRIGHT American Society of Mechanical Engineers


Licensed by Information Handling Services
QW-410.35 2001 SECTION IX QW-410.53

QW-410.35 A change in the distance between arms QW-410.44 A change of more than 15% in the
or a change in the throat depth. spray-torch to workpiece distance qualified.

QW-410.37 A change from single to multiple pass QW-410.45 A change in the method of surface
or vice versa. preparation of the base metal to be hard-faced (example:
sandblasting versus chemical cleaning).
QW-410.38 A change from multiple-layer to single
QW-410.46 A change in the spray-torch model or
layer cladding /hardsurfacing, or vice versa.
tip orifice size.
QW-410.39 A change in the torch type or tip size. QW-410.47 A change of more than 10% in the
QW-410.40 For submerged-arc welding and electro- fusing temperature range qualified. A change in the
slag welding, the deletion of a supplementary device rate of cooling from the fusing temperature of more
than 50°F /hr (28°C /hr), a change in the fusing method
for controlling the magnetic field acting on the weld
(example: torch, furnace, induction).
puddle.
QW-410.48 A change in the constricted arc from
QW-410.41 A change of more than 15% in the transferable to nontransferable or vice versa.
travel speed range recorded on the PQR.
QW-410.49 A change in the diameter of the plasma
QW-410.42 The addition or elimination of oscillation torch-arc constricting orifice.
of the plasma torch or filler wires; a change from
QW-410.50 A change in the number of electrodes
simple harmonic to constant velocity oscillating motion
acting on the same welding puddle.
or vice versa; a change of more than 10% in oscillation
displacement recorded on the PQR; however, a proce- QW-410.51 The addition or elimination of oscillation
dure qualified using a minimum oscillation displacement of the electrode or electrodes.
and a procedure qualified using a maximum oscillation QW-410.52 A change in the method of delivering
displacement shall qualify for all weld bead oscillations the filler metal to the molten pool, such as from the
in between, with all other essential variables remaining leading or trailing edge of the torch, the sides of the
the same. torch, or through the torch.
QW-410.43 For the torch or workpiece, a change QW-410.53 A change of more than 20% in the
of more than 10% in the travel speed range qualified. center-to-center weld bead distance.

66

COPYRIGHT American Society of Mechanical Engineers


Licensed by Information Handling Services
WELDING DATA QW-416

QW-416
WELDING VARIABLES
Welder Performance
Essential

OFW SMAW SAW GMAW2 GTAW PAW


Paragraph1 Brief of Variables QW-352 QW-353 QW-354 QW-355 QW-356 QW-357

QW-402 .4 − Backing X X X X
Joints .7 + Backing X
.2 Maximum qualified X
QW-403
Base .16 ␾ Pipe diameter X X X X X
Metal
.18 ␾ P-Number X X X X X X
.14 ± Filler X X X
.15 ␾ F-Number X X X X X X
.22 ± Inserts X X
QW-404
.23 Solid or metal- X X
Filler
cored to flux-cored
Metals
.30 ␾ t Weld deposit X X X X X
.31 ␾ t Weld deposit X
.32 t Limit (s. cir. arc) X

QW-405 .1 + Position X X X X X X
Positions .3 ␾ ↑ ↓ Vert. welding X X X X

QW-408 .7 ␾ Type fuel gas X


Gas .8 − Inert backing X X X

QW-409 .2 ␾ Transfer mode X


Electrical .4 ␾ Current or polarity X

Welding Processes:
OFW Oxyfuel gas welding
SMAW Shielded metal-arc welding
SAW Submerged-arc welding
GMAW Gas metal-arc welding
GTAW Gas tungsten-arc welding
PAW Plasma-arc welding

Legend:
␾ Change t Thickness
+ Addition ↑ Uphill
− Deletion ↓ Downhill

NOTES:
(1) For description, see Section IV.
(2) Flux-cored arc welding as shown in QW-355, with or without additional shielding from an externally supplied gas or gas mixture, is included.

67

COPYRIGHT American Society of Mechanical Engineers


Licensed by Information Handling Services
QW-420 2001 SECTION IX QW-420.2

QW-420 Material Groupings performance qualifications will continue to be valid


based on the new P-Number designation.
QW-420.1 P-Numbers. To reduce the number of
In the column heading “Minimum Specified Tensile,
welding and brazing procedure qualifications required,
ksi” of QW/QB-422, the values given are those of the
base metals have been assigned P-Numbers, and for
base metal specification, except as otherwise identified
ferrous base metals which have specified impact test
in QW-153 or QB-153. These are also the acceptance
requirements, Group Numbers within P-Numbers. These
values for the room temperature tensile tests of the
assignments are based essentially on comparable base
welding or brazing procedure qualification, except as
metal characteristics, such as composition, weldability,
otherwise allowed in QW-153 or QB-153.
brazeability, and mechanical properties, where this can
logically be done. These assignments do not imply that QW-420.2 S-Numbers (Non-Mandatory). S-Num- 01
base metals may be indiscriminately substituted for a bers are a listing of materials which are acceptable for
base metal which was used in the qualification test use by the ASME B31 Code for Pressure Piping, or
without consideration of compatibility from the stand- by selected Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code Cases,
point of metallurgical properties, postweld heat treat- but which are not included within ASME Boiler and
ment, design, mechanical properties, and service require- Pressure Vessel Code Material Specifications (Section
ments. Where notch toughness is a consideration, it is II). These materials are grouped in S-Number or S-
presupposed that the base metals meet the specific Number plus Group Number groupings similar to the
requirements. P-Number groupings. There is no mandatory require-
ment that S-Numbers be used.
Base Metal Welding Brazing Brazing or Welding Procedure Qualification with a
Steel and steel P-No. 1 through P- P-No. 101 through
base metal in one P-Number (or P-Number plus Group
alloys No. 11 incl. P- P-No. 103 Number) or one S-Number (or S-Number plus Group
No. 5A, 5B, and Number), qualifies for all other base metals in the same
5C S-Number grouping. Also, qualification with a base
Aluminum and alu- P-No. 21 through P-No. 104 and P- metal in one S-Number, or S-Number plus Group
minum-base P-No. 25 No. 105
alloys
Number, qualifies for all other base metals in the
Copper and cop- P-No. 31 through P-No.107 and P-No. same S-Number grouping. Qualifications for S-Number
per-base alloys P-No. 35 108 materials do not qualify corresponding P-Number mate-
Nickel and nickel- P-No. 41 through P-No. 110 through rials. Base metals not assigned an S-Number or a P-
base alloys P-No. 47 P-No. 112 Number shall require individual procedure qualification.
Titanium and tita- P-No. 51 through P-No. 115
Material produced under an ASTM specification shall
nium-base alloys P-No. 53
Zirconium and zir- P-No. 61 through P-No. 117 be considered to have the same S-Number or S-Number
conium-base P-No. 62 plus Group Number as that of the P-Number or P-
alloys Number plus Group Number assigned to the same
grade or type material in the corresponding ASME
When a base metal with a UNS number designation specification (i.e., SA-240 Type 304 is assigned P-
is assigned a P-Number or P-Number plus Group Number 8, Group Number 1; therefore, A 240 Type
Number, then a base metal listed in a different ASME 304 is considered S-Number 8, Group Number 1).
material specification with the same UNS number shall Additionally, when a base metal with a UNS number
be considered that P-Number or P-Number plus Group designation is assigned an S-Number or S-Number plus
Number. For example, SB-163, UNS N08800 is P- Group Number, then a base metal listed in a different
Number 45; therefore, all ASME specifications listing material specification with the same UNS number shall
a base metal with the UNS N08800 designation shall be considered that S-Number or S-Number plus Group
be considered P-Number 45 (i.e., SB-407, SB-408, SB- Number. Since a minimum tensile value is required
514, etc.) whether or not these specifications are listed for procedure qualification, only base metals listed in
in QW/QB-422. Since a minimum tensile value is QW /QB-422 may be used for test coupons.
required for procedure qualification, only base metals For Performance Qualification of brazers, welders,
listed in QW/QB-422 may be used for test coupons brazing operators, and welding operators, the require-
as defined in QW-424. ments for P-Numbers of base metals shall also be
In those instances where materials in the 1971 Edition applied to the same S-Numbers of base metals. Qualifi-
of this Section have been given different P-Numbers cation with P-Numbers in accordance with QB-310.3
or assigned to Subgroups within a P-Number in the and QW-403.18 qualifies for corresponding S-Numbers
1974 Edition of this Section, those procedure and and vice versa.

68

COPYRIGHT American Society of Mechanical Engineers


Licensed by Information Handling Services
QW/QB-422 FERROUS P-NUMBERS AND S-NUMBERS
Grouping of Base Metals for Qualification
GENERAL NOTE: To convert from ksi to MPa, multiply tensile strength in table by 6.9.

Welding Brazing
Minimum
UNS Specified P- Group S- Group P- S-
Spec. No. Type or Grade No. Tensile, ksi No. No. No. No. No. No. Nominal Composition Product Form

SA-36 ... K02600 58 1 1 ... ... 101 ... C–Mn–Si Plate, bar, & shapes

ASME Section 9
SA-53 Type F ... 48 1 1 ... ... 101 ... C Furnace welded pipe
SA-53 Type S, Gr. A K02504 48 1 1 ... ... 101 ... C Smls. pipe

Licensed by Information Handling Services


SA-53 Type E, Gr. A K02504 48 1 1 ... ... 101 ... C Resistance welded pipe
SA-53 Type E, Gr. B K03005 60 1 1 ... ... 101 ... C–Mn Resistance welded pipe
SA-53 Type S, Gr. B K03005 60 1 1 ... ... 101 ... C–Mn Smls. pipe

COPYRIGHT American Society of Mechanical Engineers


SA-105 ... K03504 70 1 2 ... ... 101 ... C–Si Flanges & fittings

SA-106 A K02501 48 1 1 ... ... 101 ... C–Si Smls. pipe


SA-106 B K03006 60 1 1 ... ... 101 ... C–Si Smls. pipe
SA-106 C K03501 70 1 2 ... ... 101 ... C–Si Smls. pipe

A 108 1015 CW G10150 60 ... ... 1 1 ... 101 C Bar

69
A 108 1018 CW G10180 60 ... ... 1 1 ... 101 C Bar
A 108 1020 CW G10200 60 ... ... 1 1 ... 101 C Bar

SA-134 SA283 Gr. A ... 45 1 1 ... ... 101 ... C Welded pipe
WELDING DATA

SA-134 SA283 Gr. B ... 50 1 1 ... ... 101 ... C Welded pipe
SA-134 SA283 Gr. C K02401 55 1 1 ... ... 101 ... C Welded pipe
SA-134 SA283 Gr. D K02702 60 1 1 ... ... 101 ... C Welded pipe
SA-134 SA285 Gr. A K01700 45 1 1 ... ... 101 ... C Welded pipe
SA-134 SA285 Gr. B K02200 50 1 1 ... ... 101 ... C Welded pipe
SA-134 SA285 Gr. C K02801 55 1 1 ... ... 101 ... C Welded pipe

This is Electronic Page SEC9$$$20B Page # 69


SA-135 A ... 48 1 1 ... ... 101 ... C E.R.W. pipe
SA-135 B ... 60 1 1 ... ... 101 ... C E.R.W. pipe

A 139 A ... 48 ... ... 1 1 ... 101 C Welded pipe


A 139 B K03003 60 ... ... 1 1 ... 101 C Welded pipe
A 139 C K03004 60 ... ... 1 1 ... 101 C Welded pipe
A 139 D K03010 60 ... ... 1 1 ... 101 C Welded pipe
A 139 E K03012 66 ... ... 1 1 ... 101 C Welded pipe

A 148 90–60 ... 90 ... ... 4 3 ... 103 ... Castings

Job # 41759 SEC9$$ $U21 05-17-01 07:00:20 PD: SEC9A Rev 16.01
QW/QB-422
QW/QB-422 FERROUS P-NUMBERS AND S-NUMBERS
Grouping of Base Metals for Qualification
GENERAL NOTE: To convert from ksi to MPa, multiply tensile strength in table by 6.9.
QW/QB-422

Welding Brazing
Minimum
UNS Specified P- Group S- Group P- S-
Spec. No. Type or Grade No. Tensile, ksi No. No. No. No. No. No. Nominal Composition Product Form

A 167 Type 301 S30100 75 ... ... 8 1 ... 102 17Cr–7Ni Plate, sheet, & strip
A 167 Type 302 S30200 75 ... ... 8 1 ... 102 18Cr–8Ni Plate, sheet, & strip

ASME Section 9
A 167 Type 302B S30215 75 ... ... 8 1 ... 102 18Cr–8Ni–2Si Plate, sheet, & strip
A 167 Type 304 S30400 75 ... ... 8 1 ... 102 18Cr–8Ni Plate, sheet, & strip

Licensed by Information Handling Services


A 167 Type 304L S30403 70 ... ... 8 1 ... 102 18Cr–8Ni Plate, sheet, & strip

A 167 Type 305 S30500 70 ... ... 8 1 ... 102 18Cr–11Ni Plate, sheet, & strip
A 167 Type 308 S30800 75 ... ... 8 2 ... 102 20Cr–10Ni Plate, sheet, & strip
A 167 Type 309 S30900 75 ... ... 8 2 ... 102 23Cr–12Ni Plate, sheet, & strip

COPYRIGHT American Society of Mechanical Engineers


A 167 Type 309S S30908 75 ... ... 8 2 ... 102 23Cr–12Ni Plate, sheet, & strip
A 167 Type 310 S31000 75 ... ... 8 2 ... 102 25Cr–20Ni Plate, sheet, & strip

A 167 Type 310S S31008 75 ... ... 8 2 ... 102 25Cr–20Ni Plate, sheet, & strip
A 167 Type 316L S31603 70 ... ... 8 1 ... 102 16Cr–12Ni–2Mo Plate, sheet, & strip

70
A 167 Type 317 S31700 75 ... ... 8 1 ... 102 18Cr–13Ni–3Mo Plate, sheet, & strip
A 167 Type 317L S31703 75 ... ... 8 1 ... 102 18Cr–13Ni–3Mo Plate, sheet, & strip
A 167 Type 321 S32100 75 ... ... 8 1 ... 102 18Cr–10Ni–Ti Plate, sheet, & strip
2001 SECTION IX

A 167 Type 347 S34700 75 ... ... 8 1 ... 102 18Cr–10Ni–Cb Plate, sheet, & strip
A 167 Type 348 S34800 75 ... ... 8 1 ... 102 18Cr–10Ni–Cb Plate, sheet, & strip

SA-178 A K01200 47 1 1 ... ... 101 ... C E.R.W. tube


SA-178 C K03503 60 1 1 ... ... 101 ... C E.R.W. tube
SA-178 D ... 70 1 2 ... ... 101 ... C–Mn–Si E.R.W. tube

SA-179 ... K01200 47 1 1 ... ... 101 ... C Smls. tube

This is Electronic Page SEC9$$$20B Page # 70


SA-181 Cl. 60 K03502 60 1 1 ... ... 101 ... C–Si Pipe flange & fittings
SA-181 Cl. 70 K03502 70 1 2 ... ... 101 ... C–Si Pipe flange & fittings

SA-182 F12, Cl. 1 K11562 60 4 1 ... ... 102 ... 1Cr–0.5Mo Forgings
SA-182 F12, Cl. 2 K11564 70 4 1 ... ... 102 ... 1Cr–0.5Mo Forgings
SA-182 F11, Cl. 2 K11572 70 4 1 ... ... 102 ... 1.25Cr–0.5Mo–Si Forgings
SA-182 F11, Cl. 3 K11572 75 4 1 ... ... 102 ... 1.25Cr–0.5Mo–Si Forgings
SA-182 F11, Cl. 1 K11597 60 4 1 ... ... 102 ... 1.25Cr–0.5Mo–Si Forgings

Job # 41759 SEC9$$ $U21 05-17-01 07:00:20 PD: SEC9A Rev 16.01
QW/QB-422 FERROUS P-NUMBERS AND S-NUMBERS
Grouping of Base Metals for Qualification
GENERAL NOTE: To convert from ksi to MPa, multiply tensile strength in table by 6.9.

Welding Brazing
Minimum
UNS Specified P- Group S- Group P- S-
Spec. No. Type or Grade No. Tensile, ksi No. No. No. No. No. No. Nominal Composition Product Form

SA-182 F2 K12122 70 3 2 ... ... 101 ... 0.5Cr–0.5Mo Forgings


SA-182 F1 K12822 70 3 2 ... ... 101 ... C–0.5Mo Forgings

ASME Section 9
SA-182 F22, Cl. 1 K21590 60 5A 1 ... ... 102 ... 2.25Cr–1Mo Forgings
SA-182 F22, Cl. 3 K21590 75 5A 1 ... ... 102 ... 2.25Cr–1Mo Forgings

Licensed by Information Handling Services


SA-182 FR K22035 63 9A 1 ... ... 101 ... 2Ni–1Cu Forgings

SA-182 F21 K31545 75 5A 1 ... ... 102 ... 3Cr–1Mo Forgings


SA-182 F3V K31830 85 5C 1 ... ... 102 ... 3Cr–1Mo–V–Ti–B Forgings

COPYRIGHT American Society of Mechanical Engineers


SA-182 F22V K31835 85 5C 1 ... ... 102 ... 2.25Cr–1Mo–V Forgings
SA-182 F5 K41545 70 5B 1 ... ... 102 ... 5Cr–0.5Mo Forgings
SA-182 F5a K42544 90 5B 1 ... ... 102 ... 5Cr–0.5Mo Forgings
SA-182 F9 K90941 85 5B 1 ... ... 102 ... 9Cr–1Mo Forgings
SA-182 F91 K90901 85 5B 2 ... ... 102 ... 9Cr–1Mo–V Forgings

SA-182 F6a, Cl. 1 K91151 70 6 1 ... ... 102 ... 13Cr Forgings

71
SA-182 F6a, Cl. 2 K91151 85 6 3 ... ... 102 ... 13Cr Forgings
SA-182 FXM–19 S20910 100 8 3 ... ... 102 ... 22Cr–13Ni–5Mn Forgings
SA-182 FXM–11 S21904 90 8 3 ... ... 102 ... 21Cr–6Ni–9Mn Forgings
SA-182 F304 S30400 70 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–8Ni Forgings > 5 in. (127 mm)
WELDING DATA

SA-182 F304 S30400 75 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–8Ni Forgings


SA-182 F304L S30403 65 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–8Ni Forgings > 5 in. (127 mm)
SA-182 F304L S30403 70 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–8Ni Forgings
SA-182 F304H S30409 70 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–8Ni Forgings > 5 in. (127 mm)
SA-182 F304H S30409 75 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–8Ni Forgings
SA-182 F304N S30451 80 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–8Ni–N Forgings

This is Electronic Page SEC9$$$20B Page # 71


SA-182 F304LN S30453 70 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–8Ni–N Forgings > 5 in. (127 mm)
SA-182 F304LN S30453 75 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–8Ni–N Forgings
SA-182 F46 S30600 78 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–15Ni–4Si Forgings
SA-182 F45 S30815 87 8 2 ... ... 102 ... 21Cr–11Ni–N Forgings

SA-182 F310 S31000 70 8 2 ... ... 102 ... 25Cr–20Ni Forgings > 5 in. (127 mm)
SA-182 F310 S31000 75 8 2 ... ... 102 ... 25Cr–20Ni Forgings
SA-182 F50 S31200 100 10H 1 ... ... 102 ... 25Cr–6Ni–Mo–N Forgings
SA-182 F44 S31254 94 8 4 ... ... 102 ... 20Cr–18Ni–6Mo Forgings
SA-182 F316 S31600 70 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 16Cr–12Ni–2Mo Forgings > 5 in. (127 mm)

Job # 41759 SEC9$$ $U21 05-17-01 07:00:20 PD: SEC9A Rev 16.01
QW/QB-422
QW/QB-422 FERROUS P-NUMBERS AND S-NUMBERS
Grouping of Base Metals for Qualification
GENERAL NOTE: To convert from ksi to MPa, multiply tensile strength in table by 6.9.
QW/QB-422

Welding Brazing
Minimum
UNS Specified P- Group S- Group P- S-
Spec. No. Type or Grade No. Tensile, ksi No. No. No. No. No. No. Nominal Composition Product Form

SA-182 F316 S31600 75 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 16Cr–12Ni–2Mo Forgings


SA-182 F316L S31603 65 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 16Cr–12Ni–2Mo Forgings > 5 in. (127 mm)
SA-182 F316L S31603 70 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 16Cr–12Ni–2Mo Forgings

ASME Section 9
SA-182 F316H S31609 70 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 16Cr–12Ni–2Mo Forgings > 5 in. (127 mm)
SA-182 F316H S31609 75 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 16Cr–12Ni–2Mo Forgings

Licensed by Information Handling Services


SA-182 F316N S31651 80 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 16Cr–12Ni–2Mo–N Forgings
SA-182 F316LN S31653 70 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 16Cr–12Ni–2Mo–N Forgings > 5 in. (127 mm)
SA-182 F316LN S31653 75 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 16Cr–12Ni–2Mo–N Forgings
SA-182 F317 S31700 70 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–13Ni–3Mo Forgings > 5 in. (127 mm)

COPYRIGHT American Society of Mechanical Engineers


SA-182 F317 S31700 75 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–13Ni–3Mo Forgings

SA-182 F317L S31703 65 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–13Ni–3Mo Forgings > 5 in. (127 mm)
SA-182 F317L S31703 70 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–13Ni–3Mo Forgings
SA-182 F51 S31803 90 10H 1 ... ... 102 ... 22Cr–5Ni–3Mo–N Forgings

72
SA-182 F321 S32100 70 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–10Ni–Ti Forgings > 5 in. (127 mm)
SA-182 F321 S32100 75 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–10Ni–Ti Forgings

SA-182 F321H S32109 70 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–10Ni–Ti Forgings > 5 in. (127 mm)
2001 SECTION IX

SA-182 F321H S32109 75 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–10Ni–Ti Forgings


SA-182 F55 S32760 109 ... ... 10H 1 ... 102 25Cr–8Ni–3Mo–W– Forgings
Cu–N
SA-182 F10 S33100 80 8 2 ... ... 102 ... 20Ni–8Cr Forgings
SA-182 F347 S34700 70 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–10Ni–Cb Forgings > 5 in. (127 mm)
SA-182 F347 S34700 75 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–10Ni–Cb Forgings

SA-182 F347H S34709 70 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–10Ni–Cb Forgings > 5 in. (127 mm)

This is Electronic Page SEC9$$$20B Page # 72


SA-182 F347H S34709 75 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–10Ni–Cb Forgings
SA-182 F348 S34800 70 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–10Ni–Cb Forgings > 5 in. (127 mm)
SA-182 F348 S34800 75 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–10Ni–Cb Forgings
SA-182 F348H S34809 70 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–10Ni–Cb Forgings > 5 in. (127 mm)
SA-182 F348H S34809 75 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–10Ni–Cb Forgings

SA-182 F6b S41026 110 6 3 ... ... 102 ... 13Cr–0.5Mo Forgings
SA-182 F6NM S41500 115 6 4 ... ... 102 ... 13Cr–4.5Ni–Mo Forgings
SA-182 F429 S42900 60 6 2 ... ... 102 ... 15Cr Forgings
SA-182 F430 S43000 60 7 2 ... ... 102 ... 17Cr Forgings

Job # 41759 SEC9$$ $U21 05-17-01 07:00:20 PD: SEC9A Rev 16.01
QW/QB-422 FERROUS P-NUMBERS AND S-NUMBERS
Grouping of Base Metals for Qualification
GENERAL NOTE: To convert from ksi to MPa, multiply tensile strength in table by 6.9.

Welding Brazing
Minimum
UNS Specified P- Group S- Group P- S-
Spec. No. Type or Grade No. Tensile, ksi No. No. No. No. No. No. Nominal Composition Product Form

SA-182 FXM–27Cb S44627 60 10I 1 ... ... 102 ... 27Cr–1Mo Forgings

ASME Section 9
A 182 F6a, Cl. 3 S41000 110 ... ... 6 3 ... 102 13Cr Forgings
A 182 F6a, Cl. 4 S41000 130 ... ... 6 3 ... 102 13Cr Forgings

Licensed by Information Handling Services


SA-192 ... K01201 47 1 1 ... ... 101 ... C–Si Smls. tube

SA-199 T11 K11597 60 4 1 ... ... 102 ... 1.25Cr–0.5Mo–Si Smls. tube

COPYRIGHT American Society of Mechanical Engineers


SA-199 T22 K21590 60 5A 1 ... ... 102 ... 2.25Cr–1Mo Smls. tube
SA-199 T4 K31509 60 5A 1 ... ... 102 ... 2.25Cr–0.5Mo–0.75Si Smls. tube
SA-199 T21 K31545 60 5A 1 ... ... 102 ... 3Cr–1Mo Smls. tube
SA-199 T5 K41545 60 5B 1 ... ... 102 ... 5Cr–0.5Mo Smls. tube
SA-199 T9 K90941 60 5B 1 ... ... 102 ... 9Cr–1Mo Smls. tube
SA-199 T91 K90901 85 5B 2 ... ... 102 ... 9Cr–1Mo–V Smls. tube

73
SA-202 A K11742 75 4 1 ... ... 101 ... 0.5Cr–1.25Mn–Si Plate
SA-202 B K12542 85 4 1 ... ... 101 ... 0.5Cr–1.25Mn–Si Plate

SA-203 A K21703 65 9A 1 ... ... 101 ... 2.5Ni Plate


WELDING DATA

SA-203 B K22103 70 9A 1 ... ... 101 ... 2.5Ni Plate


SA-203 D K31718 65 9B 1 ... ... 101 ... 3.5Ni Plate
SA-203 E K32018 70 9B 1 ... ... 101 ... 3.5Ni Plate
SA-203 F K32018 75 9B 1 ... ... 101 ... 3.5Ni Plate > 2 in. (51 mm)
SA-203 F K32018 80 9B 1 ... ... 101 ... 3.5Ni Plate, 2 in. (51 mm) &
under

This is Electronic Page SEC9$$$20B Page # 73


SA-204 A K11820 65 3 1 ... ... 101 ... C–0.5Mo Plate
SA-204 B K12020 70 3 2 ... ... 101 ... C–0.5Mo Plate
SA-204 C K12320 75 3 2 ... ... 101 ... C–0.5Mo Plate

SA-209 T1b K11422 53 3 1 ... ... 101 ... C–0.5Mo Smls. tube
SA-209 T1 K11522 55 3 1 ... ... 101 ... C–0.5Mo Smls. tube
SA-209 T1a K12023 60 3 1 ... ... 101 ... C–0.5Mo Smls. tube

SA-210 A–1 K02707 60 1 1 ... ... 101 ... C–Si Smls. tube
SA-210 C K03501 70 1 2 ... ... 101 ... C–Mn–Si Smls. tube

Job # 41759 SEC9$$ $U21 05-17-01 07:00:20 PD: SEC9A Rev 16.01
QW/QB-422
QW/QB-422 FERROUS P-NUMBERS AND S-NUMBERS
Grouping of Base Metals for Qualification
GENERAL NOTE: To convert from ksi to MPa, multiply tensile strength in table by 6.9.
QW/QB-422

Welding Brazing
Minimum
UNS Specified P- Group S- Group P- S-
Spec. No. Type or Grade No. Tensile, ksi No. No. No. No. No. No. Nominal Composition Product Form

A 211 A570-30 K02502 49 ... ... 1 1 ... 101 C Welded pipe


A 211 A570-33 K02502 52 ... ... 1 1 ... 101 C Welded pipe
A 211 A570-40 K02502 55 ... ... 1 1 ... 101 C Welded pipe

ASME Section 9
SA-213 T2 K11547 60 3 1 ... ... 101 ... 0.5Cr–0.5Mo Smls. tube

Licensed by Information Handling Services


SA-213 T12 K11562 60 4 1 ... ... 102 ... 1Cr–0.5Mo Smls. tube
SA-213 T11 K11597 60 4 1 ... ... 102 ... 1.25Cr–0.5Mo–Si Smls. tube
SA-213 T17 K12047 60 10B 1 ... ... 102 ... 1Cr–V Smls. tube
SA-213 T22 K21590 60 5A 1 ... ... 102 ... 2.25Cr–1Mo Smls. tube
SA-213 T21 K31545 60 5A 1 ... ... 102 ... 3Cr–1Mo Smls. tube

COPYRIGHT American Society of Mechanical Engineers


SA-213 T5c K41245 60 5B 1 ... ... 102 ... 5Cr–0.5Mo–Ti Smls. tube
SA-213 T5 K41545 60 5B 1 ... ... 102 ... 5Cr–0.5Mo Smls. tube

SA-213 T5b K51545 60 5B 1 ... ... 102 ... 5Cr–0.5Mo–Si Smls. tube
SA-213 T9 K90941 60 5B 1 ... ... 102 ... 9Cr–1Mo Smls. tube

74
SA-213 T91 K90901 85 5B 2 ... ... 102 ... 9Cr–1Mo–V Smls. tube

SA-213 TP201 S20100 95 8 3 ... ... 102 ... 17Cr–4Ni–6Mn Smls. tube
SA-213 TP202 S20200 90 8 3 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–5Ni–9Mn Smls. tube
2001 SECTION IX

SA-213 XM-19 S20910 100 8 3 ... ... 102 ... 22Cr–13Ni–5Mn Smls. tube
SA-213 TP304 S30400 75 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–8Ni Smls. tube
SA-213 TP304L S30403 70 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–8Ni Smls. tube
SA-213 TP304H S30409 75 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–8Ni Smls. tube

SA-213 TP304N S30451 80 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–8Ni–N Smls. tube
SA-213 TP304LN S30453 75 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–8Ni–N Smls. tube
SA-213 S30815 S30815 87 8 2 ... ... 102 ... 21Cr–11Ni–N Smls. tube
SA-213 TP309S S30908 75 8 2 ... ... 102 ... 23Cr–12Ni Smls. tube

This is Electronic Page SEC9$$$20B Page # 74


SA-213 TP309H S30909 75 8 2 ... ... 102 ... 23Cr–12Ni Smls. tube
SA-213 TP309Cb S30940 75 8 2 ... ... 102 ... 23Cr–12Ni–Cb Smls. tube
SA-213 TP309HCb S30941 75 8 2 ... ... 102 ... 23Cr–12Ni–Cb Smls. tube
SA-213 TP310S S31008 75 8 2 ... ... 102 ... 25Cr–20Ni Smls. tube
SA-213 TP310H S31009 75 8 2 ... ... 102 ... 25Cr–20Ni Smls. tube

SA-213 TP310Cb S31040 75 8 2 ... ... 102 ... 25Cr–20Ni–Cb Smls. tube
SA-213 TP310HCb S31041 75 8 2 ... ... 102 ... 25Cr–20Ni–Cb Smls. tube

Job # 41759 SEC9$$ $U21 05-17-01 07:00:20 PD: SEC9A Rev 16.01
QW/QB-422 FERROUS P-NUMBERS AND S-NUMBERS
Grouping of Base Metals for Qualification
GENERAL NOTE: To convert from ksi to MPa, multiply tensile strength in table by 6.9.

Welding Brazing
Minimum
UNS Specified P- Group S- Group P- S-
Spec. No. Type or Grade No. Tensile, ksi No. No. No. No. No. No. Nominal Composition Product Form

SA-213 TP310MoLN S31050 78 8 2 ... ... 102 ... 25Cr–22Ni–2Mo–N Smls. tube, t >1/4 in.
(6 mm)

ASME Section 9
SA-213 TP310MoLN S31050 84 8 2 ... ... 102 ... 25Cr–22Ni–2Mo–N Smls. tube, t ≤ 1/4 in.
(6 mm)

Licensed by Information Handling Services


SA-213 TP316 S31600 75 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 16Cr–12Ni–2Mo Smls. tube
SA-213 TP316L S31603 70 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 16Cr–12Ni–2Mo Smls. tube
SA-213 TP316H S31609 75 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 16Cr–12Ni–2Mo Smls. tube

SA-213 TP316N S31651 80 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 16Cr–12Ni–2Mo–N Smls. tube

COPYRIGHT American Society of Mechanical Engineers


SA-213 TP316LN S31653 75 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 16Cr–12Ni–2Mo–N Smls. tube
SA-213 S31725 S31725 75 8 4 ... ... 102 ... 19Cr–15Ni–4Mo Smls. tube
SA-213 S31726 S31726 80 8 4 ... ... 102 ... 19Cr–15.5Ni–4Mo Smls. tube
SA-213 TP321 S32100 75 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–10Ni–Ti Smls. tube

SA-213 TP321H S32109 75 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–10Ni–Ti Smls. tube

75
SA-213 TP347 S34700 75 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–10Ni–Cb Smls. tube
SA-213 TP347H S34709 75 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–10Ni–Cb Smls. tube
SA-213 TP348 S34800 75 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–10Ni–Cb Smls. tube
SA-213 TP348H S34809 75 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–10Ni–Cb Smls. tube
WELDING DATA

SA-213 XM–15 S38100 75 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–18Ni–2Si Smls. tube

SA-214 ... K01807 47 1 1 ... ... 101 ... C E.R.W. tube

SA-216 WCA J02502 60 1 1 ... ... 101 ... C–Si Castings


SA-216 WCC J02503 70 1 2 ... ... 101 ... C–Mn–Si Castings
SA-216 WCB J03002 70 1 2 ... ... 101 ... C–Si Castings

This is Electronic Page SEC9$$$20B Page # 75


SA-217 WC6 J12072 70 4 1 ... ... 102 ... 1.25Cr–0.5Mo Castings
SA-217 WC4 J12082 70 4 1 ... ... 101 ... 1Ni–0.5Cr–0.5Mo Castings
SA-217 WC1 J12524 65 3 1 ... ... 101 ... C–0.5Mo Castings
SA-217 WC9 J21890 70 5A 1 ... ... 102 ... 2.25Cr–1Mo Castings
SA-217 WC5 J22000 70 4 1 ... ... 101 ... 0.75Ni–1Mo–0.75Cr Castings
SA-217 C5 J42045 90 5B 1 ... ... 102 ... 5Cr–0.5Mo Castings
SA-217 C12 J82090 90 5B 1 ... ... 102 ... 9Cr–1Mo Castings
SA-217 CA15 J91150 90 6 3 ... ... 102 ... 13Cr Castings

Job # 41759 SEC9$$ $U21 05-17-01 07:00:20 PD: SEC9A Rev 16.01
SA-225 D K12004 75 10A 1 ... ... 101 ... Mn–0.5Ni–V Plate > 3 in. (76 mm)
QW/QB-422
QW/QB-422 FERROUS P-NUMBERS AND S-NUMBERS
Grouping of Base Metals for Qualification
GENERAL NOTE: To convert from ksi to MPa, multiply tensile strength in table by 6.9.
QW/QB-422

Welding Brazing
Minimum
UNS Specified P- Group S- Group P- S-
Spec. No. Type or Grade No. Tensile, ksi No. No. No. No. No. No. Nominal Composition Product Form

SA-225 D K12004 80 10A 1 ... ... 101 ... Mn–0.5Ni–V Plate, 3 in. (76 mm) &
under
SA-225 C K12524 105 10A 1 ... ... 101 ... Mn–0.5Ni–V Plate

ASME Section 9
SA-226 ... K01201 47 1 1 ... ... 101 ... C–Si E.R.W. tube

Licensed by Information Handling Services


SA-234 WPB K03006 60 1 1 ... ... 101 ... C–Si Piping fitting
SA-234 WPC K03501 70 1 2 ... ... 101 ... C–Si Piping fitting
SA-234 WP11, Cl. 1 ... 60 4 1 ... ... 102 ... 1.25Cr–0.5Mo–Si Piping fitting
SA-234 WP12, Cl. 1 K12062 60 4 1 ... ... 101 ... 1Cr–0.5Mo Piping fitting

COPYRIGHT American Society of Mechanical Engineers


SA-234 WP1 K12821 55 3 1 ... ... 101 ... C–0.5Mo Piping fitting
SA-234 WP22, Cl. 1 K21590 60 5A 1 ... ... 102 ... 2.25Cr–1Mo Piping fitting
SA-234 WPR K22035 63 9A 1 ... ... 101 ... 2Ni–1Cu Piping fitting
SA-234 WP5 K41545 60 5B 1 ... ... 102 ... 5Cr–0.5Mo Piping fitting
SA-234 WP9 K90941 60 5B 1 ... ... 102 ... 9Cr–1Mo Piping fitting

76
SA-234 WP91 K90901 85 5B 2 ... ... 102 ... 9Cr–1Mo–V Piping fitting

SA-240 Type 201 S20100 95 8 3 ... ... 102 ... 17Cr–4Ni–6Mn Plate, sheet, & strip
SA-240 Type 202 S20200 90 8 3 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–5Ni–9Mn Plate, sheet, & strip
2001 SECTION IX

SA-240 ... S20400 95 8 3 ... ... 102 ... 16Cr–9Mn–2Ni–N Plate, sheet, & strip
SA-240 Type XM–19 S20910 100 8 3 ... ... 102 ... 22Cr–13Ni–5Mn Plate
SA-240 Type XM–19 S20910 105 8 3 ... ... 102 ... 22Cr–13Ni–5Mn Sheet & strip
SA-240 Type XM–17 S21600 90 8 3 ... ... 102 ... 19Cr–8Mn–6Ni–Mo–N Plate
SA-240 Type XM–17 S21600 100 8 3 ... ... 102 ... 19Cr–8Mn–6Ni–Mo–N Sheet & strip
SA-240 Type XM–18 S21603 90 8 3 ... ... 102 ... 19Cr–8Mn–6Ni–Mo–N Plate
SA-240 Type XM–18 S21603 100 8 3 ... ... 102 ... 19Cr–8Mn–6Ni–Mo–N Sheet & strip
SA-240 S21800 S21800 95 8 3 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–8Ni–4Si–N Plate, sheet, & strip

This is Electronic Page SEC9$$$20B Page # 76


SA-240 Type XM–29 S24000 100 8 3 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–3Ni–12Mn Plate, sheet, & strip

SA-240 Type 302 S30200 75 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–8Ni Plate, sheet, & strip
SA-240 Type 304 S30400 75 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–8Ni Plate, sheet, & strip
SA-240 Type 304L S30403 70 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–8Ni Plate, sheet, & strip
SA-240 Type 304H S30409 75 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–8Ni Plate, sheet, & strip
SA-240 Type 304N S30451 80 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–8Ni–N Plate, sheet, & strip
SA-240 Type XM–21 S30452 85 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–8Ni–N Plate
SA-240 Type XM–21 S30452 90 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–8Ni–N Sheet & strip
SA-240 Type 304LN S30453 75 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–8Ni–N Plate, sheet, & strip

Job # 41759 SEC9$$ $U21 05-17-01 07:00:20 PD: SEC9A Rev 16.01
QW/QB-422 FERROUS P-NUMBERS AND S-NUMBERS
Grouping of Base Metals for Qualification
GENERAL NOTE: To convert from ksi to MPa, multiply tensile strength in table by 6.9.

Welding Brazing
Minimum
UNS Specified P- Group S- Group P- S-
Spec. No. Type or Grade No. Tensile, ksi No. No. No. No. No. No. Nominal Composition Product Form

SA-240 Type 305 S30500 70 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–11Ni Plate, sheet, & strip
SA-240 S30600 S30600 78 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–15Ni–4Si Plate, sheet, & strip

ASME Section 9
SA-240 S30815 S30815 87 8 2 ... ... 102 ... 21Cr–11Ni–N Plate, sheet, & strip

Licensed by Information Handling Services


SA-240 Type 309S S30908 75 8 2 ... ... 102 ... 23Cr–12Ni Plate, sheet, & strip
SA-240 Type 309H S30909 75 8 2 ... ... 102 ... 23Cr–12Ni Plate, sheet, & strip
SA-240 Type 309Cb S30940 75 8 2 ... ... 102 ... 23Cr–12Ni–Cb Plate, sheet, & strip
SA-240 Type 309HCb S30941 75 8 2 ... ... 102 ... 23Cr–12Ni–Cb Plate, sheet, & strip

COPYRIGHT American Society of Mechanical Engineers


SA-240 Type 310S S31008 75 8 2 ... ... 102 ... 25Cr–20Ni Plate, sheet, & strip
SA-240 Type 310H S31009 75 8 2 ... ... 102 ... 20Cr–20Ni Plate, sheet, & strip
SA-240 Type 310Cb S31040 75 8 2 ... ... 102 ... 25Cr–20Ni–Cb Plate, sheet, & strip
SA-240 Type 310HCb S31041 75 8 2 ... ... 102 ... 25Cr–20Ni–Cb Plate, sheet, & strip
SA-240 Type 310MoLN S31050 80 8 2 ... ... 102 ... 25Cr–22Ni–2Mo–N Plate, sheet, & strip
SA-240 S31200 S31200 100 10H 1 ... ... 102 ... 25Cr–6Ni–Mo–N Plate, sheet, & strip

77
SA-240 S31254 S31254 94 8 4 ... ... 102 ... 20Cr–18Ni–6Mo Plate, sheet, & strip
SA-240 S31260 S31260 100 10H 1 ... ... 102 ... 25Cr–6.5Ni–3Mo–N Plate, sheet, & strip

SA-240 Type 316 S31600 75 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 16Cr–12Ni–2Mo Plate, sheet, & strip
WELDING DATA

SA-240 Type 316L S31603 70 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 16Cr–12Ni–2Mo Plate, sheet, & strip
SA-240 Type 316H S31609 75 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 16Cr–12Ni–2Mo Plate, sheet, & strip
SA-240 Type 316Ti S31635 75 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 16Cr–12Ni–2Mo–Ti Plate, sheet, & strip
SA-240 Type 316Cb S31640 75 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 16Cr–12Ni–2Mo–Cb Plate, sheet, & strip

SA-240 Type 316N S31651 80 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 16Cr–12Ni–2Mo–N Plate, sheet, & strip
SA-240 Type 316LN S31653 75 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 16Cr–12Ni–2Mo–N Plate, sheet, & strip

This is Electronic Page SEC9$$$20B Page # 77


SA-240 Type 317 S31700 75 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–13Ni–3Mo Plate, sheet, & strip
SA-240 Type 317L S31703 75 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–13Ni–3Mo Plate, sheet, & strip
SA-240 S31725 S31725 75 8 4 ... ... 102 ... 19Cr–15Ni–4Mo Plate, sheet, & strip

SA-240 S31726 S31726 80 8 4 ... ... 102 ... 19Cr–15.5Ni–4Mo Plate, sheet, & strip
SA-240 S31753 S31753 80 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–13Ni–3Mo–N Plate, sheet, & strip
SA-240 S31803 S31803 90 10H 1 ... ... ... ... 22Cr–5Ni–3Mo–N Plate, sheet, & strip
SA-240 Type 321 S32100 75 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–10Ni–Ti Plate, sheet, & strip
SA-240 Type 321H S32109 75 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–10Ni–Ti Plate, sheet, & strip

Job # 41759 SEC9$$ $U21 05-17-01 07:00:20 PD: SEC9A Rev 16.01
SA-240 S32550 S32550 110 10H 1 ... ... 102 ... 25Cr–5Ni–3Mo–2Cu Plate, sheet, & strip
QW/QB-422
QW/QB-422 FERROUS P-NUMBERS AND S-NUMBERS
Grouping of Base Metals for Qualification
GENERAL NOTE: To convert from ksi to MPa, multiply tensile strength in table by 6.9.
QW/QB-422

Welding Brazing
Minimum
UNS Specified P- Group S- Group P- S-
Spec. No. Type or Grade No. Tensile, ksi No. No. No. No. No. No. Nominal Composition Product Form

SA-240 S32760 S32760 108 ... ... 10H 1 ... 102 25Cr–8Ni–3Mo–W– Plate, sheet, & strip
Cu–N
SA-240 Type 329 S32900 90 10H 1 ... ... 102 ... 26Cr–4Ni–Mo Plate, sheet, & strip

ASME Section 9
SA-240 S32950 S32950 100 10H 1 ... ... 102 ... 26Cr–4Ni–Mo–N Plate, sheet, & strip
SA-240 Type 347 S34700 75 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–10Ni–Cb Plate, sheet, & strip

Licensed by Information Handling Services


SA-240 Type 347H S34709 75 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–10Ni–Cb Plate, sheet, & strip

SA-240 Type 348 S34800 75 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–10Ni–Cb Plate, sheet, & strip
SA-240 Type 348H S34809 75 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–10Ni–Cb Plate, sheet, & strip
SA-240 Type XM–15 S38100 75 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–18Ni–2Si Plate, sheet, & strip

COPYRIGHT American Society of Mechanical Engineers


SA-240 Type 405 S40500 60 7 1 ... ... 102 ... 12Cr–1Al Plate, sheet, & strip
SA-240 Type 409 S40900 55 7 1 ... ... 102 ... 11Cr–Ti Plate, sheet, & strip
SA-240 Type 410 S41000 65 6 1 ... ... 102 ... 13Cr Plate, sheet, & strip

SA-240 Type 410S S41008 60 7 1 ... ... 102 ... 13Cr Plate, sheet, & strip

78
SA-240 S41500 S41500 115 6 4 ... ... 102 ... 13Cr–4.5Ni–Mo Plate, sheet, & strip
SA-240 Type 429 S42900 65 6 2 ... ... 102 ... 15Cr Plate, sheet, & strip
SA-240 Type 430 S43000 65 7 2 ... ... 102 ... 17Cr Plate, sheet, & strip
SA-240 Type 439 S43035 60 7 2 ... ... 102 ... 17Cr–Ti Plate, sheet, & strip
2001 SECTION IX

SA-240 S44400 S44400 60 7 2 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–2Mo Plate, sheet, & strip

SA-240 Type XM–33 S44626 68 10I 1 ... ... 102 ... 27Cr–1Mo–Ti Plate, sheet, & strip
SA-240 Type XM–27 S44627 65 10I 1 ... ... 102 ... 27Cr–1Mo Plate, sheet, & strip
SA-240 S44635 S44635 90 10I 1 ... ... 102 ... 25Cr–4Ni–4Mo–Ti Plate, sheet, & strip
SA-240 S44660 S44660 85 10K 1 ... ... 102 ... 26Cr–3Ni–3Mo Plate, sheet, & strip
SA-240 S44700 S44700 80 10J 1 ... ... 102 ... 29Cr–4Mo Plate, sheet, & strip
SA-240 S44800 S44800 80 10K 1 ... ... 102 ... 29Cr–4Mo–2Ni Plate, sheet, & strip

This is Electronic Page SEC9$$$20B Page # 78


SA-249 TP201 S20100 95 8 3 ... ... 102 ... 17Cr–4Ni–6Mn Welded tube
SA-249 TP202 S20200 90 8 3 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–5Ni–9Mn Welded tube
SA-249 TPXM–19 S20910 100 8 3 ... ... 102 ... 22Cr–13Ni–5Mn Welded tube
SA-249 TPXM–29 S24000 100 8 3 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–3Ni–12Mn Welded tube
SA-249 TP304 S30400 75 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–8Ni Welded tube

SA-249 TP304L S30403 70 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–8Ni Welded tube
SA-249 TP304H S30409 75 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–8Ni Welded tube
SA-249 TP304N S30451 80 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–8Ni–N Welded tube

Job # 41759 SEC9$$ $U21 05-17-01 07:00:20 PD: SEC9A Rev 16.01
QW/QB-422 FERROUS P-NUMBERS AND S-NUMBERS
Grouping of Base Metals for Qualification
GENERAL NOTE: To convert from ksi to MPa, multiply tensile strength in table by 6.9.

Welding Brazing
Minimum
UNS Specified P- Group S- Group P- S-
Spec. No. Type or Grade No. Tensile, ksi No. No. No. No. No. No. Nominal Composition Product Form

SA-249 TP304LN S30453 75 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–8Ni–N Welded tube
SA-249 S30815 S30815 87 8 2 ... ... 102 ... 21Cr–11Ni–N Welded tube

ASME Section 9
SA-249 TP309S S30908 75 8 2 ... ... 102 ... 23Cr–12Ni Welded tube

Licensed by Information Handling Services


SA-249 TP309H S30909 75 8 2 ... ... 102 ... 23Cr–12Ni Welded tube
SA-249 TP309Cb S30940 75 8 2 ... ... 102 ... 23Cr–12Ni–Cb Welded tube
SA-249 TP309HCb S30941 75 8 2 ... ... 102 ... 23Cr–12Ni–Cb Welded tube

COPYRIGHT American Society of Mechanical Engineers


SA-249 TP310S S31008 75 8 2 ... ... 102 ... 25Cr–20Ni Welded tube
SA-249 TP310H S31009 75 8 2 ... ... 102 ... 25Cr–20Ni Welded tube
SA-249 TP310Cb S31040 75 8 2 ... ... 102 ... 25Cr–20Ni–Cb Welded tube
SA-249 TP310HCb S31041 75 8 2 ... ... 102 ... 25Cr–20Ni–Cb Welded tube
SA-249 TP310MoLN S31050 78 8 2 ... ... 102 ... 25Cr–22Ni–2Mo–N Welded tube, t > 1/4 in.
(6 mm)
SA-249 TP310MoLN S31050 84 8 2 ... ... 102 ... 25Cr–22Ni–2Mo–N Welded tube, t ≤ 1/4 in.

79
(6 mm)
SA-249 S31254 S31254 94 8 4 ... ... 102 ... 20Cr–18Ni–6Mo Welded tube
SA-249 TP316 S31600 75 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 16Cr–12Ni–2Mo Welded tube
SA-249 TP316L S31603 70 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 16Cr–12Ni–2Mo Welded tube
WELDING DATA

SA-249 TP316H S31609 75 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 16Cr–12Ni–2Mo Welded tube

SA-249 TP316N S31651 80 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 16Cr–12Ni–2Mo–N Welded tube
SA-249 TP316LN S31653 75 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 16Cr–12Ni–2Mo–N Welded tube
SA-249 TP317 S31700 75 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–13Ni–3Mo Welded tube
SA-249 TP317L S31703 75 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–13Ni–3Mo Welded tube
SA-249 S31725 S31725 75 8 4 ... ... 102 ... 19Cr–15Ni–4Mo Welded tube

This is Electronic Page SEC9$$$20B Page # 79


SA-249 S31726 S31726 80 8 4 ... ... 102 ... 19Cr–15.5Ni–4Mo Welded tube
SA-249 TP321 S32100 75 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–10Ni–Ti Welded tube

SA-249 TP321H S32109 75 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–10Ni–Ti Welded tube
SA-249 TP347 S34700 75 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–10Ni–Cb Welded tube
SA-249 TP347H S34709 75 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–10Ni–Cb Welded tube
SA-249 TP348 S34800 75 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–10Ni–Cb Welded tube
SA-249 TP348H S34809 75 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–10Ni–Cb Welded tube
SA-249 TPXM–15 S38100 75 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–18Ni–2Si Welded tube

Job # 41759 SEC9$$ $U21 05-17-01 07:00:20 PD: SEC9A Rev 16.01
SA-250 T1b K11422 53 3 1 ... ... 101 ... C–0.5Mo E.R.W. tube
QW/QB-422
QW/QB-422 FERROUS P-NUMBERS AND S-NUMBERS
Grouping of Base Metals for Qualification
GENERAL NOTE: To convert from ksi to MPa, multiply tensile strength in table by 6.9.
QW/QB-422

Welding Brazing
Minimum
UNS Specified P- Group S- Group P- S-
Spec. No. Type or Grade No. Tensile, ksi No. No. No. No. No. No. Nominal Composition Product Form

SA-250 T1 K11522 55 3 1 ... ... 101 ... C–0.5Mo E.R.W. tube


SA-250 T2 K11547 60 3 1 ... ... 101 ... 0.5Cr–0.5Mo E.R.W. tube
SA-250 T11 K11597 60 4 1 ... ... 102 ... 1.25Cr–0.5Mo–Si E.R.W. tube

ASME Section 9
SA-250 T1a K12023 60 3 1 ... ... 101 ... C–0.5Mo E.R.W. tube
SA-250 T22 K21590 60 5A 1 ... ... 102 ... 2.25Cr–1Mo E.R.W. tube

Licensed by Information Handling Services


A 254 Cl.1 K01001 42 ... ... ... ... ... 101 C Cu brazed tube
A 254 Cl.2 K01001 42 ... ... ... ... ... 101 C Cu brazed tube

SA-266 4 K03017 70 1 2 ... ... 101 ... C–Mn–Si Forgings

COPYRIGHT American Society of Mechanical Engineers


SA-266 1 K03506 60 1 1 ... ... 101 ... C–Si Forgings
SA-266 2 K03506 70 1 2 ... ... 101 ... C–Si Forgings
SA-266 3 K05001 75 1 2 ... ... 101 ... C–Si Forgings

SA-268 TP405 S40500 60 7 1 ... ... 102 ... 12Cr–1Al Smls. & welded tube

80
SA-268 S40800 S40800 55 7 1 ... ... 102 ... 12Cr–Ti Smls. & welded tube
SA-268 TP409 S40900 55 7 1 ... ... 102 ... 11Cr–Ti Smls. & welded tube
SA-268 TP410 S41000 60 6 1 ... ... 102 ... 13Cr Smls. & welded tube
SA-268 S41500 S41500 115 6 4 ... ... 102 ... 13Cr–4.5Ni–Mo Smls. & welded tube
2001 SECTION IX

SA-268 TP429 S42900 60 6 2 ... ... 102 ... 15Cr Smls. & welded tube
SA-268 TP430 S43000 60 7 2 ... ... 102 ... 17Cr Smls. & welded tube
SA-268 TP439 S43035 60 7 2 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–Ti Smls. & welded tube
SA-268 TP430Ti S43036 60 7 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–Ti–Cb Smls. & welded tube
SA-268 18Cr–2Mo S44400 60 7 2 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–2Mo Smls. & welded tube

SA-268 TP446–2 S44600 65 10I 1 ... ... 102 ... 27Cr Smls. & welded tube

This is Electronic Page SEC9$$$20B Page # 80


SA-268 TP446–1 S44600 70 10I 1 ... ... 102 ... 27Cr Smls. & welded tube
SA-268 TPXM–33 S44626 68 10I 1 ... ... 102 ... 27Cr–1Mo–Ti Smls. & welded tube
SA-268 TPXM–27 S44627 65 10I 1 ... ... 102 ... 27Cr–1Mo Smls. & welded tube
SA-268 25–4–4 S44635 90 10I 1 ... ... 102 ... 25Cr–4Ni–4Mo–Ti Smls. & welded tube

SA-268 26–3–3 S44660 85 10K 1 ... ... 102 ... 26Cr–3Ni–3Mo Smls. & welded tube
SA-268 29–4 S44700 80 10J 1 ... ... 102 ... 29Cr–4Mo Smls. & welded tube
SA-268 S44735 S44735 75 10J 1 ... ... 102 ... 29Cr–4Mo–Ti Smls. & welded tube
SA-268 29–4–2 S44800 80 10K 1 ... ... 102 ... 29Cr–4Mo–2Ni Smls. & welded tube

Job # 41759 SEC9$$ $U21 05-17-01 07:00:20 PD: SEC9A Rev 16.01
QW/QB-422 FERROUS P-NUMBERS AND S-NUMBERS
Grouping of Base Metals for Qualification
GENERAL NOTE: To convert from ksi to MPa, multiply tensile strength in table by 6.9.

Welding Brazing
Minimum
UNS Specified P- Group S- Group P- S-
Spec. No. Type or Grade No. Tensile, ksi No. No. No. No. No. No. Nominal Composition Product Form

A 269 TP316 S31600 75 ... ... 8 1 ... 102 16Cr–12Ni–2Mo Smls. & welded tube
A 269 TP316L S31603 70 ... ... 8 1 ... 102 16Cr–12Ni–2Mo Smls. & welded tube

ASME Section 9
A 269 TP304 S30400 75 ... ... 8 1 ... 102 18Cr–8Ni Smls. & welded tube
A 269 TP304L S30403 70 ... ... 8 1 ... 102 18Cr–8Ni Smls. & welded tube

Licensed by Information Handling Services


A 271 TP304 S30400 75 ... ... 8 1 ... 102 18Cr–8Ni Smls. tube
A 271 TP304L S30403 70 ... ... 8 1 ... 102 18Cr–8Ni Smls. tube

COPYRIGHT American Society of Mechanical Engineers


A 276 TP304 S30400 75 ... ... 8 1 ... 102 18Cr–8Ni Bar
A 276 TP304L S30403 70 ... ... 8 1 ... 102 18Cr–8Ni Bar
A 276 TP316 S31600 75 ... ... 8 1 ... 102 16Cr–12Ni–2Mo Bar
A 276 TP316L S31603 70 ... ... 8 1 ... 102 16Cr–12Ni–2Mo Bar
A 276 TP410 S41000 65 ... ... 6 1 ... 102 13Cr Bar

SA-283 A K01400 45 1 1 ... ... 101 ... C Plate

81
SA-283 B K01702 50 1 1 ... ... 101 ... C Plate
SA-283 C K02401 55 1 1 ... ... 101 ... C Plate
SA-283 D K02702 60 1 1 ... ... 101 ... C Plate
WELDING DATA

SA-285 A K01700 45 1 1 ... ... 101 ... C Plate


SA-285 B K02200 50 1 1 ... ... 101 ... C Plate
SA-285 C K02801 55 1 1 ... ... 101 ... C Plate

SA-299 ... K02803 75 1 2 ... ... 101 ... C–Mn–Si Plate

SA-302 A K12021 75 3 2 ... ... 101 ... Mn–0.5Mo Plate

This is Electronic Page SEC9$$$20B Page # 81


SA-302 B K12022 80 3 3 ... ... 101 ... Mn–0.5Mo Plate
SA-302 C K12039 80 3 3 ... ... 101 ... Mn–0.5Mo–0.5Ni Plate
SA-302 D K12054 80 3 3 ... ... 101 ... Mn–0.5Mo–0.75Ni Plate

SA-312 TPXM–19 S20910 100 8 3 ... ... 102 ... 22Cr–13Ni–5Mn Smls. & welded pipe
SA-312 TPXM–11 S21904 90 8 3 ... ... 102 ... 21Cr–6Ni–9Mn Smls. & welded pipe
SA-312 TPXM–29 S24000 100 8 3 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–3Ni–12Mn Smls. & welded pipe
SA-312 TP304 S30400 75 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–8Ni Smls. & welded pipe
SA-312 TP304L S30403 70 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–8Ni Smls. & welded pipe
SA-312 TP304H S30409 75 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–8Ni Smls. & welded pipe

Job # 41759 SEC9$$ $U21 05-17-01 07:00:21 PD: SEC9A Rev 16.01
SA-312 TP304N S30451 80 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–8Ni–N Smls. & welded pipe
QW/QB-422
QW/QB-422 FERROUS P-NUMBERS AND S-NUMBERS
Grouping of Base Metals for Qualification
GENERAL NOTE: To convert from ksi to MPa, multiply tensile strength in table by 6.9.
QW/QB-422

Welding Brazing
Minimum
UNS Specified P- Group S- Group P- S-
Spec. No. Type or Grade No. Tensile, ksi No. No. No. No. No. No. Nominal Composition Product Form

SA-312 TP304LN S30453 75 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–8Ni–N Smls. & welded pipe
SA-312 S30600 S30600 78 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–15Ni–4Si Smls. & welded pipe

ASME Section 9
SA-312 S30815 S30815 87 8 2 ... ... 102 ... 21Cr–11Ni–N Smls. & welded pipe
SA-312 TP309S S30908 75 8 2 ... ... 102 ... 23Cr–12Ni Smls. & welded pipe

Licensed by Information Handling Services


SA-312 TP309H S30909 75 8 2 ... ... 102 ... 23Cr–12Ni Smls. & welded pipe
SA-312 TP309Cb S30940 75 8 2 ... ... 102 ... 23Cr–12Ni–Cb Smls. & welded pipe
SA-312 TP309HCb S30941 75 8 2 ... ... 102 ... 23Cr–12Ni–Cb Smls. & welded pipe
SA-312 TP310S S31008 75 8 2 ... ... 102 ... 25Cr–20Ni Smls. & welded pipe
SA-312 TP310H S31009 75 8 2 ... ... 102 ... 25Cr–20Ni Smls. & welded pipe

COPYRIGHT American Society of Mechanical Engineers


SA-312 TP310Cb S31040 75 8 2 ... ... 102 ... 25Cr–20Ni–Cb Smls. & welded pipe
SA-312 TP310HCb S31041 75 8 2 ... ... 102 ... 25Cr–20Ni–Cb Smls. & welded pipe

SA-312 TP310MoLN S31050 78 8 2 ... ... 102 ... 25Cr–22Ni–2Mo–N Welded pipe, t > 1/4 in.
(6 mm)

82
SA-312 TP310MoLN S31050 84 8 2 ... ... 102 ... 25Cr–22Ni–2Mo–N Welded pipe, t ≤ 1/4 in.
(6 mm)
SA-312 S31254 S31254 94 8 4 ... ... 102 ... 20Cr–18Ni–6Mo Smls. & welded pipe
SA-312 TP316 S31600 75 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 16Cr–12Ni–2Mo Smls. & welded pipe
2001 SECTION IX

SA-312 TP316L S31603 70 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 16Cr–12Ni–2Mo Smls. & welded pipe
SA-312 TP316H S31609 75 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 16Cr–12Ni–2Mo Smls. & welded pipe
SA-312 TP316N S31651 80 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 16Cr–12Ni–2Mo–N Smls. & welded pipe
SA-312 TP316LN S31653 75 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 16Cr–12Ni–2Mo–N Smls. & welded pipe
SA-312 TP317 S31700 75 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–13Ni–3Mo Smls. & welded pipe
SA-312 TP317L S31703 75 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–13Ni–3Mo Smls. & welded pipe
SA-312 S31725 S31725 75 8 4 ... ... 102 ... 19Cr–15Ni–4Mo Smls. & welded pipe

This is Electronic Page SEC9$$$20C Page # 82


SA-312 S31726 S31726 80 8 4 ... ... 102 ... 19Cr–15.5Ni–4Mo Smls. & welded pipe
SA-312 TP321 S32100 70 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–10Ni–Ti Smls. pipe > 3/8 in.
(10 mm)
SA-312 TP321 S32100 75 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–10Ni–Ti Smls. pipe ≤ 3/8 in.
(10 mm)
SA-312 TP321 S32100 75 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–10Ni–Ti Welded pipe
SA-312 TP321H S32109 70 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–10Ni–Ti Smls. pipe > 3/8 in.
(10 mm)

Job # 41759 SEC9$$ $U21 05-17-01 07:00:21 PD: SEC9A Rev 16.01
QW/QB-422 FERROUS P-NUMBERS AND S-NUMBERS
Grouping of Base Metals for Qualification
GENERAL NOTE: To convert from ksi to MPa, multiply tensile strength in table by 6.9.

Welding Brazing
Minimum
UNS Specified P- Group S- Group P- S-
Spec. No. Type or Grade No. Tensile, ksi No. No. No. No. No. No. Nominal Composition Product Form

SA-312 TP321H S32109 75 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–10Ni–Ti Smls. pipe ≤ 3/8 in.
(10 mm)

ASME Section 9
SA-312 TP321H S32109 75 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–10Ni–Ti Welded pipe

Licensed by Information Handling Services


SA-312 TP347 S34700 75 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–10Ni–Cb Smls. & welded pipe
SA-312 TP347H S34709 75 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–10Ni–Cb Smls. & welded pipe
SA-312 TP348 S34800 75 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–10Ni–Cb Smls. & welded pipe
SA-312 TP348H S34809 75 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–10Ni–Cb Smls. & welded pipe

COPYRIGHT American Society of Mechanical Engineers


SA-312 TPXM–15 S38100 75 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–18Ni–2Si Smls. & welded pipe

A 331 8620 CW G86200 90 ... ... 3 3 ... 102 0.5Ni–0.5Cr–Mo Bar

SA-333 6 K03006 60 1 1 ... ... 101 ... C–Mn–Si Smls. & welded pipe
SA-333 1 K03008 55 1 1 ... ... 101 ... C–Mn Smls. & welded pipe
SA-333 10 ... 80 1 3 ... ... 101 ... C–Mn–Si Smls. & welded pipe

83
SA-333 4 K11267 60 4 2 ... ... 102 ... 0.75Cr–0.75Ni–Cu–Al Smls. & welded pipe
SA-333 7 K21903 65 9A 1 ... ... 101 ... 2.5Ni Smls. & welded pipe
SA-333 9 K22035 63 9A 1 ... ... 101 ... 2Ni–1Cu Smls. & welded pipe
SA-333 3 K31918 65 9B 1 ... ... 101 ... 3.5Ni Smls. & welded pipe
WELDING DATA

SA-333 8 K81340 100 11A 1 ... ... 101 ... 9Ni Smls. & welded pipe

SA-334 6 K03006 60 1 1 ... ... 101 ... C–Mn–Si Welded tube


SA-334 1 K03008 55 1 1 ... ... 101 ... C–Mn Welded tube
SA-334 7 K21903 65 9A 1 ... ... 101 ... 2.5Ni Welded tube
SA-334 9 K22035 63 9A 1 ... ... 101 ... 2Ni–1Cu Welded tube
SA-334 3 K31918 65 9B 1 ... ... 101 ... 3.5Ni Welded tube

This is Electronic Page SEC9$$$20C Page # 83


SA-334 8 K81340 100 11A 1 ... ... 101 ... 9Ni Welded tube

SA-335 P1 K11522 55 3 1 ... ... 101 ... C–0.5Mo Smls. pipe


SA-335 P2 K11547 55 3 1 ... ... 101 ... 0.5Cr–0.5Mo Smls. pipe
SA-335 P12 K11562 60 4 1 ... ... 102 ... 1Cr–0.5Mo Smls. pipe
SA-335 P15 K11578 60 3 1 ... ... 101 ... 1.5Si–0.5Mo Smls. pipe
SA-335 P11 K11597 60 4 1 ... ... 102 ... 1.25Cr–0.5Mo–Si Smls. pipe
SA-335 P22 K21590 60 5A 1 ... ... 102 ... 2.25Cr–1Mo Smls. pipe

SA-335 P21 K31545 60 5A 1 ... ... 102 ... 3Cr–1Mo Smls. pipe

Job # 41759 SEC9$$ $U21 05-17-01 07:00:21 PD: SEC9A Rev 16.01
SA-335 P5c K41245 60 5B 1 ... ... 102 ... 5Cr–0.5Mo–Ti Smls. pipe
QW/QB-422
QW/QB-422 FERROUS P-NUMBERS AND S-NUMBERS
Grouping of Base Metals for Qualification
GENERAL NOTE: To convert from ksi to MPa, multiply tensile strength in table by 6.9.
QW/QB-422

Welding Brazing
Minimum
UNS Specified P- Group S- Group P- S-
Spec. No. Type or Grade No. Tensile, ksi No. No. No. No. No. No. Nominal Composition Product Form

SA-335 P5 K41545 60 5B 1 ... ... 102 ... 5Cr–0.5Mo Smls. pipe


SA-335 P5b K51545 60 5B 1 ... ... 102 ... 5Cr–0.5Mo–Si Smls. pipe
SA-335 P9 K90941 60 5B 1 ... ... 102 ... 9Cr–1Mo Smls. pipe

ASME Section 9
SA-335 P91 K90901 85 5B 2 ... ... 102 ... 9Cr–1Mo–V Smls. pipe

Licensed by Information Handling Services


SA-336 F6 S41000 85 6 3 ... ... 102 ... 13Cr Forgings
SA-336 F12 K11564 70 4 1 ... ... 102 ... 1Cr–0.5Mo Forgings
SA-336 F11, Cl. 1 K11597 60 4 1 ... ... 102 ... 1.25Cr–0.5Mo–Si Forgings
SA-336 F11, Cl. 2 K11572 70 4 1 ... ... 102 ... 1.25Cr–0.5Mo–Si Forgings
SA-336 F11, Cl. 3 K11572 75 4 1 ... ... 102 ... 1.25Cr–0.5Mo–Si Forgings

COPYRIGHT American Society of Mechanical Engineers


SA-336 F1 K12520 70 3 2 ... ... 101 ... C–0.5Mo Forgings
SA-336 F22, Cl. 1 K21590 60 5A 1 ... ... 102 ... 2.25Cr–1Mo Forgings
SA-336 F22, Cl. 3 K21590 75 5A 1 ... ... 102 ... 2.25Cr–1Mo Forgings
SA-336 F21, Cl. 1 K31545 60 5A 1 ... ... 102 ... 3Cr–1Mo Forgings

84
SA-336 F21, Cl. 3 K31545 75 5A 1 ... ... 102 ... 3Cr–1Mo Forgings

SA-336 F3V K31830 85 5C 1 ... ... 102 ... 3Cr–1Mo–V–Ti–B Forgings


SA-336 F22V K31835 85 5C 1 ... ... 102 ... 2.25Cr–1Mo–V Forgings
2001 SECTION IX

SA-336 F5 K41545 60 5B 1 ... ... 102 ... 5Cr–0.5Mo Forgings


SA-336 F5A K42544 80 5B 1 ... ... 102 ... 5Cr–0.5Mo Forgings
SA-336 F9 K90941 85 5B 1 ... ... 102 ... 9Cr–1Mo Forgings
SA-336 F91 K90901 85 5B 2 ... ... 102 ... 9Cr–1Mo–V Forgings

SA-336 F46 S30600 78 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–15Ni–4Si Forgings


SA-336 FXM–19 S20910 100 8 3 ... ... 102 ... 22Cr–13Ni–5Mn Forgings
SA-336 FXM–11 S21904 90 8 3 ... ... 102 ... 21Cr–6Ni–9Mn Forgings

This is Electronic Page SEC9$$$20C Page # 84


SA-336 F304 S30400 70 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–8Ni Forgings
SA-336 F304L S30403 65 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–8Ni Forgings
SA-336 F304H S30409 70 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–8Ni Forgings

SA-336 F304N S30451 80 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–8Ni–N Forgings


SA-336 F304LN S30453 70 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–8Ni–N Forgings
SA-336 F310 S31000 75 8 2 ... ... 102 ... 25Cr–20Ni Forgings
SA-336 F316 S31600 70 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 16Cr–12Ni–2Mo Forgings
SA-336 F316L S31603 65 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 16Cr–12Ni–2Mo Forgings

Job # 41759 SEC9$$ $U21 05-17-01 07:00:21 PD: SEC9A Rev 16.01
QW/QB-422 FERROUS P-NUMBERS AND S-NUMBERS
Grouping of Base Metals for Qualification
GENERAL NOTE: To convert from ksi to MPa, multiply tensile strength in table by 6.9.

Welding Brazing
Minimum
UNS Specified P- Group S- Group P- S-
Spec. No. Type or Grade No. Tensile, ksi No. No. No. No. No. No. Nominal Composition Product Form

SA-336 F316H S31609 70 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 16Cr–12Ni–2Mo Forgings


SA-336 F316N S31651 80 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 16Cr–12Ni–2Mo–N Forgings

ASME Section 9
SA-336 F316LN S31653 70 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 16Cr–12Ni–2Mo–N Forgings
SA-336 F321 S32100 70 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–10Ni–Ti Forgings

Licensed by Information Handling Services


SA-336 F321H S32109 70 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–10Ni–Ti Forgings

SA-336 F347 S34700 70 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–10Ni–Cb Forgings


SA-336 F347H S34709 70 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–10Ni–Cb Forgings

COPYRIGHT American Society of Mechanical Engineers


SA-336 F348 S34800 70 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–10Ni–Cb Forgings
SA-336 F348H S34809 65 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–10Ni–Cb Forgings

SA-350 LF1 K03009 60 1 1 ... ... 101 ... C–Mn–Si Forgings


SA-350 LF2 K03011 70 1 2 ... ... 101 ... C–Mn–Si Forgings
SA-350 LF5, Cl. 1 K13050 60 9A 1 ... ... 101 ... 1.5Ni Forgings
SA-350 LF5, Cl. 2 K13050 70 9A 1 ... ... 101 ... 1.5Ni Forgings

85
SA-350 LF9 K22036 63 9A 1 ... ... 101 ... 2Ni–1Cu Forgings
SA-350 LF3 K32025 70 9B 1 ... ... 101 ... 3.5Ni Forgings

SA-351 CF3 J92500 70 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–8Ni Castings


WELDING DATA

SA-351 CF3A J92500 77 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–8Ni Castings


SA-351 CF8 J92600 70 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–8Ni Castings
SA-351 CF8A J92600 77 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–8Ni Castings
SA-351 CF8C J92710 70 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–10Ni–Cb Castings
SA-351 CF3M J92800 70 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–12Ni–2Mo Castings

SA-351 CF8M J92900 70 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–12Ni–2Mo Castings

This is Electronic Page SEC9$$$20C Page # 85


SA-351 CF10 J92590 70 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 19Cr–9Ni–0.5Mo Castings
SA-351 CF10M J92901 70 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 19Cr–9Ni–2Mo Castings
SA-351 CG8M J93000 75 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 19Cr–10Ni–3Mo Castings
SA-351 CK3MCuN J93254 80 8 4 ... ... 102 ... 20Cr–18Ni–6Mo Castings
SA-351 CE8MN J93345 95 10H 1 ... ... 102 ... 24Cr–10Ni–Mo–N Castings
SA-351 CD4MCu J93370 100 10H 1 ... ... 102 ... 25Cr–5Ni–2Mo–3Cu Castings
SA-351 CD3MWCuN J93380 100 ... ... 10H 1 ... 102 25Cr–8Ni–3Mo–W–Cu–N Castings
SA-351 CH8 J93400 65 8 2 ... ... 102 ... 25Cr–12Ni Castings
SA-351 CH20 J93402 70 8 2 ... ... 102 ... 25Cr–12Ni Castings
SA-351 CG6MMN J93790 85 8 3 ... ... 102 ... 22Cr–12Ni–5Mn Castings

Job # 41759 SEC9$$ $U21 05-17-01 07:00:21 PD: SEC9A Rev 16.01
SA-351 CK20 J94202 65 8 2 ... ... 102 ... 25Cr–20Ni Castings
QW/QB-422
QW/QB-422 FERROUS P-NUMBERS AND S-NUMBERS
Grouping of Base Metals for Qualification
GENERAL NOTE: To convert from ksi to MPa, multiply tensile strength in table by 6.9.
QW/QB-422

Welding Brazing
Minimum
UNS Specified P- Group S- Group P- S-
Spec. No. Type or Grade No. Tensile, ksi No. No. No. No. No. No. Nominal Composition Product Form

SA-351 CN7M N08007 62 45 ... ... ... 111 ... 28Ni–19Cr–Cu–Mo Castings
SA-351 CT15C N08151 63 45 ... ... ... 111 ... 32Ni–45Fe–20Cr–Cb Castings
SA-351 CN3MN J94651 80 45 ... ... ... 111 ... 46Fe–24Ni–21Cr–6Mo– Castings

ASME Section 9
Cu–N

Licensed by Information Handling Services


A 351 CA15 ... 90 ... ... 6 3 ... 102 13Cr Castings
A 351 CE20N ... 80 ... ... 8 2 ... 102 25Cr–8Ni–N Castings
A 351 CF10MC J92971 70 ... ... 8 1 ... 102 16Cr–14Ni–2Mo Castings
A 351 CH10 J93401 70 ... ... 8 2 ... 102 25Cr–12Ni Castings
A 351 HK30 J94203 65 ... ... 8 2 ... 102 25Cr–20Ni–0.5Mo Castings

COPYRIGHT American Society of Mechanical Engineers


A 351 HK40 J94204 62 ... ... 8 2 ... 102 25Cr–20Ni–0.5Mo Castings
A 351 HT30 N08603 65 ... ... 45 ... ... 111 35Ni–15Cr–0.5Mo Castings

SA-352 LCA J02504 60 1 1 ... ... 101 ... C–Si Castings


SA-352 LCC J02505 70 1 2 ... ... 101 ... C–Mn–Si Castings

86
SA-352 LCB J03003 65 1 1 ... ... 101 ... C–Si Castings
SA-352 LC1 J12522 65 3 1 ... ... 101 ... C–0.5Mo Castings
SA-352 LC2 J22500 70 9A 1 ... ... 101 ... 2.5Ni Castings
2001 SECTION IX

SA-352 LC3 J31550 70 9B 1 ... ... 101 ... 3.5Ni Castings


SA-352 LC4 J41500 70 9C 1 ... ... 101 ... 4.5Ni Castings
SA-352 LC2–1 J42215 105 11A 5 ... ... 102 ... 3Ni–1.5Cr–0.5Mo Castings
SA-352 CA6NM J91540 110 6 4 ... ... 102 ... 13Cr–4Ni Castings

SA-353 ... K81340 100 11A 1 ... ... 101 ... 9Ni Plate

This is Electronic Page SEC9$$$20C Page # 86


SA-358 XM–19 S20910 100 8 3 ... ... 102 ... 22Cr–13Ni–5Mn Fusion welded pipe
SA-358 XM–29 S24000 100 8 3 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–3Ni–12Mn Fusion welded pipe
SA-358 304 S30400 75 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–8Ni Fusion welded pipe
SA-358 304L S30403 70 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–8Ni Fusion welded pipe
SA-358 304H S30409 75 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–8Ni Fusion welded pipe

SA-358 304N S30451 80 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–8Ni–N Fusion welded pipe
SA-358 304LN S30453 75 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–8Ni–N Fusion welded pipe
SA-358 S30815 S30815 87 8 2 ... ... 102 ... 21Cr–11Ni–N Fusion welded pipe
SA-358 309S S30908 75 8 2 ... ... 102 ... 23Cr–12Ni Fusion welded pipe

Job # 41759 SEC9$$ $U21 05-17-01 07:00:21 PD: SEC9A Rev 16.01
QW/QB-422 FERROUS P-NUMBERS AND S-NUMBERS
Grouping of Base Metals for Qualification
GENERAL NOTE: To convert from ksi to MPa, multiply tensile strength in table by 6.9.

Welding Brazing
Minimum
UNS Specified P- Group S- Group P- S-
Spec. No. Type or Grade No. Tensile, ksi No. No. No. No. No. No. Nominal Composition Product Form

SA-358 309Cb S30940 75 8 2 ... ... 102 ... 23Cr–12Ni–Cb Fusion welded pipe
SA-358 310S S31008 75 8 2 ... ... 102 ... 25Cr–20Ni Fusion welded pipe

ASME Section 9
SA-358 310Cb S31040 75 8 2 ... ... 102 ... 25Cr–20Ni–Cb Fusion welded pipe
SA-358 S31254 S31254 94 8 4 ... ... 102 ... 20Cr–18Ni–6Mo Fusion welded pipe

Licensed by Information Handling Services


SA-358 316 S31600 75 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 16Cr–12Ni–2Mo Fusion welded pipe
SA-358 316L S31603 70 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 16Cr–12Ni–2Mo Fusion welded pipe
SA-358 316H S31609 75 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 16Cr–12Ni–2Mo Fusion welded pipe

COPYRIGHT American Society of Mechanical Engineers


SA-358 316N S31651 80 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 16Cr–12Ni–2Mo–N Fusion welded pipe
SA-358 316LN S31653 75 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 16Cr–12Ni–2Mo–N Fusion welded pipe

SA-358 S31725 S31725 75 8 4 ... ... 102 ... 19Cr–15Ni–4Mo Fusion welded pipe
SA-358 S31726 S31726 80 8 4 ... ... 102 ... 19Cr–15.5Ni–4Mo Fusion welded pipe
SA-358 321 S32100 75 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–10Ni–Ti Fusion welded pipe
SA-358 347 S34700 75 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–10Ni–Cb Fusion welded pipe

87
SA-358 348 S34800 75 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–10Ni–Cb Fusion welded pipe

SA-369 FPA K02501 48 1 1 ... ... 101 ... C–Si Forged pipe
SA-369 FPB K03006 60 1 1 ... ... 101 ... C–Mn–Si Forged pipe
WELDING DATA

SA-369 FP1 K11522 55 3 1 ... ... 101 ... C–0.5Mo Forged pipe
SA-369 FP2 K11547 55 3 1 ... ... 101 ... 0.5Cr–0.5Mo Forged pipe
SA-369 FP12 K11562 60 4 1 ... ... 102 ... 1Cr–0.5Mo Forged pipe

SA-369 FP11 K11597 60 4 1 ... ... 102 ... 1.25Cr–0.5Mo–Si Forged pipe
SA-369 FP22 K21590 60 5A 1 ... ... 102 ... 2.25Cr–1Mo Forged pipe
SA-369 FP21 K31545 60 5A 1 ... ... 102 ... 3Cr–1Mo Forged pipe

This is Electronic Page SEC9$$$20C Page # 87


SA-369 FP5 K41545 60 5B 1 ... ... 102 ... 5Cr–0.5Mo Forged pipe
SA-369 FP9 K90941 60 5B 1 ... ... 102 ... 9Cr–1Mo Forged pipe
SA-369 FP91 K90901 85 5B 2 ... ... 102 ... 9Cr–1Mo–V Forged pipe

SA-372 A K03002 60 1 1 ... ... 101 ... C–Si Forgings


SA-372 B K04001 75 1 2 ... ... 101 ... C–Mn–Si Forgings

SA-376 16–8–2H S16800 75 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 16Cr–8Ni–2Mo Smls. pipe
SA-376 TP304 S30400 70 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–8Ni Smls. pipe ≥ 0.812 in.
(21 mm)

Job # 41759 SEC9$$ $U21 05-17-01 07:00:21 PD: SEC9A Rev 16.01
QW/QB-422
QW/QB-422 FERROUS P-NUMBERS AND S-NUMBERS
Grouping of Base Metals for Qualification
GENERAL NOTE: To convert from ksi to MPa, multiply tensile strength in table by 6.9.
QW/QB-422

Welding Brazing
Minimum
UNS Specified P- Group S- Group P- S-
Spec. No. Type or Grade No. Tensile, ksi No. No. No. No. No. No. Nominal Composition Product Form

SA-376 TP304 S30400 75 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–8Ni Smls. pipe < 0.812 in.
(21 mm)
SA-376 TP304H S30409 75 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–8Ni Smls. pipe

ASME Section 9
SA-376 TP304N S30451 80 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–8Ni–N Smls. pipe
SA-376 TP304LN S30453 75 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–8Ni–N Smls. pipe

Licensed by Information Handling Services


SA-376 TP316 S31600 75 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 16Cr–12Ni–2Mo Smls. pipe
SA-376 TP316H S31609 75 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 16Cr–12Ni–2Mo Smls. pipe
SA-376 TP316N S31651 80 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 16Cr–12Ni–2Mo–N Smls. pipe
SA-376 TP316LN S31653 75 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 16Cr–12Ni–2Mo–N Smls. pipe

COPYRIGHT American Society of Mechanical Engineers


SA-376 S31725 S31725 75 8 4 ... ... 102 ... 19Cr–15Ni–4Mo Smls. pipe
SA-376 S31726 S31726 80 8 4 ... ... 102 ... 19Cr–15.5Ni–4Mo Smls. pipe

3
SA-376 TP321 S32100 70 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–10Ni–Ti Smls. pipe > /8 in.
(10 mm)

88
3
SA-376 TP321 S32100 75 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–10Ni–Ti Smls. pipe ≤ /8 in.
(10 mm)
3
SA-376 TP321H S32109 70 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–10Ni–Ti Smls. pipe > /8 in.
(10 mm)
2001 SECTION IX

3
SA-376 TP321H S32109 75 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–10Ni–Ti Smls. pipe ≤ /8 in.
(10 mm)
SA-376 TP347 S34700 75 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–10Ni–Cb Smls. pipe
SA-376 TP347H S34709 75 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–10Ni–Cb Smls. pipe
SA-376 TP348 S34800 75 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–10Ni–Cb Smls. pipe

A 381 Y35 K03013 60 ... ... 1 1 ... 101 C Welded pipe


A 381 Y42 ... 60 ... ... 1 1 ... 101 C Welded pipe

This is Electronic Page SEC9$$$20C Page # 88


A 381 Y48 ... 62 ... ... 1 1 ... 101 C Welded pipe > 3/8 in.
(10 mm)
A 381 Y46 ... 63 ... ... 1 1 ... 101 C Welded pipe
A 381 Y50 ... 64 ... ... 1 1 ... 101 C Welded pipe > 3/8 in.
(10 mm)

A 381 Y52 ... 66 ... ... 1 2 ... 101 C Welded pipe > 3/8 in.
(10 mm)

Job # 41759 SEC9$$ $U21 05-17-01 07:00:21 PD: SEC9A Rev 16.01
QW/QB-422 FERROUS P-NUMBERS AND S-NUMBERS
Grouping of Base Metals for Qualification
GENERAL NOTE: To convert from ksi to MPa, multiply tensile strength in table by 6.9.

Welding Brazing
Minimum
UNS Specified P- Group S- Group P- S-
Spec. No. Type or Grade No. Tensile, ksi No. No. No. No. No. No. Nominal Composition Product Form

A 381 Y56 ... 71 ... ... 1 2 ... 101 C Welded pipe > 3/8 in.
(10 mm)

ASME Section 9
A 381 Y52 ... 72 ... ... 1 2 ... 101 C Welded pipe, to 3/8 in.
(10 mm)

Licensed by Information Handling Services


A 381 Y56 ... 75 ... ... 1 2 ... 101 C Welded pipe, to 3/8 in.
(10 mm)
A 381 Y60 ... 75 ... ... 1 2 ... 101 C Welded pipe > 3/8 in.
(10 mm)

COPYRIGHT American Society of Mechanical Engineers


A 381 Y60 ... 78 ... ... 1 2 ... 101 C Welded pipe ≤ 3/8 in.
(10 mm)

SA-387 12, Cl. 1 K11757 55 4 1 ... ... 102 ... 1Cr–0.5Mo Plate
SA-387 12, Cl. 2 K11757 65 4 1 ... ... 102 ... 1Cr–0.5Mo Plate
SA-387 11, Cl. 1 K11789 60 4 1 ... ... 102 ... 1.25Cr–0.5Mo–Si Plate
SA-387 11, Cl. 2 K11789 75 4 1 ... ... 102 ... 1.25Cr–0.5Mo–Si Plate

89
SA-387 Gr. 2, Cl. 1 K12143 55 3 1 ... ... 101 ... 0.5Cr–0.5Mo Plate
SA-387 Gr. 2, Cl. 2 K12143 70 3 2 ... ... 101 ... 0.5Cr–0.5Mo Plate

SA-387 22, Cl. 1 K21590 60 5A 1 ... ... 102 ... 2.25Cr–1Mo Plate
WELDING DATA

SA-387 22, Cl. 2 K21590 75 5A 1 ... ... 102 ... 2.25Cr–1Mo Plate
SA-387 21, Cl. 1 K31545 60 5A 1 ... ... 102 ... 3Cr–1Mo Plate
SA-387 21, Cl. 2 K31545 75 5A 1 ... ... 102 ... 3Cr–1Mo Plate
SA-387 5, Cl. 1 K41545 60 5B 1 ... ... 102 ... 5Cr–0.5Mo Plate
SA-387 5, Cl. 2 K41545 75 5B 1 ... ... 102 ... 5Cr–0.5Mo Plate
SA-387 Gr. 91, Cl. 2 K90901 85 5B 2 ... ... 102 ... 9Cr–1Mo–V Plate

This is Electronic Page SEC9$$$20C Page # 89


SA-403 WPXM–19 S20910 100 8 3 ... ... 102 ... 22Cr–13Ni–5Mn Wrought piping fittings
SA-403 WP304 S30400 75 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–8Ni Wrought piping fittings
SA-403 WP304L S30403 70 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–8Ni Wrought piping fittings
SA-403 WP304H S30409 75 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–8Ni Wrought piping fittings
SA-403 WP304N S30451 80 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–8Ni–N Wrought piping fittings

SA-403 WP304LN S30453 75 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–8Ni–N Wrought piping fittings
SA-403 WP309 S30900 75 8 2 ... ... 102 ... 23Cr–12Ni Wrought piping fittings
SA-403 WP310 S31000 75 8 2 ... ... 102 ... 25Cr–20Ni Wrought piping fittings
SA-403 WP316 S31600 75 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 16Cr–12Ni–2Mo Wrought piping fittings

Job # 41759 SEC9$$ $U21 05-17-01 07:00:21 PD: SEC9A Rev 16.01
SA-403 WP316L S31603 70 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 16Cr–12Ni–2Mo Wrought piping fittings
QW/QB-422
QW/QB-422 FERROUS P-NUMBERS AND S-NUMBERS
Grouping of Base Metals for Qualification
GENERAL NOTE: To convert from ksi to MPa, multiply tensile strength in table by 6.9.
QW/QB-422

Welding Brazing
Minimum
UNS Specified P- Group S- Group P- S-
Spec. No. Type or Grade No. Tensile, ksi No. No. No. No. No. No. Nominal Composition Product Form

SA-403 ... S31254 94 8 4 ... ... 102 ... 20Cr–18Ni–6Mo Wrought piping fittings

SA-403 WP316H S31609 75 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 16Cr–12Ni–2Mo Wrought piping fittings

ASME Section 9
SA-403 WP316N S31651 80 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 16Cr–12Ni–2Mo–N Wrought piping fittings
SA-403 WP316LN S31653 75 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 16Cr–12Ni–2Mo–N Wrought piping fittings

Licensed by Information Handling Services


SA-403 WP317 S31700 75 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–13Ni–3Mo Wrought piping fittings
SA-403 WP317L S31703 75 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–13Ni–3Mo Wrought piping fittings

SA-403 WP321 S32100 75 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–10Ni–Ti Wrought piping fittings
SA-403 WP321H S32109 75 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–10Ni–Ti Wrought piping fittings

COPYRIGHT American Society of Mechanical Engineers


SA-403 WP347 S34700 75 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–10Ni–Cb Wrought piping fittings
SA-403 WP347H S34709 75 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–10Ni–Cb Wrought piping fittings
SA-403 WP348 S34800 75 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–10Ni–Cb Wrought piping fittings
SA-403 WP348H S34809 75 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–10Ni–Cb Wrought piping fittings

90
SA-409 TP304 S30400 75 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–8Ni Welded pipe
SA-409 TP304L S30403 70 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–8Ni Welded pipe
SA-409 S30815 S30815 87 8 2 ... ... 102 ... 21Cr–11Ni–N Welded pipe
SA-409 TP309S S30908 75 8 2 ... ... 102 ... 23Cr–12Ni Welded pipe
2001 SECTION IX

SA-409 TP309Cb S30940 75 8 2 ... ... 102 ... 23Cr–12Ni–Cb Welded pipe

SA-409 TP310S S31008 75 8 2 ... ... 102 ... 25Cr–20Ni Welded pipe
SA-409 TP310Cb S31040 75 8 2 ... ... 102 ... 25Cr–20Ni–Cb Welded pipe
SA-409 S31254 S31254 94 8 4 ... ... 102 ... 20Cr–18Ni–6Mo Welded pipe
SA-409 TP316 S31600 75 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 16Cr–12Ni–2Mo Welded pipe
SA-409 TP316L S31603 70 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 16Cr–12Ni–2Mo Welded pipe
SA-409 TP317 S31700 75 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–13Ni–3Mo Welded pipe

This is Electronic Page SEC9$$$20C Page # 90


SA-409 S31725 S31725 75 8 4 ... ... 102 ... 19Cr–15Ni–4Mo Welded pipe
SA-409 S31726 S31726 80 8 4 ... ... 102 ... 19Cr–15.5Ni–4Mo Welded pipe
SA-409 TP321 S32100 75 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–10Ni–Ti Welded pipe
SA-409 TP347 S34700 75 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–10Ni–Cb Welded pipe
SA-409 TP348 S34800 75 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–10Ni–Cb Welded pipe

SA-414 A K01501 45 1 1 ... ... 101 ... C Sheet


SA-414 B K02201 50 1 1 ... ... 101 ... C Sheet
SA-414 C K02503 55 1 1 ... ... 101 ... C Sheet

Job # 41759 SEC9$$ $U21 05-17-01 07:00:21 PD: SEC9A Rev 16.01
QW/QB-422 FERROUS P-NUMBERS AND S-NUMBERS
Grouping of Base Metals for Qualification
GENERAL NOTE: To convert from ksi to MPa, multiply tensile strength in table by 6.9.

Welding Brazing
Minimum
UNS Specified P- Group S- Group P- S-
Spec. No. Type or Grade No. Tensile, ksi No. No. No. No. No. No. Nominal Composition Product Form

SA-414 D K02505 60 1 1 ... ... 101 ... C–Mn Sheet


SA-414 E K02704 65 1 1 ... ... 101 ... C–Mn Sheet

ASME Section 9
SA-414 F K03102 70 1 2 ... ... 101 ... C–Mn Sheet
SA-414 G K03103 75 1 2 ... ... 101 ... C–Mn Sheet

Licensed by Information Handling Services


SA-420 WPL6 K03006 60 1 1 ... ... 101 ... C–Mn–Si Piping fitting
SA-420 WPL9 K22035 63 9A 1 ... ... 101 ... 2Ni–1Cu Piping fitting
SA-420 WPL3 K31918 65 9B 1 ... ... 101 ... 3.5Ni Piping fitting
SA-420 WPL8 K81340 100 11A 1 ... ... 101 ... 9Ni Piping fitting

COPYRIGHT American Society of Mechanical Engineers


SA-423 1 K11535 60 4 2 ... ... 102 ... 0.75Cr–0.5Ni–Cu Smls. & welded tube
SA-423 2 K11540 60 4 2 ... ... 102 ... 0.75Ni–0.5Cu–Mo Smls. & welded tube

SA-426 CP15 J11522 60 3 1 ... ... 101 ... C–0.5Mo–Si Centrifugal cast pipe
SA-426 CP2 J11547 60 3 1 ... ... 101 ... 0.5Cr–0.5Mo Centrifugal cast pipe
SA-426 CP12 J11562 60 4 1 ... ... 102 ... 1Cr–0.5Mo Centrifugal cast pipe

91
SA-426 CP11 J12072 70 4 1 ... ... 102 ... 1.25Cr–0.5Mo Centrifugal cast pipe
SA-426 CP1 J12521 65 3 1 ... ... 101 ... C–0.5Mo Centrifugal cast pipe
SA-426 CP22 J21890 70 5A 1 ... ... 102 ... 2.25Cr–1Mo Centrifugal cast pipe
WELDING DATA

SA-426 CP21 J31545 60 5A 1 ... ... 102 ... 3Cr–1Mo Centrifugal cast pipe
SA-426 CP5 J42045 90 5B 1 ... ... 102 ... 5Cr–0.5Mo Centrifugal cast pipe
SA-426 CP5b J51545 60 5B 1 ... ... 102 ... 5Cr–1.5Si–0.5Mo Centrifugal cast pipe
SA-426 CP9 J82090 90 5B 1 ... ... 102 ... 9Cr–1Mo Centrifugal cast pipe
SA-426 CPCA15 J91150 90 6 3 ... ... 102 ... 13Cr Centrifugal cast pipe

SA-430 FP16–8–2H S16800 70 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 16Cr–8Ni–2Mo Forged pipe

This is Electronic Page SEC9$$$20C Page # 91


SA-430 FP304 S30400 70 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–8Ni Forged pipe

SA-430 FP304H S30409 70 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–8Ni Forged pipe
SA-430 FP304N S30451 75 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–8Ni–N Forged pipe
SA-430 FP316 S31600 70 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 16Cr–12Ni–2Mo Forged pipe

SA-430 FP316H S31609 70 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 16Cr–12Ni–2Mo Forged pipe
SA-430 FP316N S31651 75 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 16Cr–12Ni–2Mo–N Forged pipe
SA-430 FP321 S32100 70 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–10Ni–Ti Forged pipe
SA-430 FP321H S32109 70 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–10Ni–Ti Forged pipe

Job # 41759 SEC9$$ $U21 05-17-01 07:00:21 PD: SEC9A Rev 16.01
SA-430 FP347 S34700 70 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–10Ni–Cb Forged pipe
QW/QB-422
QW/QB-422 FERROUS P-NUMBERS AND S-NUMBERS
Grouping of Base Metals for Qualification
GENERAL NOTE: To convert from ksi to MPa, multiply tensile strength in table by 6.9.
QW/QB-422

Welding Brazing
Minimum
UNS Specified P- Group S- Group P- S-
Spec. No. Type or Grade No. Tensile, ksi No. No. No. No. No. No. Nominal Composition Product Form

SA-430 FP347H S34709 70 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–10Ni–Cb Forged pipe

A 441 1 K12211 70 ... ... 1 2 ... 101 Mn–Cu–V Shapes

ASME Section 9
A 441 2 K12211 70 ... ... 1 2 ... 101 Mn–Cu–V Shapes

Licensed by Information Handling Services


A 446 A ... 45 ... ... 1 1 ... 101 C Sheet

SA-451 CPF8 J92600 70 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–8Ni Centrifugal cast pipe
SA-451 CPF8A J92600 77 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–8Ni Centrifugal cast pipe
SA-451 CPF8C J92710 70 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–10Ni–Cb Centrifugal cast pipe

COPYRIGHT American Society of Mechanical Engineers


SA-451 CPF8M J92900 70 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–12Ni–2Mo Centrifugal cast pipe
SA-451 CPF3 J92500 70 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–8Ni Centrifugal cast pipe
SA-451 CPF3M J92800 70 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 16Cr–12Ni–2Mo Centrifugal cast pipe

SA-451 CPF3A J92500 77 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–8Ni Centrifugal cast pipe

92
SA-451 CPH8 J93400 65 8 2 ... . 102 ... 25Cr–12Ni Centrifugal cast pipe
.
.
SA-451 CPH20 J93402 70 8 2 ... ... 102 ... 25Cr–12Ni Centrifugal cast pipe
2001 SECTION IX

SA-451 CPK20 J94202 65 8 2 ... ... 102 ... 25Cr–20Ni Centrifugal cast pipe

A 451 CPF10MC J92971 70 ... ... 8 1 ... 102 16Cr–14Ni–2Mo Centrifugal cast pipe
A 451 CPE20N ... 80 ... ... 8 2 ... 102 25Cr–8Ni–N Centrifugal cast pipe

SA-452 TP304H S30409 75 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–8Ni Centrifugal cast pipe
SA-452 TP316H S31609 75 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 16Cr–12Ni–2Mo Centrifugal cast pipe
SA-452 TP347H S34709 75 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–10Ni–Cb Centrifugal cast pipe

This is Electronic Page SEC9$$$20C Page # 92


SA-455 ... K03300 70 1 2 ... ... 101 ... C–Mn–Si Plate > 0.580–0.750 in.
(15–19 mm)
SA-455 ... K03300 73 1 2 ... ... 101 ... C–Mn–Si Plate > 0.375–0.580 in.
(10–15 mm)
SA-455 ... K03300 75 1 2 ... ... 101 ... C–Mn–Si Plate, up to 0.375 in.
(10 mm)

SA-479 XM–19 S20910 100 8 3 ... ... 102 ... 22Cr–13Ni–5Mn Bars & shapes
SA-479 XM–17 S21600 90 8 3 ... ... 102 ... 19Cr–8Mn–6Ni–Mo–N Bars & shapes

Job # 41759 SEC9$$ $U21 05-17-01 07:00:21 PD: SEC9A Rev 16.01
QW/QB-422 FERROUS P-NUMBERS AND S-NUMBERS
Grouping of Base Metals for Qualification
GENERAL NOTE: To convert from ksi to MPa, multiply tensile strength in table by 6.9.

Welding Brazing
Minimum
UNS Specified P- Group S- Group P- S-
Spec. No. Type or Grade No. Tensile, ksi No. No. No. No. No. No. Nominal Composition Product Form

SA-479 XM–18 S21603 90 8 3 ... ... 102 ... 19Cr–8Mn–6Ni–Mo–N Bars & shapes
SA-479 S21800 S21800 95 8 3 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–8Ni–4Si–N Bars & shapes

ASME Section 9
SA-479 XM–11 S21904 90 8 3 ... ... 102 ... 21Cr–6Ni–9Mn Bars & shapes

Licensed by Information Handling Services


SA-479 XM–29 S24000 100 8 3 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–3Ni–12Mn Bars & shapes
SA-479 302 S30200 75 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–8Ni Bars & shapes
SA-479 304 S30400 75 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–8Ni Bars & shapes
SA-479 304L S30403 70 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–8Ni Bars & shapes

COPYRIGHT American Society of Mechanical Engineers


SA-479 304H S30409 75 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–8Ni Bars & shapes

SA-479 304N S30451 80 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–8Ni–N Bars & shapes
SA-479 304LN S30453 75 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–8Ni–N Bars & shapes
SA-479 S30600 S30600 78 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–15Ni–4Si Bars & shapes
SA-479 S30815 S30815 87 8 2 ... ... 102 ... 21Cr–11Ni–N Bars & shapes
SA-479 309S S30908 75 8 2 ... ... 102 ... 23Cr–12Ni Bars & shapes

93
SA-479 309Cb S30940 75 8 2 ... ... 102 ... 23Cr–12Ni–Cb Bars & shapes

SA-479 310S S31008 75 8 2 ... ... 102 ... 25Cr–20Ni Bars & shapes
SA-479 310Cb S31040 75 8 2 ... ... 102 ... 25Cr–20Ni–Cb Bars & shapes
WELDING DATA

SA-479 S31254 S31254 95 8 4 ... ... 102 ... 20Cr–18Ni–6Mo Bars & shapes
SA-479 316 S31600 75 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 16Cr–12Ni–2Mo Bars & shapes
SA-479 316L S31603 70 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 16Cr–12Ni–2Mo Bars & shapes

SA-479 316H S31609 75 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 16Cr–12Ni–2Mo Bars & shapes
SA-479 316Ti S31635 75 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 16Cr–12Ni–2Mo–Ti Bars & shapes
SA-479 316Cb S31640 75 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 16Cr–12Ni–2Mo–Cb Bars & shapes

This is Electronic Page SEC9$$$20C Page # 93


SA-479 316N S31651 80 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 16Cr–12Ni–2Mo–N Bars & shapes
SA-479 316LN S31653 75 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 16Cr–12Ni–2Mo–N Bars & shapes
SA-479 S31725 S31725 75 8 4 ... ... 102 ... 19Cr–15Ni–4Mo Bars & shapes
SA-479 S31726 S31726 80 8 4 ... ... 102 ... 19Cr–15.5Ni–4Mo Bars & shapes
SA-479 321 S32100 75 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–10Ni–Ti Bars & shapes
SA-479 321H S32109 75 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–10Ni–Ti Bars & shapes
SA-479 S32550 S32550 110 10H 1 ... ... 102 ... 25Cr–5Ni–3Mo–2Cu Bars & shapes

SA-479 347 S34700 75 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–10Ni–Cb Bars & shapes
SA-479 347H S34709 75 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–10Ni–Cb Bars & shapes

Job # 41759 SEC9$$ $U21 05-17-01 07:00:21 PD: SEC9A Rev 16.01
SA-479 348 S34800 75 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–10Ni–Cb Bars & shapes
QW/QB-422
QW/QB-422 FERROUS P-NUMBERS AND S-NUMBERS
Grouping of Base Metals for Qualification
GENERAL NOTE: To convert from ksi to MPa, multiply tensile strength in table by 6.9.
QW/QB-422

Welding Brazing
Minimum
UNS Specified P- Group S- Group P- S-
Spec. No. Type or Grade No. Tensile, ksi No. No. No. No. No. No. Nominal Composition Product Form

SA-479 348H S34809 75 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–10Ni–Cb Bars & shapes
SA-479 403 S40300 70 6 1 ... ... 102 ... 12Cr Bars & shapes

ASME Section 9
SA-479 405 S40500 60 7 1 ... ... 102 ... 12Cr–1Al Bars & shapes
SA-479 410 S41000 70 6 1 ... ... 102 ... 13Cr Bars & shapes

Licensed by Information Handling Services


SA-479 414 S41400 115 6 4 ... ... 102 ... 12.5Cr–2Ni–Si Bars & shapes
SA-479 S41500 S41500 115 6 4 ... ... 102 ... 13Cr–4.5Ni–Mo Bars & shapes
SA-479 430 S43000 70 7 2 ... ... 102 ... 17Cr Bars & shapes

SA-479 439 S43035 70 7 2 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–Ti Bars & shapes

COPYRIGHT American Society of Mechanical Engineers


SA-479 S44400 S44400 60 7 2 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–2Mo Bars & shapes
SA-479 XM–27 S44627 65 10I 1 ... ... 102 ... 27Cr–1Mo Bars & shapes
SA-479 S44700 S44700 70 10J 1 ... ... 102 ... 29Cr–4Mo Bars & shapes
SA-479 S44800 S44800 70 10K 1 ... ... 102 ... 29Cr–4Mo–2Ni Bars & shapes

94
SA-487 Gr. 16, Cl. A J31200 70 1 2 ... ... 101 ... Low C–Mn–Ni Castings
SA-487 Gr. 1, Cl. A J13002 85 10A 1 ... ... 101 ... Mn–V Castings
SA-487 Gr. 1, Cl. B J13002 90 10A 1 ... ... 101 ... Mn–V Castings
SA-487 Gr. 2, Cl. A J13005 85 3 3 ... ... 101 ... Mn–0.25Mo–V Castings
2001 SECTION IX

SA-487 Gr. 2, Cl. B J13005 90 3 3 ... ... 101 ... Mn–0.25Mo–V Castings

SA-487 Gr. 4, Cl. A J13047 90 3 3 ... ... 101 ... 0.5Ni–0.5Cr–0.25Mo–V Castings
SA-487 Gr. 4, Cl. B J13047 105 11A 3 ... ... 101 ... 0.5Ni–0.5Cr–0.25Mo–V Castings
SA-487 Gr. 4, Cl. E J13047 115 11A 3 ... ... 101 ... 0.5Ni–0.5Cr–0.25Mo–V Castings
SA-487 Gr. 8, Cl. A J22091 85 5C 1 ... ... 102 ... 2.25Cr–1Mo Castings
SA-487 Gr. 8, Cl. C J22091 100 5C 4 ... ... 102 ... 2.25Cr–1Mo Castings
SA-487 Gr. 8, Cl. B J22091 105 5C 4 ... ... 102 ... 2.25Cr–1Mo Castings

This is Electronic Page SEC9$$$20C Page # 94


SA-487 CA15M Cl. A J91151 90 6 3 ... ... 102 ... 13Cr Castings
SA-487 CA15 Cl. C J91150 90 6 3 ... ... 102 ... 13Cr Castings
SA-487 CA15 Cl. B J91171 90 6 3 ... ... 102 ... 13Cr Castings

SA-487 CA15 Cl. D J91171 100 6 3 ... ... 102 ... 13Cr Castings
SA-487 CA6NM Cl. B J91540 100 6 4 ... ... 102 ... 13Cr–4Ni Castings
SA-487 CA6NM Cl. A J91540 110 6 4 ... ... 102 ... 13Cr–4Ni Castings

SA-494 CX2MW N26022 80 44 ... ... ... 112 ... 59Ni–22Cr–14Mo–4Fe– Castings
3W

Job # 41759 SEC9$$ $U21 05-17-01 07:00:22 PD: SEC9A Rev 16.01
QW/QB-422 FERROUS P-NUMBERS AND S-NUMBERS
Grouping of Base Metals for Qualification
GENERAL NOTE: To convert from ksi to MPa, multiply tensile strength in table by 6.9.

Welding Brazing
Minimum
UNS Specified P- Group S- Group P- S-
Spec. No. Type or Grade No. Tensile, ksi No. No. No. No. No. No. Nominal Composition Product Form

A 494 CW-6M N30107 72 ... ... 44 ... ... 112 56Ni–19Mo–18Cr–2Fe Castings

ASME Section 9
A 500 C K02705 62 ... ... 1 1 ... 101 C Tube
A 500 B K03000 58 ... ... 1 1 ... 101 C Tube

Licensed by Information Handling Services


A 501 ... K03000 58 ... ... 1 1 ... 101 C Tube

SA-508 3, Cl. 1 K12042 80 3 3 ... ... 101 ... 0.75Ni–0.5Mo–Cr–V Forgings


SA-508 3, Cl. 2 K12042 90 3 3 ... ... 102 ... 0.75Ni–0.5Mo–Cr–V Forgings

COPYRIGHT American Society of Mechanical Engineers


SA-508 2, Cl. 1 K12766 80 3 3 ... ... 101 ... 0.75Ni–0.5Mo–0.3Cr–V Forgings
SA-508 2, Cl. 2 K12766 90 3 3 ... ... 101 ... 0.75Ni–0.5Mo–0.3Cr–V Forgings
SA-508 1 K13502 70 1 2 ... ... 101 ... C–Si Forgings

SA-508 1A ... 70 1 2 ... ... 101 ... C–Mn–Si Forgings


SA-508 22, Cl. 3 K21590 85 5C 1 ... ... ... ... 2.25Cr–1Mo Forgings
SA-508 4N, Cl. 3 K22375 90 3 3 ... ... 102 ... 3.5Ni–1.75Cr–0.5Mo–V Forgings

95
SA-508 4N, Cl. 1 K22375 105 11A 5 ... ... 102 ... 3.5Ni–1.75Cr–0.5Mo–V Forgings
SA-508 4N, Cl. 2 K22375 115 11A 5 ... ... 102 ... 3.5Ni–1.75Cr–0.5Mo–V Forgings
SA-508 3V K31830 85 5C 1 ... ... 102 ... 3Cr–1Mo–V–Ti–B Forgings
SA-508 5, Cl. 1 K42365 105 11A 5 ... ... 102 ... 3.5Ni–1.75Cr–0.5Mo–V Forgings
WELDING DATA

SA-508 5, Cl. 2 K42365 115 11A 5 ... ... 102 ... 3.5Ni–1.75Cr–0.5Mo–V Forgings

A 513 1015 CW G10150 65 ... ... 1 1 ... 101 C Tube


A 513 1020 CW G10200 70 ... ... 1 2 ... 101 C Tube
A 513 1025 CW G10250 75 ... ... 1 2 ... 101 C Tube
A 513 1026 CW G10260 80 ... ... 1 3 ... 101 C Tube

This is Electronic Page SEC9$$$20C Page # 95


A 514 F K11576 110 ... ... 11B 3 ... 101 0.75Ni–0.5Cr–0.5Mo–V Plate, 21/2 in. (64 mm) max.
A 514 J K11625 110 ... ... 11B 6 ... 101 C–0.5Mo Plate, 11/4 in. (32 mm) max.
A 514 B K11630 110 ... ... 11B 4 ... 101 0.5Cr–0.2Mo–V Plate, 11/4 in. (32 mm) max.
A 514 D K11662 110 ... ... 11B 5 ... 101 1Cr–0.2Mo–Si Plate, 11/4 in. (32 mm) max.
A 514 A K11856 110 ... ... 11B 1 ... 101 0.5Cr–0.25Mo–Si Plate, 11/4 in. (32 mm) max.

A 514 E K21604 100 ... ... 11B 2 ... 102 1.75Cr–0.5Mo–Cu Plate > 21/2–6 in.
(64–152 mm), incl.
A 514 E K21604 110 ... ... 11B 2 ... 102 1.75Cr–0.5Mo–Cu Plate, 21/2 in. (64 mm) max.
A 514 P K21650 100 ... ... 11B 8 ... 102 1.25Ni–1Cr–0.5Mo Plate > 21/2–6 in.

Job # 41759 SEC9$$ $U21 05-17-01 07:00:22 PD: SEC9A Rev 16.01
(64–152 mm), incl.
QW/QB-422
QW/QB-422 FERROUS P-NUMBERS AND S-NUMBERS
Grouping of Base Metals for Qualification
GENERAL NOTE: To convert from ksi to MPa, multiply tensile strength in table by 6.9.
QW/QB-422

Welding Brazing
Minimum
UNS Specified P- Group S- Group P- S-
Spec. No. Type or Grade No. Tensile, ksi No. No. No. No. No. No. Nominal Composition Product Form

A 514 P K21650 110 ... ... 11B 8 ... 102 1.25Ni–1Cr–0.5Mo Plate, 21/2 in. (64 mm) max.
A 514 Q ... 100 ... ... 11B 9 ... 102 1.3Ni–1.3Cr–0.5Mo–V Plate > 21/2–6 in.
(64–152 mm), incl.

ASME Section 9
A 514 Q ... 110 ... ... 11B 9 ... 102 1.3Ni–1.3Cr–0.5Mo–V Plate, 21/2 in. (64 mm) max.

Licensed by Information Handling Services


SA-515 60 K02401 60 1 1 ... ... 101 ... C–Si Plate
SA-515 65 K02800 65 1 1 ... ... 101 ... C–Si Plate
SA-515 70 K03101 70 1 2 ... ... 101 ... C–Si Plate

SA-516 55 K01800 55 1 1 ... ... 101 ... C–Si Plate

COPYRIGHT American Society of Mechanical Engineers


SA-516 60 K02100 60 1 1 ... ... 101 ... C–Mn–Si Plate
SA-516 65 K02403 65 1 1 ... ... 101 ... C–Mn–Si Plate
SA-516 70 K02700 70 1 2 ... ... 101 ... C–Mn–Si Plate

SA-517 F K11576 115 11B 3 ... ... 101 ... 0.75Ni–0.5Cr–0.5Mo–V Plate ≤ 21/2 in. (64 mm)

96
SA-517 J K11625 115 11B 6 ... ... 101 ... C–0.5Mo Plate ≤ 11/4 in. (32 mm)

SA-517 B K11630 115 11B 4 ... ... 101 ... 0.5Cr–0.2Mo–V Plate ≤ 11/4 in. (32 mm)
SA-517 A K11856 115 11B 1 ... ... 101 ... 0.5Cr–0.25Mo–Si Plate ≤ 11/4 in. (32 mm)
2001 SECTION IX

SA-517 E K21604 105 11B 2 ... ... 102 ... 1.75Cr–0.5Mo–Cu Plate > 21/2–6 in.
(64–152 mm)
SA-517 E K21604 115 11B 2 ... ... 102 ... 1.75Cr–0.5Mo–Cu Plate ≤ 21/2 in. (64 mm)
SA-517 P K21650 105 11B 8 ... ... 102 ... 1.25Ni–1Cr–0.5Mo Plate > 21/2–4 in.
(64–102 mm)
SA-517 P K21650 115 11B 8 ... ... 102 ... 1.25Ni–1Cr–0.5Mo Plate ≤ 21/2 in. (64 mm)

A 519 1018 HR G10180 50 ... ... 1 1 ... 101 C Tube

This is Electronic Page SEC9$$$20D Page # 96


A 519 1018 CW G10180 70 ... ... 1 2 ... 101 C Tube
A 519 1020 HR G10200 50 ... ... 1 1 ... 101 C Tube
A 519 1020 CW G10200 70 ... ... 1 2 ... 101 C Tube
A 519 1022 HR G10220 50 ... ... 1 1 ... 101 C Tube
A 519 1022 CW G10220 70 ... ... 1 2 ... 101 C Tube
A 519 1025 HR G10250 55 ... ... 1 1 ... 101 C Tube
A 519 1025 CW G10250 75 ... ... 1 2 ... 101 C Tube
A 519 1026 HR G10260 55 ... ... 1 1 ... 101 C Tube
A 519 1026 CW G10260 75 ... ... 1 2 ... 101 C Tube

Job # 41759 SEC9$$ $U21 05-17-01 07:00:22 PD: SEC9A Rev 16.01
QW/QB-422 FERROUS P-NUMBERS AND S-NUMBERS
Grouping of Base Metals for Qualification
GENERAL NOTE: To convert from ksi to MPa, multiply tensile strength in table by 6.9.

Welding Brazing
Minimum
UNS Specified P- Group S- Group P- S-
Spec. No. Type or Grade No. Tensile, ksi No. No. No. No. No. No. Nominal Composition Product Form

A 521 Cl. CC ... 60 ... ... 1 1 ... 101 C Forgings


A 521 Cl. CE ... 75 ... ... 1 2 ... 101 C Forgings

ASME Section 9
SA-522 Type II K71340 100 11A 1 ... ... 101 ... 8Ni Forgings

Licensed by Information Handling Services


SA-522 Type I K81340 100 11A 1 ... ... 101 ... 9Ni Forgings

SA-524 II K02104 55 1 1 ... ... 101 ... C–Mn–Si Smls. pipe


SA-524 I K02104 60 1 1 ... ... 101 ... C–Mn–Si Smls. pipe

COPYRIGHT American Society of Mechanical Engineers


SA-533 Type A, Cl. 1 K12521 80 3 3 ... ... 101 ... Mn–0.5Mo Plate
SA-533 Type A, Cl. 2 K12521 90 3 3 ... ... 101 ... Mn–0.5Mo Plate
SA-533 Type A, Cl. 3 K12521 100 11A 4 ... ... 101 ... Mn–0.5Mo Plate
SA-533 Type D, Cl. 1 K12529 80 3 3 ... ... 101 ... Mn–0.5Mo–0.25Ni Plate
SA-533 Type D, Cl. 2 K12529 90 3 3 ... ... 101 ... Mn–0.5Mo–0.25Ni Plate
SA-533 Type D, Cl. 3 K12529 100 11A 4 ... ... 101 ... Mn–0.5Mo–0.25Ni Plate

97
SA-533 Type B, Cl. 1 K12539 80 3 3 ... ... 101 ... Mn–0.5Mo–0.5Ni Plate
SA-533 Type B, Cl. 2 K12539 90 3 3 ... ... 101 ... Mn–0.5Mo–0.5Ni Plate
SA-533 Type B, Cl. 3 K12539 100 11A 4 ... ... 101 ... Mn–0.5Mo–0.5Ni Plate
WELDING DATA

SA-533 Type C, Cl. 1 K12554 80 3 3 ... ... 101 ... Mn–0.5Mo–0.75Ni Plate
SA-533 Type C, Cl. 2 K12554 90 3 3 ... ... 101 ... Mn–0.5Mo–0.75Ni Plate
SA-533 Type C, Cl. 3 K12554 100 11A 4 ... ... 101 ... Mn–0.5Mo–0.75Ni Plate

SA-537 Cl. 1 K12437 65 1 2 ... ... 101 ... C–Mn–Si Plate > 21/2–4 in.
(64–102 mm)
SA-537 Cl. 1 K12437 70 1 2 ... ... 101 ... C–Mn–Si Plate, 21/2 in. (64 mm)

This is Electronic Page SEC9$$$20D Page # 97


& under
SA-537 Cl. 2 K12437 70 1 3 ... ... 101 ... C–Mn–Si Plate > 4–6 in.
(102–152 mm), incl.
SA-537 Cl. 2 K12437 75 1 3 ... ... 101 ... C–Mn–Si Plate > 21/2–4 in.
(64–102 mm)
SA-537 Cl. 2 K12437 80 1 3 ... ... 101 ... C–Mn–Si Plate, 21/2 in. (64 mm)
& under
SA-537 Cl. 3 K12437 70 1 3 ... ... 101 ... C–Mn–Si Plate > 4 in. (102 mm)
SA-537 Cl. 3 K12437 75 1 3 ... ... 101 ... C–Mn–Si Plate, 21/2 in. < t ≤ 4 in.
(64 mm < t ≤ 102 mm)

Job # 41759 SEC9$$ $U21 05-17-01 07:00:22 PD: SEC9A Rev 16.01
SA-537 Cl. 3 K12437 80 1 3 ... ... 101 ... C–Mn–Si Plate ≤ 21/2 in. (64 mm)
QW/QB-422
QW/QB-422 FERROUS P-NUMBERS AND S-NUMBERS
Grouping of Base Metals for Qualification
GENERAL NOTE: To convert from ksi to MPa, multiply tensile strength in table by 6.9.
QW/QB-422

Welding Brazing
Minimum
UNS Specified P- Group S- Group P- S-
Spec. No. Type or Grade No. Tensile, ksi No. No. No. No. No. No. Nominal Composition Product Form

SA-541 1 K03506 70 1 2 ... ... 101 ... C–Si Forgings


SA-541 1A ... 70 1 2 ... ... 101 ... C–Mn–Si Forgings
SA-541 11, Cl. 4 K11572 80 4 1 ... ... 102 ... 1.25Cr–0.5Mo–Si Forgings

ASME Section 9
SA-541 3, Cl. 1 K12045 80 3 3 ... ... 101 ... 0.5Ni–0.5Mo–V Forgings
SA-541 3, Cl. 2 K12045 90 3 3 ... ... 101 ... 0.5Ni–0.5Mo–V Forgings

Licensed by Information Handling Services


SA-541 2, Cl. 1 K12765 80 3 3 ... ... 101 ... 0.75Ni–0.5Mo–0.3Cr–V Forgings
SA-541 2, Cl. 2 K12765 90 3 3 ... ... 101 ... 0.75Ni–0.5Mo–0.3Cr–V Forgings
SA-541 22, Cl. 3 K21390 85 5C 1 ... ... 102 ... 2.25Cr–1Mo Forgings
SA-541 22, Cl. 4 K21390 105 5C 4 ... ... 102 ... 2.25Cr–1Mo Forgings

COPYRIGHT American Society of Mechanical Engineers


SA-541 22, Cl. 5 K21390 115 5C 5 ... ... 102 ... 2.25Cr–1Mo Forgings
SA-541 3V K31830 85 5C 1 ... ... 102 ... 3Cr–1Mo–V–Ti–B Forgings
SA-541 22V K31835 85 5C 1 ... ... ... ... 2.25Cr–1Mo–V Forgings

SA-542 B, Cl. 4a K21590 85 5C 1 ... ... 102 ... 2.25Cr–1Mo Plate

98
SA-542 B, Cl. 4 K21590 85 5C 1 ... ... 102 ... 2.25Cr–1Mo Plate
SA-542 A, Cl. 4 K21590 85 5C 1 ... ... 102 ... 2.25Cr–1Mo Plate
SA-542 A, Cl. 4a K21590 85 5C 1 ... ... 102 ... 2.25Cr–1Mo Plate
SA-542 A, Cl. 3 K21590 95 5C 3 ... ... 102 ... 2.25Cr–1Mo Plate
2001 SECTION IX

SA-542 B, Cl. 3 K21590 95 5C 3 ... ... 102 ... 2.25Cr–1Mo Plate


SA-542 A, Cl. 1 K21590 105 5C 4 ... ... 102 ... 2.25Cr–1Mo Plate
SA-542 B, Cl. 1 K21590 105 5C 4 ... ... 102 ... 2.25Cr–1Mo Plate
SA-542 B, Cl. 2 K21590 115 5C 5 ... ... 102 ... 2.25Cr–1Mo Plate
SA-542 A, Cl. 2 K21590 115 5C 5 ... ... 102 ... 2.25Cr–1Mo Plate

SA-542 C, Cl. 4 K31830 85 5C 1 ... ... 102 ... 3Cr–1Mo–V–Ti–B Plate

This is Electronic Page SEC9$$$20D Page # 98


SA-542 C, Cl. 4a K31830 85 5C 1 ... ... 102 ... 3Cr–1Mo–V–Ti–B Plate
SA-542 C, Cl. 3 K31830 95 5C 3 ... ... 102 ... 3Cr–1Mo–V–Ti–B Plate
SA-542 C, Cl. 1 K31830 105 5C 4 ... ... 102 ... 3Cr–1Mo–V–Ti–B Plate
SA-542 C, Cl. 2 K31830 115 5C 5 ... ... 102 ... 3Cr–1Mo–V–Ti–B Plate
SA-542 D, Cl. 4a K31835 85 5C 1 ... ... ... ... 2.25Cr–1Mo–V Plate

SA-543 B Cl. 3 K42339 90 11A 5 ... ... 102 ... 3Ni–1.75Cr–0.5Mo Plate
SA-543 B Cl. 1 K42339 105 11A 5 ... ... 102 ... 3Ni–1.75Cr–0.5Mo Plate
SA-543 B Cl. 2 K42339 115 11B 10 ... ... 102 ... 3Ni–1.75Cr–0.5Mo Plate
SA-543 C Cl. 3 K42338 90 11A 5 ... ... 102 ... 2.75Ni–1.5Cr–0.5Mo Plate

Job # 41759 SEC9$$ $U21 05-17-01 07:00:22 PD: SEC9A Rev 16.01
QW/QB-422 FERROUS P-NUMBERS AND S-NUMBERS
Grouping of Base Metals for Qualification
GENERAL NOTE: To convert from ksi to MPa, multiply tensile strength in table by 6.9.

Welding Brazing
Minimum
UNS Specified P- Group S- Group P- S-
Spec. No. Type or Grade No. Tensile, ksi No. No. No. No. No. No. Nominal Composition Product Form

SA-543 C Cl. 1 K42338 105 11A 5 ... ... 102 ... 2.75Ni–1.5Cr–0.5Mo Plate
SA-543 C Cl. 2 K42338 115 11B 10 ... ... 102 ... 2.75Ni–1.5Cr–0.5Mo Plate

ASME Section 9
SA-553 II K71340 100 11A 1 ... ... 101 ... 8Ni Plate

Licensed by Information Handling Services


SA-553 I K81340 100 11A 1 ... ... 101 ... 9Ni Plate

SA-556 A2 K01807 47 1 1 ... ... 101 ... C Smls. tube


SA-556 B2 K02707 60 1 1 ... ... 101 ... C–Si Smls. tube

COPYRIGHT American Society of Mechanical Engineers


SA-556 C2 K03006 70 1 2 ... ... 101 ... C–Si Smls. tube

SA-557 A2 K01807 47 1 1 ... ... 101 ... C E.R.W. tube


SA-557 B2 K03007 60 1 1 ... ... 101 ... C E.R.W. tube
SA-557 C2 K03505 70 1 2 ... ... 101 ... C–Mn E.R.W. tube

SA-562 ... K11224 55 1 1 ... ... 101 ... C–Mn–Ti Plate

99
A 570 30 K02502 49 ... ... 1 1 ... 101 C Sheet & strip
A 570 33 K02502 52 ... ... 1 1 ... 101 C Sheet & strip
A 570 36 K02502 53 ... ... 1 1 ... 101 C Sheet & strip
WELDING DATA

A 570 40 K02502 55 ... ... 1 1 ... 101 C Sheet & strip


A 570 45 K02507 60 ... ... 1 1 ... 101 C Sheet & strip
A 570 50 K02507 65 ... ... 1 1 ... 101 C Sheet & strip

A 572 42 ... 60 ... ... 1 1 ... 101 C–Mn–Si Plate & shapes
A 572 50 ... 65 ... ... 1 1 ... 101 C–Mn–Si Plate & shapes
A 572 60 ... 75 ... ... 1 2 ... 101 C–Mn–Si Plate & shapes

This is Electronic Page SEC9$$$20D Page # 99


A 573 58 ... 58 ... ... 1 1 ... 101 C Plate
A 573 65 ... 65 ... ... 1 1 ... 101 C Plate
A 573 70 ... 70 ... ... 1 2 ... 101 C Plate

A 575 ... ... ... ... ... 1 1 ... 101 C Bar


A 575 M 1008 ... ... ... ... 1 1 ... 101 C Bar
A 575 M 1010 ... ... ... ... 1 1 ... 101 C Bar
A 575 M 1012 ... ... ... ... 1 1 ... 101 C Bar
A 575 M 1015 ... ... ... ... 1 1 ... 101 C Bar

Job # 41759 SEC9$$ $U21 05-17-01 07:00:22 PD: SEC9A Rev 16.01
A 575 M 1017 ... ... ... ... 1 1 ... 101 C Bar
QW/QB-422
QW/QB-422 FERROUS P-NUMBERS AND S-NUMBERS
Grouping of Base Metals for Qualification
GENERAL NOTE: To convert from ksi to MPa, multiply tensile strength in table by 6.9.
QW/QB-422

Welding Brazing
Minimum
UNS Specified P- Group S- Group P- S-
Spec. No. Type or Grade No. Tensile, ksi No. No. No. No. No. No. Nominal Composition Product Form

A 575 M 1020 ... ... ... ... 1 1 ... 101 C Bar


A 575 M 1023 ... ... ... ... 1 1 ... 101 C Bar
A 575 M 1025 ... ... ... ... 1 1 ... 101 C Bar

ASME Section 9
A 576 ... ... ... ... ... 1 1 ... 101 C Bar

Licensed by Information Handling Services


A 576 G10080 ... ... ... ... 1 1 ... 101 C Bar
A 576 G10100 ... ... ... ... 1 1 ... 101 C Bar
A 576 G10120 ... ... ... ... 1 1 ... 101 C Bar
A 576 G10150 ... ... ... ... 1 1 ... 101 C Bar
A 576 G10160 ... ... ... ... 1 1 ... 101 C Bar

COPYRIGHT American Society of Mechanical Engineers


A 576 G10170 ... ... ... ... 1 1 ... 101 C Bar
A 576 G10180 ... ... ... ... 1 1 ... 101 C Bar
A 576 G10190 ... ... ... ... 1 1 ... 101 C Bar
A 576 G10200 ... ... ... ... 1 1 ... 101 C Bar
A 576 G10210 ... ... ... ... 1 1 ... 101 C Bar

100
A 576 G10220 ... ... ... ... 1 1 ... 101 C Bar
A 576 G10230 ... ... ... ... 1 1 ... 101 C Bar
A 576 G10250 ... ... ... ... 1 1 ... 101 C Bar
2001 SECTION IX

SA-587 ... K11500 48 1 1 ... ... 101 ... C E.R.W. pipe

A 588 A, a K11430 63 ... ... 3 1 ... 101 Mn–0.5Cr–0.3Cu–Si–V Plate & bar
A 588 A, b K11430 67 ... ... 3 1 ... 101 Mn–0.5Cr–0.3Cu–Si–V Plate & bar
A 588 A, c K11430 70 ... ... 3 1 ... 101 Mn–0.5Cr–0.3Cu–Si–V Plate & shapes
A 588 B, a K12043 63 ... ... 3 1 ... 101 Mn–0.6Cr–0.3Cu–Si–V Plate & bar
A 588 B, b K12043 67 ... ... 3 1 ... 101 Mn–0.6Cr–0.3Cu–Si–V Plate & bar
A 588 B, c K12043 70 ... ... 3 1 ... 101 Mn–0.6Cr–0.3Cu–Si–V Plate & shapes

This is Electronic Page SEC9$$$20D Page # 100


SA-592 F K11576 105 11B 3 ... ... 101 ... 0.75Ni–0.5Cr–0.5Mo–V Forgings, 21/2–4 in.
(64–102 mm)
SA-592 F K11576 115 11B 3 ... ... 101 ... 0.75Ni–0.5Cr–0.5Mo–V Forgings, 21/2 in. (64 mm)
& under
SA-592 E K11695 105 11B 2 ... ... 102 ... 1.75Cr–0.5Mo–Cu Forgings, 21/2–4 in.
(64–102 mm)
SA-592 E K11695 115 11B 2 ... ... 102 ... 1.75Cr–0.5Mo–Cu Forgings, 21/2 in. (64 mm)
& under

Job # 41759 SEC9$$ $U21 05-17-01 07:00:22 PD: SEC9A Rev 16.01
QW/QB-422 FERROUS P-NUMBERS AND S-NUMBERS
Grouping of Base Metals for Qualification
GENERAL NOTE: To convert from ksi to MPa, multiply tensile strength in table by 6.9.

Welding Brazing
Minimum
UNS Specified P- Group S- Group P- S-
Spec. No. Type or Grade No. Tensile, ksi No. No. No. No. No. No. Nominal Composition Product Form

SA-592 A K11856 105 11B 1 ... ... 101 ... 0.5Cr–0.25Mo–Si Forgings, 21/2–4 in.
(64–102 mm)

ASME Section 9
SA-592 A K11856 115 11B 1 ... ... 101 ... 0.5Cr–0.25Mo–Si Forgings, 21/2 in. (64 mm)
& under

Licensed by Information Handling Services


A 611 A G10170 42 ... ... 1 1 ... 101 C Sheet
A 611 B G10170 45 ... ... 1 1 ... 101 C Sheet
A 611 C G10170 48 ... ... 1 1 ... 101 C Sheet

COPYRIGHT American Society of Mechanical Engineers


SA-612 ... K02900 81 10C 1 ... ... 101 ... C–Mn–Si Plate > 1/2–1 in.
(13–25 mm)
SA-612 ... K02900 83 10C 1 ... ... 101 ... C–Mn–Si Plate, 1/2 in. (13 mm)
& under

A 618 II, b K12609 67 ... ... 1 2 ... 101 Mn–Cu–V Tube > 3/4–11/2 in.
(19–38 mm)

101
A 618 II, a K12609 70 ... ... 1 2 ... 101 Mn–Cu–V Tube, 3/4 in. (19 mm)
& under
A 618 III K12700 65 ... ... 1 1 ... 101 Mn–V Tube
WELDING DATA

SA-620 ... K00040 40 1 1 ... ... 101 ... C Sheet

A 633 A K01802 63 ... ... 1 1 ... 101 Mn–Cb Plate & shapes
A 633 Cb K12000 65 ... ... 1 1 ... 101 Mn–Cb Plate > 21/2–4 in.
(64–102 mm), shapes
A 633 Ca K12000 70 ... ... 1 2 ... 101 Mn–Cb Plate to 21/2 in. (64 mm),

This is Electronic Page SEC9$$$20D Page # 101


shapes
A 633 Db K12037 65 ... ... 1 1 ... 101 Mn–Cr–Ni–Cu Plate > 21/2–4 in.
(64–102 mm), shapes
A 633 Da K12037 70 ... ... 1 2 ... 101 Mn–Cr–Ni–Cu Plate to 21/2 in. (64 mm),
shapes
A 633 E K12202 80 ... ... 1 3 ... 101 C–Mn–Si–V Plate & shapes

SA-645 ... K41583 95 11A 2 ... ... 101 ... 5Ni–0.25Mo Plate

SA-660 WCA J02504 60 1 1 ... ... 101 ... C–Si Centrifugal cast pipe

Job # 41759 SEC9$$ $U21 05-17-01 07:00:22 PD: SEC9A Rev 16.01
SA-660 WCC J02505 70 1 2 ... ... 101 ... C–Mn–Si Centrifugal cast pipe
QW/QB-422
QW/QB-422 FERROUS P-NUMBERS AND S-NUMBERS
Grouping of Base Metals for Qualification
GENERAL NOTE: To convert from ksi to MPa, multiply tensile strength in table by 6.9.
QW/QB-422

Welding Brazing
Minimum
UNS Specified P- Group S- Group P- S-
Spec. No. Type or Grade No. Tensile, ksi No. No. No. No. No. No. Nominal Composition Product Form

SA-660 WCB J03003 70 1 2 ... ... 101 ... C–Si Centrifugal cast pipe

SA-662 A K01701 58 1 1 ... ... 101 ... C–Mn–Si Plate

ASME Section 9
SA-662 C K02007 70 1 2 ... ... 101 ... C–Mn–Si Plate
SA-662 B K02203 65 1 1 ... ... 101 ... C–Mn–Si Plate

Licensed by Information Handling Services


A 663 ... ... ... ... ... 1 1 ... 101 C Bar

SA-666 201 S20100 95 8 3 ... ... 102 ... 17Cr–4Ni–6Mn Plate, sheet, & strip
SA-666 XM–11 S21904 90 8 3 ... ... 102 ... 21Cr–6Ni–9Mn Plate, sheet, & strip

COPYRIGHT American Society of Mechanical Engineers


SA-666 302 S30200 75 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–8Ni Plate, sheet, & strip
SA-666 304 S30400 75 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–8Ni Plate, sheet, & strip
SA-666 304L S30403 70 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–8Ni Plate, sheet, & strip

SA-666 304N S30451 80 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–8Ni–N Plate, sheet, & strip

102
SA-666 304LN S30453 80 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–8Ni–N Plate, sheet, & strip
SA-666 316 S31600 75 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 16Cr–12Ni–2Mo Plate, sheet, & strip
SA-666 316L S31603 70 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 16Cr–12Ni–2Mo Plate, sheet, & strip
SA-666 316N S31651 80 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 16Cr–12Ni–2Mo–N Plate, sheet, & strip
2001 SECTION IX

A 668 Cl. B G10200 60 ... ... 1 1 ... 101 C Forgings


A 668 Cl. C G10250 66 ... ... 1 1 ... 101 C Forgings
A 668 Cl. D G10300 75 ... ... 1 2 ... 101 C–Mn Forgings
A 668 Cl. Fb ... 85 ... ... 1 3 ... 101 C–Mn Forgings > 4–10 in.
(102–254 mm)
A 668 Cl. F a ... 90 ... ... 1 3 ... 101 C–Mn Forgings, to 4 in. (102 mm)

A 668 Cl. K b ... 100 ... ... 4 3 ... 101 C

This is Electronic Page SEC9$$$20D Page # 102


Forgings > 7–10 in.
(178–254 mm)
A 668 Cl. K a ... 105 ... ... 4 3 ... 101 C Forgings, to 7 in. (178 mm)
A 668 Cl. L c ... 110 ... ... 4 3 ... 101 C Forgings > 7–10 in.
(178–254 mm)
A 668 Cl. L b ... 115 ... ... 4 3 ... 101 C Forgings > 4–7 in.
(102–178 mm)
A 668 Cl. L a ... 125 ... ... 4 3 ... 101 C Forgings, to 4 in. (102 mm)

SA-671 CC60 K02100 60 1 1 ... ... 101 ... C–Mn–Si Fusion welded pipe

Job # 41759 SEC9$$ $U21 05-17-01 07:00:22 PD: SEC9A Rev 16.01
QW/QB-422 FERROUS P-NUMBERS AND S-NUMBERS
Grouping of Base Metals for Qualification
GENERAL NOTE: To convert from ksi to MPa, multiply tensile strength in table by 6.9.

Welding Brazing
Minimum
UNS Specified P- Group S- Group P- S-
Spec. No. Type or Grade No. Tensile, ksi No. No. No. No. No. No. Nominal Composition Product Form

SA-671 CE55 K02202 55 1 1 ... ... 101 ... C–Mn–Si Fusion welded pipe
SA-671 CD70 K12437 70 1 2 ... ... 101 ... C–Mn–Si Fusion welded pipe

ASME Section 9
SA-671 CD80 K12437 80 1 3 ... ... 101 ... C–Mn–Si Fusion welded pipe
SA-671 CB60 K02401 60 1 1 ... ... 101 ... C–Si Fusion welded pipe

Licensed by Information Handling Services


SA-671 CE60 K02402 60 1 1 ... ... 101 ... C–Mn–Si Fusion welded pipe

SA-671 CC65 K02403 65 1 1 ... ... 101 ... C–Mn–Si Fusion welded pipe
SA-671 CC70 K02700 70 1 2 ... ... 101 ... C–Mn–Si Fusion welded pipe

COPYRIGHT American Society of Mechanical Engineers


SA-671 CB65 K02800 65 1 1 ... ... 101 ... C–Si Fusion welded pipe
SA-671 CA55 K02801 55 1 1 ... ... 101 ... C Fusion welded pipe
SA-671 CK75 K02803 75 1 2 ... ... 101 ... C–Mn–Si Fusion welded pipe
SA-671 CB70 K03101 70 1 2 ... ... 101 ... C–Si Fusion welded pipe

SA-672 A45 K01700 45 1 1 ... ... 101 ... C Fusion welded pipe
SA-672 C55 K01800 55 1 1 ... ... 101 ... C–Si Fusion welded pipe
SA-672 B55 K02001 55 1 1 ... ... 101 ... C–Si Fusion welded pipe

103
SA-672 C60 K02100 60 1 1 ... ... 101 ... C–Mn–Si Fusion welded pipe
SA-672 A50 K02200 50 1 1 ... ... 101 ... C Fusion welded pipe
WELDING DATA

SA-672 E55 K02202 55 1 1 ... ... 101 ... C Fusion welded pipe
SA-672 D70 K12437 70 1 2 ... ... 101 ... C–Mn–Si Fusion welded pipe
SA-672 D80 K12437 80 1 3 ... ... 101 ... C–Mn–Si Fusion welded pipe
SA-672 B60 K02401 60 1 1 ... ... 101 ... C–Si Fusion welded pipe
SA-672 E60 K02402 60 1 1 ... ... 101 ... C–Mn–Si Fusion welded pipe

SA-672 C65 K02403 65 1 1 ... ... 101 ... C–Mn–Si Fusion welded pipe

This is Electronic Page SEC9$$$20D Page # 103


SA-672 C70 K02700 70 1 2 ... ... 101 ... C–Mn–Si Fusion welded pipe
SA-672 B65 K02800 65 1 1 ... ... 101 ... C–Si Fusion welded pipe
SA-672 A55 K02801 55 1 1 ... ... 101 ... C Fusion welded pipe
SA-672 N75 K02803 75 1 2 ... ... 101 ... C–Mn–Si Fusion welded pipe

SA-672 B70 K03101 70 1 2 ... ... 101 ... C–Si Fusion welded pipe
SA-672 L65 K11820 65 3 1 ... ... 101 ... C–0.5Mo Fusion welded pipe
SA-672 L70 K12020 70 3 2 ... ... 101 ... C–0.5Mo Fusion welded pipe
SA-672 H75 K12021 75 3 2 ... ... 101 ... Mn–0.5Mo Fusion welded pipe
SA-672 H80 K12022 80 3 3 ... ... 101 ... Mn–0.5Mo Fusion welded pipe

Job # 41759 SEC9$$ $U21 05-17-01 07:00:22 PD: SEC9A Rev 16.01
QW/QB-422
QW/QB-422 FERROUS P-NUMBERS AND S-NUMBERS
Grouping of Base Metals for Qualification
GENERAL NOTE: To convert from ksi to MPa, multiply tensile strength in table by 6.9.
QW/QB-422

Welding Brazing
Minimum
UNS Specified P- Group S- Group P- S-
Spec. No. Type or Grade No. Tensile, ksi No. No. No. No. No. No. Nominal Composition Product Form

SA-672 L75 K12320 75 3 2 ... ... 101 ... C–0.5Mo Fusion welded pipe
SA-672 J100 K12521 100 11A 4 ... ... 101 ... Mn–0.5Mo Fusion welded pipe
SA-672 J80 K12554 80 3 3 ... ... 101 ... Mn–0.5Mo–0.75Ni Fusion welded pipe

ASME Section 9
SA-672 J90 K12554 90 3 3 ... ... 101 ... Mn–0.5Mo–0.75Ni Fusion welded pipe

Licensed by Information Handling Services


SA-675 45 ... 45 1 1 ... ... 101 ... C Bar
SA-675 50 ... 50 1 1 ... ... 101 ... C Bar
SA-675 55 ... 55 1 1 ... ... 101 ... C Bar
SA-675 60 ... 60 1 1 ... ... 101 ... C Bar
SA-675 65 ... 65 1 1 ... ... 101 ... C Bar

COPYRIGHT American Society of Mechanical Engineers


SA-675 70 ... 70 1 2 ... ... 101 ... C Bar

A 675 75 ... 75 ... ... 1 2 ... 101 C Bar

SA-688 XM–29 S24000 100 8 3 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–3Ni–12Mn Welded tube

104
SA-688 TP304 S30400 75 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–8Ni Welded tube
SA-688 TP304L S30403 70 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–8Ni Welded tube
SA-688 TP304N S30451 80 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–8Ni–N Welded tube
SA-688 TP304LN S30453 75 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–8Ni–N Welded tube
2001 SECTION IX

SA-688 TP316 S31600 75 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 16Cr–12Ni–2Mo Welded tube
SA-688 TP316L S31603 70 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 16Cr–12Ni–2Mo Welded tube
SA-688 TP316N S31651 80 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 16Cr–12Ni–2Mo–N Welded tube
SA-688 TP316LN S31653 75 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 16Cr–12Ni–2Mo–N Welded tube

SA-691 CMSH–70 K12437 65 1 2 ... ... 101 ... C–Mn–Si Fusion welded pipe >
21/2–4 in. (64–102 mm)
SA-691 CMSH–70 K12437 70 1 2 ... ... 101 ... C–Mn–Si

This is Electronic Page SEC9$$$20D Page # 104


Fusion welded pipe ≤ 21/2 in.
(64 mm)
SA-691 CMSH–80 K12437 75 1 3 ... ... 101 ... C–Mn–Si Fusion welded pipe >
21/2–4 in. (64–102 mm)
SA-691 CMSH–80 K12437 80 1 3 ... ... 101 ... C–Mn–Si Fusion welded pipe ≤ 21/2 in.
(64 mm)
SA-691 CMS–75 K02803 75 1 2 ... ... 101 ... C–Mn–Si Fusion welded pipe
SA-691 1CR, Cl. 1 K11757 55 4 1 ... ... 102 ... 1Cr–0.5Mo Fusion welded pipe
SA-691 1CR, Cl. 2 K11757 65 4 1 ... ... 102 ... 1Cr–0.5Mo Fusion welded pipe

Job # 41759 SEC9$$ $U21 05-17-01 07:00:22 PD: SEC9A Rev 16.01
QW/QB-422 FERROUS P-NUMBERS AND S-NUMBERS
Grouping of Base Metals for Qualification
GENERAL NOTE: To convert from ksi to MPa, multiply tensile strength in table by 6.9.

Welding Brazing
Minimum
UNS Specified P- Group S- Group P- S-
Spec. No. Type or Grade No. Tensile, ksi No. No. No. No. No. No. Nominal Composition Product Form

SA-691 1.25CR, Cl. 1 K11789 60 4 1 ... ... 102 ... 1.25Cr–0.5Mo–Si Fusion welded pipe
SA-691 1.25CR, Cl. 2 K11789 75 4 1 ... ... 102 ... 1.25Cr–0.5Mo–Si Fusion welded pipe

ASME Section 9
SA-691 CM–65 K11820 65 3 1 ... ... 101 ... C–0.5Mo Fusion welded pipe
SA-691 CM–70 K12020 70 3 2 ... ... 101 ... C–0.5Mo Fusion welded pipe

Licensed by Information Handling Services


SA-691 0.5CR, Cl. 1 K12143 55 3 1 ... ... 101 ... 0.5Cr–0.5Mo Fusion welded pipe

SA-691 0.5CR, Cl. 2 K12143 70 3 2 ... ... 101 ... 0.5Cr–0.5Mo Fusion welded pipe
SA-691 CM–75 K12320 75 3 2 ... ... 101 ... C–0.5Mo Fusion welded pipe

COPYRIGHT American Society of Mechanical Engineers


SA-691 2.25CR, Cl. 1 K21590 60 5A 1 ... ... 102 ... 2.25Cr–1Mo Fusion welded pipe
SA-691 2.25CR, Cl. 2 K21590 75 5A 1 ... ... 102 ... 2.25Cr–1Mo Fusion welded pipe
SA-691 3CR, Cl. 1 K31545 60 5A 1 ... ... 102 ... 3Cr–1Mo Fusion welded pipe

SA-691 3CR, Cl. 2 K31545 75 5A 1 ... ... 102 ... 3Cr–1Mo Fusion welded pipe
SA-691 5CR, Cl. 1 K41545 60 5B 1 ... ... 102 ... 5Cr–0.5Mo Fusion welded pipe
SA-691 5CR, Cl. 2 K41545 75 5B 1 ... ... 102 ... 5Cr–0.5Mo Fusion welded pipe

105
A 691 9CR, Cl. 2 ... 85 ... ... 5B 2 ... ... 9Cr-1Mo-V Fusion welded pipe

A 694 F42 K03014 60 ... ... 1 1 ... 101 C–Mn Forgings


WELDING DATA

A 694 F46 K03014 60 ... ... 1 1 ... 101 C–Mn Forgings


A 694 F52 K03014 66 ... ... 1 1 ... 101 C–Mn Forgings
A 694 F56 K03014 68 ... ... 1 2 ... 101 C–Mn Forgings
A 694 F60 K03014 75 ... ... 1 2 ... 101 C–Mn Forgings
A 694 F65 K03014 77 ... ... 1 2 ... 101 C–Mn Forgings
A 694 F70 K03014 82 ... ... 1 3 ... 101 C–Mn Forgings

This is Electronic Page SEC9$$$20D Page # 105


SA-695 Type B, Gr. 35 K03504 60 1 1 ... ... 101 ... C–Mn–Si Bar
SA-695 Type B, Gr. 40 K03504 70 1 2 ... ... 101 ... C–Mn–Si Bar

SA-696 B K03200 60 1 1 ... ... 101 ... C–Mn–Si Bar


SA-696 C K03200 70 1 2 ... ... 101 ... C–Mn–Si Bar

A 714 Gr. V, Tp. E K22035 65 ... ... 9A 1 ... 102 2Ni–1Cu Smls. & welded pipe
A 714 Gr. V K22035 65 ... ... 9A 1 ... 102 2Ni–1Cu Smls. & welded pipe

SA-724 A K11831 90 1 4 ... ... 101 ... C–Mn–Si Plate

Job # 41759 SEC9$$ $U21 05-17-01 07:00:22 PD: SEC9A Rev 16.01
SA-724 B K12031 95 1 4 ... ... 101 ... C–Mn–Si Plate
QW/QB-422
QW/QB-422 FERROUS P-NUMBERS AND S-NUMBERS
Grouping of Base Metals for Qualification
GENERAL NOTE: To convert from ksi to MPa, multiply tensile strength in table by 6.9.
QW/QB-422

Welding Brazing
Minimum
UNS Specified P- Group S- Group P- S-
Spec. No. Type or Grade No. Tensile, ksi No. No. No. No. No. No. Nominal Composition Product Form

SA-724 C K12037 90 1 4 ... ... 101 ... C–Mn–Si Plate

SA-727 ... K02506 60 1 1 ... ... 101 ... C–Mn–Si Forgings

ASME Section 9
SA-731 S41500 S41500 115 6 4 ... ... 102 ... 13Cr–4.5Ni–Mo Smls. & welded pipe

Licensed by Information Handling Services


SA-731 TP439 S43035 60 7 2 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–Ti Smls. & welded pipe
SA-731 18Cr–2Mo S44400 60 7 2 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–2Mo Smls. & welded pipe
SA-731 TPXM–33 S44626 65 10I 1 ... ... 102 ... 27Cr–1Mo–Ti Smls. & welded pipe
SA-731 TPXM–27 S44627 65 10I 1 ... ... 102 ... 27Cr–1Mo Smls. & welded pipe
SA-731 S44660 S44660 85 10K 1 ... ... 102 ... 26Cr–3Ni–3Mo Smls. & welded pipe

COPYRIGHT American Society of Mechanical Engineers


SA-731 S44700 S44700 80 10J 1 ... ... 102 ... 29Cr–4Mo Smls. & welded pipe
SA-731 S44800 S44800 80 10K 1 ... ... 102 ... 29Cr–4Mo–2Ni Smls. & welded pipe

SA-737 B K12001 70 1 2 ... ... 101 ... C–Mn–Si–Cb Plate

106
SA-737 C K12202 80 1 3 ... ... 101 ... C–Mn–Si–V Plate

SA-738 A K12447 75 1 2 ... ... 101 ... C–Mn–Si Plate


SA-738 B K12001 85 1 3 ... ... 101 ... C–Mn–Si Plate, 21/2 in. (64 mm)
2001 SECTION IX

& under
SA-738 C ... 70 1 3 ... ... 101 ... C–Mn–Si Plate > 4–6 in.
(102–152 mm), incl.
SA-738 C ... 75 1 3 ... ... 101 ... C–Mn–Si Plate > 21/2–4 in.
(64–102 mm)
SA-738 C ... 80 1 3 ... ... 101 ... C–Mn–Si Plate, 21/2 in. (64 mm)
& under

SA-739 B11 K11797 70 4 1 ... ... 102 ... 1.25Cr–0.5Mo Bar

This is Electronic Page SEC9$$$20D Page # 106


SA-739 B22 K21390 75 5A 1 ... ... 102 ... 2.25Cr–1Mo Bar

SA-765 I K03046 60 1 1 ... ... 101 ... C–Mn–Si Forgings


SA-765 II K03047 70 1 2 ... ... 101 ... C–Mn–Si Forgings
SA-765 III K32026 70 9B 1 ... ... 101 ... 3.5Ni Forgings

SA-789 S31200 S31200 100 10H 1 ... ... 102 ... 25Cr–6Ni–Mo–N Smls. & welded tube
SA-789 S31260 S31260 100 10H 1 ... ... 102 ... 25Cr–6.5Ni–3Mo–N Smls. & welded tube
SA-789 S31500 S31500 92 10H 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–5Ni–3Mo–N Smls. & welded tube

Job # 41759 SEC9$$ $U21 05-17-01 07:00:22 PD: SEC9A Rev 16.01
QW/QB-422 FERROUS P-NUMBERS AND S-NUMBERS
Grouping of Base Metals for Qualification
GENERAL NOTE: To convert from ksi to MPa, multiply tensile strength in table by 6.9.

Welding Brazing
Minimum
UNS Specified P- Group S- Group P- S-
Spec. No. Type or Grade No. Tensile, ksi No. No. No. No. No. No. Nominal Composition Product Form

SA-789 S31803 S31803 90 10H 1 ... ... 102 ... 22Cr–5Ni–3Mo–N Smls. & welded tube
SA-789 S32304 S32304 87 10H 1 ... ... 102 ... 23Cr–4Ni–Mo–Cu–N Smls. & welded tube

ASME Section 9
> 1 in. (25 mm)
SA-789 S32304 S32304 100 10H 1 ... ... 102 ... 23Cr–4Ni–Mo–Cu–N Smls. & welded tube

Licensed by Information Handling Services


≤ 1 in. (25 mm)

SA-789 S32550 S32550 110 10H 1 ... ... 102 ... 25Cr–5Ni–3Mo–2Cu Smls. & welded tube
SA-789 S32750 S32750 116 10H 1 ... ... 102 ... 25Cr–7Ni–4Mo–N Smls. & welded tube

COPYRIGHT American Society of Mechanical Engineers


SA-789 S32900 S32900 90 10H 1 ... ... 102 ... 26Cr–4Ni–Mo Smls. & welded tube
SA-789 S32950 S32950 100 10H 1 ... ... 102 ... 26Cr–4Ni–Mo–N Smls. & welded tube

SA-789 S32760 S32760 109 ... ... 10H 1 ... 102 25Cr–8Ni–3Mo–W–Cu–N Smls. & welded tube

SA-790 S31200 S31200 100 10H 1 ... ... 102 ... 25Cr–6Ni–Mo–N Smls. & welded pipe
SA-790 S31260 S31260 100 10H 1 ... ... 102 ... 25Cr–6.5Ni–3Mo–N Smls. & welded pipe
SA-790 S31500 S31500 92 10H 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–5Ni–3Mo–N Smls. & welded pipe

107
SA-790 S31803 S31803 90 10H 1 ... ... 102 ... 22Cr–5Ni–3Mo–N Smls. & welded pipe
SA-790 S32304 S32304 87 10H 1 ... ... 102 ... 23Cr–4Ni–Mo–Cu–N Smls. & welded pipe
WELDING DATA

SA-790 S32550 S32550 110 10H 1 ... ... 102 ... 25Cr–5Ni–3Mo–2Cu Smls. & welded pipe
SA-790 S32750 S32750 116 10H 1 ... ... 102 ... 25Cr–7Ni–4Mo–N Smls. & welded tube
SA-790 S32900 S32900 90 10H 1 ... ... 102 ... 26Cr–4Ni–Mo Smls. & welded pipe
SA-790 S32950 S32950 100 10H 1 ... ... 102 ... 26Cr–4Ni–Mo–N Smls. & welded pipe

SA-790 S32760 S32760 109 ... ... 10H 1 ... 102 25Cr–8Ni–3Mo–W–Cu–N Smls. & welded tube

This is Electronic Page SEC9$$$20D Page # 107


SA-803 TP439 S43035 60 7 2 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–Ti Welded tube
SA-803 26–3–3 S44660 85 10K 1 ... ... 102 ... 26Cr–3Ni–3Mo Welded tube

SA-813 TPXM–19 S20910 100 8 3 ... ... 102 ... 22Cr–13Ni–5Mn Welded pipe
SA-813 TPXM–11 S21904 90 8 3 ... ... 102 ... 21Cr–6Ni–9Mn Welded pipe
SA-813 TPXM–29 S24000 100 8 3 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–3Ni–12Mn Welded pipe
SA-813 TP304 S30400 75 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–8Ni Welded pipe
SA-813 TP304L S30403 70 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–8Ni Welded pipe

SA-813 TP304H S30409 75 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–8Ni Welded pipe

Job # 41759 SEC9$$ $U21 05-17-01 07:00:23 PD: SEC9A Rev 16.01
SA-813 TP304N S30451 80 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–8Ni–N Welded pipe
QW/QB-422
QW/QB-422 FERROUS P-NUMBERS AND S-NUMBERS
Grouping of Base Metals for Qualification
GENERAL NOTE: To convert from ksi to MPa, multiply tensile strength in table by 6.9.
QW/QB-422

Welding Brazing
Minimum
UNS Specified P- Group S- Group P- S-
Spec. No. Type or Grade No. Tensile, ksi No. No. No. No. No. No. Nominal Composition Product Form

SA-813 TP304LN S30453 75 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–8Ni–N Welded pipe
SA-813 S30815 S30815 87 8 2 ... ... 102 ... 21Cr–11Ni–N Welded pipe
SA-813 TP309S S30908 75 8 2 ... ... 102 ... 23Cr–12Ni Welded pipe

ASME Section 9
SA-813 TP309Cb S30940 75 8 2 ... ... 102 ... 23Cr–12Ni–Cb Welded pipe

Licensed by Information Handling Services


SA-813 TP310S S31008 75 8 2 ... ... 102 ... 25Cr–20Ni Welded pipe
SA-813 TP310Cb S31040 75 8 2 ... ... 102 ... 25Cr–20Ni–Cb Welded pipe
SA-813 S31254 S31254 94 8 4 ... ... 102 ... 20Cr–18Ni–6Mo Welded pipe
SA-813 TP316 S31600 75 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 16Cr–12Ni–2Mo Welded pipe
SA-813 TP316L S31603 70 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 16Cr–12Ni–2Mo Welded pipe

COPYRIGHT American Society of Mechanical Engineers


SA-813 TP316H S31609 75 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 16Cr–12Ni–2Mo Welded pipe
SA-813 TP316N S31651 80 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 16Cr–12Ni–2Mo–N Welded pipe
SA-813 TP316LN S31653 75 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 16Cr–12Ni–2Mo–N Welded pipe
SA-813 TP317 S31700 75 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–13Ni–3Mo Welded pipe

108
SA-813 TP317L S31703 75 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–13Ni–3Mo Welded pipe
SA-813 TP321 S32100 75 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–10Ni–Ti Welded pipe

SA-813 TP321H S32109 75 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–10Ni–Ti Welded pipe
2001 SECTION IX

SA-813 TP347 S34700 75 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–10Ni–Cb Welded pipe
SA-813 TP347H S34709 75 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–10Ni–Cb Welded pipe
SA-813 TP348 S34800 75 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–10Ni–Cb Welded pipe
SA-813 TP348H S34809 75 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–10Ni–Cb Welded pipe
SA-813 TPXM–15 S38100 75 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–18Ni–2Si Welded pipe

SA-814 TPXM–19 S20910 100 8 3 ... ... 102 ... 22Cr–13Ni–5Mn Cold worked welded pipe
SA-814 TPXM–11 S21904 90 8 3 ... ... 102 ... 21Cr–6Ni–9Mn Cold worked welded pipe
SA-814 TPXM–29 S24000 100 8 3 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–3Ni–12Mn Cold worked welded pipe

This is Electronic Page SEC9$$$20D Page # 108


SA-814 TP304 S30400 75 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–8Ni Cold worked welded pipe
SA-814 TP304L S30403 70 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–8Ni Cold worked welded pipe

SA-814 TP304H S30409 75 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–8Ni Cold worked welded pipe
SA-814 TP304N S30451 80 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–8Ni–N Cold worked welded pipe
SA-814 TP304LN S30453 75 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–8Ni–N Cold worked welded pipe
SA-814 S30815 S30815 87 8 2 ... ... 102 ... 21Cr–11Ni–N Cold worked welded pipe
SA-814 TP309S S30908 75 8 2 ... ... 102 ... 23Cr–12Ni Cold worked welded pipe

Job # 41759 SEC9$$ $U21 05-17-01 07:00:23 PD: SEC9A Rev 16.01
QW/QB-422 FERROUS P-NUMBERS AND S-NUMBERS
Grouping of Base Metals for Qualification
GENERAL NOTE: To convert from ksi to MPa, multiply tensile strength in table by 6.9.

Welding Brazing
Minimum
UNS Specified P- Group S- Group P- S-
Spec. No. Type or Grade No. Tensile, ksi No. No. No. No. No. No. Nominal Composition Product Form

SA-814 TP309Cb S30940 75 8 2 ... ... 102 ... 23Cr–12Ni–Cb Cold worked welded pipe
SA-814 TP310S S31008 75 8 2 ... ... 102 ... 25Cr–20Ni Cold worked welded pipe

ASME Section 9
SA-814 TP310Cb S31040 75 8 2 ... ... 102 ... 25Cr–20Ni–Cb Cold worked welded pipe
SA-814 S31254 S31254 94 8 4 ... ... 102 ... 20Cr–18Ni–6Mo Cold worked welded pipe

Licensed by Information Handling Services


SA-814 TP316 S31600 75 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 16Cr–12Ni–2Mo Cold worked welded pipe
SA-814 TP316L S31603 70 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 16Cr–12Ni–2Mo Cold worked welded pipe

SA-814 TP316H S31609 75 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 16Cr–12Ni–2Mo Cold worked welded pipe

COPYRIGHT American Society of Mechanical Engineers


SA-814 TP316N S31651 80 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 16Cr–12Ni–2Mo–N Cold worked welded pipe
SA-814 TP316LN S31653 75 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 16Cr–12Ni–2Mo–N Cold worked welded pipe
SA-814 TP317 S31700 75 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–13Ni–3Mo Cold worked welded pipe
SA-814 TP317L S31703 75 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–13Ni–3Mo Cold worked welded pipe
SA-814 TP321 S32100 75 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–10Ni–Ti Cold worked welded pipe

SA-814 TP321H S32109 75 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–10Ni–Ti Cold worked welded pipe
SA-814 TP347 S34700 75 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–10Ni–Cb Cold worked welded pipe

109
SA-814 TP347H S34709 75 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–10Ni–Cb Cold worked welded pipe
SA-814 TP348 S34800 75 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–10Ni–Cb Cold worked welded pipe
SA-814 TP348H S34809 75 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–10Ni–Cb Cold worked welded pipe
WELDING DATA

SA-814 TPXM–15 S38100 75 8 1 ... ... 102 ... 18Cr–18Ni–2Si Cold worked welded pipe

SA-815 S31803 S31803 90 10H 1 ... ... 102 ... 22Cr–5Ni–3Mo–N Fittings
SA-815 S41500 S41500 110 6 4 ... ... 102 ... 13Cr–4.5Ni–Mo Fittings

SA-815 S32760 S32760 109 ... ... 10H 1 ... 102 25Cr–8Ni–3Mo–W–Cu–N Fittings

This is Electronic Page SEC9$$$20D Page # 109


SA-832 21V K31830 85 5C 1 ... ... 102 ... 3Cr–1Mo–V–Ti–B Plate
SA-832 22V K31835 85 5C 1 ... ... ... ... 2.25Cr–1Mo–V Plate

SA-836 ... ... 55 1 1 ... ... 101 ... C–Si–Ti Forgings

A 890 CD3MWCuN J93380 100 ... ... 10H 1 ... 102 25Cr–8Ni–3Mo–W–Cu–N Castings
A 928 ... S32760 109 ... ... 10H 1 ... 102 25Cr–8Ni–3Mo–W–Cu–N Welded pipe

API 5L A25, Cl. I ... 45 ... ... 1 1 ... 101 C–Mn Smls. & welded pipe & tubes
API 5L A25, Cl. II ... 45 ... ... 1 1 ... 101 C–Mn Smls. & welded pipe & tubes

Job # 41759 SEC9$$ $U21 05-17-01 07:00:23 PD: SEC9A Rev 16.01
API 5L A ... 48 ... ... 1 1 ... 101 C–Mn Smls. & welded pipe & tubes
QW/QB-422
QW/QB-422 FERROUS P-NUMBERS AND S-NUMBERS
Grouping of Base Metals for Qualification
GENERAL NOTE: To convert from ksi to MPa, multiply tensile strength in table by 6.9.
QW/QB-422

Welding Brazing
Minimum
UNS Specified P- Group S- Group P- S-
Spec. No. Type or Grade No. Tensile, ksi No. No. No. No. No. No. Nominal Composition Product Form

API 5L B ... 60 ... ... 1 1 ... 101 C–Mn Smls. & welded pipe & tubes
API 5L X42 ... 60 ... ... 1 1 ... 101 C–Mn Smls. & welded pipe & tubes
API 5L X46 ... 63 ... ... 1 1 ... 101 C–Mn Smls. & welded pipe & tubes

ASME Section 9
API 5L X52 ... 66 ... ... 1 1 ... 101 C–Mn Smls. & welded pipe & tubes

Licensed by Information Handling Services


API 5L X56 ... 71 ... ... 1 2 ... 101 C–Mn Smls. & welded pipe & tubes
API 5L X60 ... 75 ... ... 1 2 ... 101 C–Mn Smls. & welded pipe & tubes
API 5L X65 ... 77 ... ... 1 2 ... 101 C–Mn Smls. & welded pipe & tubes
API 5L X70 ... 82 ... ... 1 3 ... 101 C–Mn Smls. & welded pipe & tubes
API 5L X80 ... 90 ... ... 1 4 ... 101 C–Mn Smls. & welded pipe & tubes

COPYRIGHT American Society of Mechanical Engineers


MSS SP-75 WPHY-42 ... 60 ... ... 1 1 ... 101 C–Mn Smls./welded fittings
MSS SP-75 WPHY-46 ... 63 ... ... 1 1 ... 101 C–Mn Smls./welded fittings
MSS SP-75 WPHY-52 ... 66 ... ... 1 1 ... 101 C–Mn Smls./welded fittings
MSS SP-75 WPHY-56 ... 71 ... ... 1 2 ... 101 C–Mn Smls./welded fittings

110
MSS SP-75 WPHY-60 ... 75 ... ... 1 2 ... 101 C–Mn Smls./welded fittings
MSS SP-75 WPHY-65 ... 77 ... ... 1 2 ... 101 C–Mn Smls./welded fittings
MSS SP-75 WPHY-70 ... 82 ... ... 1 3 ... 101 C–Mn Smls./welded fittings
2001 SECTION IX

SA/CSA- Gr. 38W ... 60 1 1 ... ... 101 ... C–Mn–Si Plate, bar, & shapes
G40.21

SA/CSA- Gr. 44W ... 60 1 1 ... ... 101 ... C–Mn–Si Plate, bar, & shapes
G40.21

SA/EN 295GH ... 64 1 1 ... ... 101 ... C–Mn–Si Plate > 4 in. (102 mm)
10028-2
SA/EN 295GH ... 67 1 1 ... ... 101 ... C–Mn–Si

This is Electronic Page SEC9$$$20D Page # 110


Plate ≤ 4 in. (102 mm)
10028-2

Job # 41759 SEC9$$ $U21 05-17-01 07:00:23 PD: SEC9A Rev 16.01
QW/QB-422 NONFERROUS P-NUMBERS AND S-NUMBERS
(Grouping of Base Metals for Qualification)
GENERAL NOTE: To convert from ksi to MPa, multiply tensile strength in table by 6.9.

Welding Brazing
Minimum
UNS Alloy, Type, or Specified P- S- P- S-
Spec. No. No. Grade Tensile, ksi No. No. No. No. Nominal Composition Product Form

B 16 C36000 ... 48 ... ... ... 107 65Cu–Zn–3Pb Rod ≤ 1 in. (25 mm)

ASME Section 9
B 16 C36000 ... 44 ... ... ... 107 65Cu–Zn–3Pb Rod > 1–2 in. (25–51 mm), incl.
B 16 C36000 ... 40 ... ... ... 107 65Cu–Zn–3Pb Rod > 2 in. (51 mm)

Licensed by Information Handling Services


B 16 C36000 ... 44 ... ... ... 107 65Cu–Zn–3Pb Bar ≤ 1 in. (25 mm)
B 16 C36000 ... 40 ... ... ... 107 65Cu–Zn–3Pb Bar > 1 in. (25 mm)

B 26 A24430 ... 17 ... 21 ... 104 Al–Si Castings

COPYRIGHT American Society of Mechanical Engineers


B 26 A03560 T71 25 ... 21 ... 104 Al–Si Castings
B 26 A03560 T6 30 ... 21 ... 104 Al–Si Castings

SB-42 C10200 ... 30 31 ... 107 ... 99.95Cu–P Smls. pipe


SB-42 C12000 ... 30 31 ... 107 ... 99.9Cu–P Smls. pipe
SB-42 C12200 ... 30 31 ... 107 ... 99.9Cu–P Smls. pipe

111
SB-43 C23000 ... 40 32 ... 107 ... 85Cu–15Zn Smls. pipe

SB-61 C92200 ... 30 ... ... 107 ... 88Cu–Sn–Zn–Pb Castings


WELDING DATA

SB-62 C83600 ... 28 ... ... 107 ... 85Cu–5Sn–5Zn–5Pb Castings

B 68 C10200 102 30 ... 31 ... 107 99.95Cu–P Tube


B 68 C12000 120 30 ... 31 ... 107 99.9Cu–P Tube
B 68 C12200 122 30 ... 31 ... 107 99.9Cu–P Tube

SB-75 C10200 ... 30 31 ... 107 ... 99.95Cu–P Smls. tube

This is Electronic Page SEC9$$$20E Page # 111


SB-75 C12000 ... 30 31 ... 107 ... 99.9Cu–P Smls. tube
SB-75 C12200 ... 30 31 ... 107 ... 99.9Cu–P Smls. tube

B 85 ... ... ... ... 31 ... 107 ... Die castings

B 88 C10200 102 30 ... 31 ... 107 99.95Cu–P Tube


B 88 C12000 120 30 ... 31 ... 107 99.9Cu–P Tube
B 88 C12200 122 30 ... 31 ... 107 99.9Cu–P Tube

SB-96 C65500 ... 50 33 ... 107 ... 97Cu–3.3Si Plate, sht, strip, & bar

Job # 41759 SEC9$$ $U21 05-17-01 07:00:23 PD: SEC9A Rev 16.01
QW/QB-422
QW/QB-422 NONFERROUS P-NUMBERS AND S-NUMBERS
(Grouping of Base Metals for Qualification)
GENERAL NOTE: To convert from ksi to MPa, multiply tensile strength in table by 6.9.
QW/QB-422

Welding Brazing
Minimum
UNS Alloy, Type, or Specified P- S- P- S-
Spec. No. No. Grade Tensile, ksi No. No. No. No. Nominal Composition Product Form

SB-98 C65100 ... 40 33 ... 107 ... 98.5Cu–1.5Si Rod, bar, & shapes
SB-98 C65500 ... 52 33 ... 107 ... 97Cu–3Si Rod, bar, & shapes
SB-98 C66100 ... 52 33 ... 107 ... 94Cu–3Si Rod, bar, & shapes

ASME Section 9
SB-111 C10200 ... 30 31 ... 107 ... 99.95Cu–P Smls. tube

Licensed by Information Handling Services


SB-111 C12000 ... 30 31 ... 107 ... 99.9Cu–P Smls. tube
SB-111 C12200 ... 30 31 ... 107 ... 99.9Cu–P Smls. tube

SB-111 C14200 ... 30 31 ... 107 ... 99.4Cu–As–P Smls. tube


SB-111 C19200 ... 38 31 ... 107 ... 99.7Cu–Fe–P Smls. tube

COPYRIGHT American Society of Mechanical Engineers


SB-111 C23000 ... 40 32 ... 107 ... 85Cu–15Zn Smls. tube

SB-111 C28000 ... 50 32 ... 107 ... 60Cu–40Zn Smls. tube


SB-111 C44300 ... 45 32 ... 107 ... 71Cu–28Zn–1Sn–0.06As Smls. tube
SB-111 C44400 ... 45 32 ... 107 ... 71Cu–28Zn–1Sn–0.06Sb Smls. tube
SB-111 C44500 ... 45 32 ... 107 ... 71Cu–28Zn–1Sn–0.06P Smls. tube

112
SB-111 C60800 ... 50 35 ... 108 ... 95Cu–5Al Smls. tube

SB-111 C68700 ... 50 32 ... 108 ... 78Cu–20Zn–2Al Smls. tube


2001 SECTION IX

SB-111 C70400 ... 38 34 ... 107 ... 95Cu–5Ni Smls. tube


SB-111 C70600 ... 40 34 ... 107 ... 90Cu–10Ni Smls. tube
SB-111 C71000 ... 45 34 ... 107 ... 80Cu–20Ni Smls. tube

SB-111 C71500 ... 52 34 ... 107 ... 70Cu–30Ni Smls. tube


SB-111 C71640 ... 63 34 ... 107 ... 66Cu–30Ni–2Fe–2Mn Smls. tube
SB-111 C72200 ... 45 34 ... 107 ... 80Cu–16Ni–0.75Fe–0.5Cr Smls. tube

SB-127 N04400 ... 70 42 ... 110 ... 67Ni–30Cu Plate, sheet, & strip

This is Electronic Page SEC9$$$20E Page # 112


SB-135 C23000 ... 40 32 ... 107 ... 85Cu–15Zn Smls. tube

SB-148 C95200 ... 65 35 ... 108 ... 88Cu–9Al-3Fe Castings


SB-148 C95400 ... 75 35 ... 108 ... 85Cu–11Al-4Fe Castings

B 148 C95300 ... 65 ... 35 ... 108 89Cu–10Al–1Fe Castings


B 148 C95500 ... 90 ... 35 ... 108 82Cu–11Al–4Fe–3Mn Castings
B 148 C95600 ... 60 ... 35 ... 108 90Cu–7Al–3Si Castings

Job # 41759 SEC9$$ $U21 05-17-01 07:00:23 PD: SEC9A Rev 16.01
QW/QB-422 NONFERROUS P-NUMBERS AND S-NUMBERS
(Grouping of Base Metals for Qualification)
GENERAL NOTE: To convert from ksi to MPa, multiply tensile strength in table by 6.9.

Welding Brazing
Minimum
UNS Alloy, Type, or Specified P- S- P- S-
Spec. No. No. Grade Tensile, ksi No. No. No. No. Nominal Composition Product Form

SB-150 C61400 ... 70 35 ... 108 ... 90Cu–7Al–3Fe Rod & bar
SB-150 C62300 ... 75 35 ... 108 ... 88Cu–9Al–3Fe Rod (round)

ASME Section 9
SB-150 C63000 ... 85 35 ... 108 ... 81Cu–10Al–5Ni–3Fe Rod & bar

Licensed by Information Handling Services


SB-150 C64200 ... 70 35 ... 108 ... 91Cu–7Al–2Si Rod & bar

SB-151 C70600 ... 38 34 ... 107 ... 90Cu–10Ni Rod & bar

SB-152 C10200 ... 30 31 ... 107 ... 99.95Cu–P Plt, sht, strip, & bar

COPYRIGHT American Society of Mechanical Engineers


SB-152 C10400 ... 30 31 ... 107 ... 99.95Cu + Ag Plt, sht, strip, & bar
SB-152 C10500 ... 30 31 ... 107 ... 99.95Cu + Ag Plt, sht, strip, & bar
SB-152 C10700 ... 30 31 ... 107 ... 99.95Cu + Ag Plt, sht, strip, & bar
SB-152 C11000 ... 30 31 ... 107 ... 99.90Cu Plt, sht, strip, & bar
SB-152 C12200 ... 30 31 ... 107 ... 99.9Cu–P Plt, sht, strip, & bar
SB-152 C12300 ... 30 31 ... 107 ... 99.9Cu–P Plt, sht, strip, & bar
SB-152 C12500 ... 30 31 ... 107 ... 99.88Cu Plt, sht, strip, & bar

113
SB-152 C14200 ... 30 31 ... 107 ... 99.4Cu–As–P Plt, sht, strip, & bar

SB-160 N02200 ... 55 41 ... 110 ... 99.0Ni Rod & bar
WELDING DATA

SB-160 N02201 ... 50 41 ... 110 ... 99.0Ni–Low C Rod & bar

SB-161 N02200 ... 55 41 ... 110 ... 99.0Ni Smls. pipe & tube
SB-161 N02201 ... 50 41 ... 110 ... 99.0Ni–Low C Smls. pipe & tube

SB-162 N02200 ... 55 41 ... 110 ... 99.0Ni Plate, sheet, & strip
SB-162 N02201 ... 50 41 ... 110 ... 99.0Ni–Low C Plate, sheet, & strip

This is Electronic Page SEC9$$$20E Page # 113


SB-163 N02200 ... 55 41 ... 110 ... 99.0Ni Smls. tube
SB-163 N02201 ... 50 41 ... 110 ... 99.0Ni–Low C Smls. tube
SB-163 N04400 ... 70 42 ... 110 ... 67Ni–30Cu Smls. tube
SB-163 N06600 ... 80 43 ... 111 ... 72Ni–15Cr–8Fe Smls. tube
SB-163 N06690 ... 85 43 ... 111 ... 58Ni–29Cr–9Fe Smls. tube
SB-163 N08800 ... 75 45 ... 111 ... 33Ni–42Fe–21Cr Smls. tube
SB-163 N08810 ... 65 45 ... 111 ... 33Ni–42Fe–21Cr Smls. tube
SB-163 N08811 ... 65 45 ... ... ... 33Ni–42Fe–21Cr–Al–Ti Smls. tube
SB-163 N08825 ... 85 45 ... 111 ... 42Ni–21.5Cr–3Mo–2.3Cu Smls. tube

Job # 41759 SEC9$$ $U21 05-17-01 07:00:23 PD: SEC9A Rev 16.01
SB-164 N04400 ... 70 42 ... 110 ... 67Ni–30Cu Rod, bar, & wire
QW/QB-422
QW/QB-422 NONFERROUS P-NUMBERS AND S-NUMBERS
(Grouping of Base Metals for Qualification)
GENERAL NOTE: To convert from ksi to MPa, multiply tensile strength in table by 6.9.
QW/QB-422

Welding Brazing
Minimum
UNS Alloy, Type, or Specified P- S- P- S-
Spec. No. No. Grade Tensile, ksi No. No. No. No. Nominal Composition Product Form

SB-164 N04405 ... 70 42 ... 110 ... 67Ni–30Cu Rod, bar, & wire

SB-165 N04400 ... 70 42 ... 110 ... 67Ni–30Cu Smls. pipe & tube

ASME Section 9
SB-166 N06045 ... 90 46 ... ... ... 46Ni–27Cr–23Fe–2.75Si Smls. pipe & tube

Licensed by Information Handling Services


SB-166 N06600 ... 80 43 ... 111 ... 72Ni–15Cr–8Fe Rod, bar, & wire
SB-166 N06690 ... 85 43 ... 111 ... 58Ni–29Cr–9Fe Rod, bar, & wire

SB-167 N06045 ... 90 46 ... ... ... 46Ni–27Cr–23Fe–2.75Si Smls. pipe & tube
SB-167 N06600 ... 75 43 ... 111 ... 72Ni–15Cr–8Fe Smls. pipe & tube

COPYRIGHT American Society of Mechanical Engineers


SB-167 N06690 ... 75 43 ... 111 ... 58Ni–29Cr–9Fe Smls. pipe & tube

SB-168 N06045 ... 90 46 ... ... ... 46Ni–27Cr–23Fe–2.75Si Plate, sheet, & strip
SB-168 N06600 ... 80 43 ... 111 ... 72Ni–15Cr–8Fe Plate, sheet, & strip
SB-168 N06690 ... 85 43 ... 111 ... 58Ni–29Cr–9Fe Plate, sheet, & strip

114
SB-169 C61400 ... 65 35 ... 108 ... 90Cu–7Al–3Fe Plt, sht, strip, & bar

SB-171 C36500 ... 40 32 ... 107 ... 60Cu–39Zn–Pb Plate & sheet
2001 SECTION IX

SB-171 C44300 ... 45 32 ... 107 ... 71Cu–28Zn–1Sn–0.06As Plate & sheet
SB-171 C44400 ... 45 32 ... 107 ... 71Cu–28Zn–1Sn–0.06Sb Plate & sheet
SB-171 C44500 ... 45 32 ... 107 ... 71Cu–28Zn–1Sn–0.06P Plate & sheet
SB-171 C46400 ... 50 32 ... 107 ... 60Cu–39Zn–Sn Plate & sheet
SB-171 C46500 ... 50 32 ... 107 ... 60Cu–39Zn–As Plate & sheet
SB-171 C61400 ... 65 35 ... 108 ... 90Cu–7Al–3Fe Plate & sheet > 2–5 in. (51–127 mm), incl.
SB-171 C61400 ... 70 35 ... 108 ... 90Cu–7Al–3Fe Plate & sheet ≤ 2 in. (51 mm)

SB-171 C63000 ... 80 35 ... 108 ... 81Cu–10Al–5Ni–3Fe Plate & sheet > 31⁄2–5 in. (89–127 mm), incl.

This is Electronic Page SEC9$$$20E Page # 114


SB-171 C63000 ... 85 35 ... 108 ... 81Cu–10Al–5Ni–3Fe Plate & sheet > 2–3.5 in. (51–89 mm), incl.
SB-171 C63000 ... 90 35 ... 108 ... 81Cu–10Al–5Ni–3Fe Plate & sheet ≤ 2 in. (51 mm)
SB-171 C70600 ... 40 34 ... 107 ... 90Cu–10Ni Plate & sheet
SB-171 C71500 ... 45 34 ... 107 ... 70Cu–30Ni Plate & sheet > 2.5–5 in. (64–127 mm), incl.
SB-171 C71500 ... 50 34 ... 107 ... 70Cu–30Ni Plate & sheet ≤ 2.5 in. (64 mm)

SB-187 C10200 O60 30 31 ... ... ... 99.95Cu–P Rod & bar
SB-187 C11000 O60 30 31 ... ... ... 99.9Cu Rod & bar

Job # 41759 SEC9$$ $U21 05-17-01 07:00:23 PD: SEC9A Rev 16.01
SB-209 A91060 1060 8 21 ... 104 ... 99.60Al Plate & sheet
QW/QB-422 NONFERROUS P-NUMBERS AND S-NUMBERS
(Grouping of Base Metals for Qualification)
GENERAL NOTE: To convert from ksi to MPa, multiply tensile strength in table by 6.9.

Welding Brazing
Minimum
UNS Alloy, Type, or Specified P- S- P- S-
Spec. No. No. Grade Tensile, ksi No. No. No. No. Nominal Composition Product Form

SB-209 A91100 1100 11 21 ... 104 ... 99.0Al–Cu Plate & sheet
SB-209 A93003 3003 14 21 ... 104 ... Al–Mn–Cu Plate & sheet

ASME Section 9
SB-209 A93004 3004 22 22 ... 104 ... Al–Mn–Mg Plate & sheet
SB-209 A95052 5052 25 22 ... 105 ... Al–2.5Mg Plate & sheet

Licensed by Information Handling Services


SB-209 A95083 5083 36 25 ... 105 ... Al–4.4Mg–Mn Plate & sheet > 7–8 in. (178–203 mm), incl.
SB-209 A95083 5083 37 25 ... 105 ... Al–4.4Mg–Mn Plate & sheet > 5–7 in. (127–178 mm), incl.
SB-209 A95083 5083 38 25 ... 105 ... Al–4.4Mg–Mn Plate & sheet > 3–5 in. (76–127 mm), incl.

COPYRIGHT American Society of Mechanical Engineers


SB-209 A95083 5083 39 25 ... 105 ... Al–4.4Mg–Mn Plate & sheet > 1.5–3 in. (38–76 mm), incl.
SB-209 A95083 5083 40 25 ... 105 ... Al–4.4Mg–Mn Plate & sheet > 0.05–1.5 in. (1.3–38 mm), incl.

SB-209 A95086 5086 34 25 ... 105 ... Al–4.0Mg–Mn Plate & sheet > 2–3 in. (51–76 mm), incl.
SB-209 A95086 5086 35 25 ... 105 ... Al–4.0Mg–Mn Plate & sheet > 0.05–2 in. (1.3–51 mm), incl.
SB-209 A95154 5154 30 22 ... 105 ... Al–3.5Mg Plate & sheet
SB-209 A95254 5254 30 22 ... 105 ... Al–3.5Mg Plate & sheet
SB-209 A95454 5454 31 22 ... 105 ... Al–2.7Mg–Mn Plate & sheet

115
SB-209 A95456 5456 38 25 ... 105 ... Al–5.1Mg–Mn Plate & sheet > 7–8 in. (178–203 mm), incl.
SB-209 A95456 5456 39 25 ... 105 ... Al–5.1Mg–Mn Plate & sheet > 5–7 in. (127–178 mm), incl.
WELDING DATA

SB-209 A95456 5456 40 25 ... 105 ... Al–5.1Mg–Mn Plate & sheet > 3–5 in. (76–127 mm), incl.
SB-209 A95456 5456 41 25 ... 105 ... Al–5.1Mg–Mn Plate & sheet > 1.5–3 in. (38–76 mm), incl.
SB-209 A95456 5456 42 25 ... 105 ... Al–5.1Mg–Mn Plate & sheet > 0.05–1.5 in. (1.3–38 mm), incl.
SB-209 A95652 5652 25 22 ... 105 ... Al–2.5Mg Plate & sheet

SB-209 A96061 6061 24 23 ... 105 ... Al–Mg–Si–Cu Plate & sheet
SB-209 ... Alclad 3003 13 21 ... 104 ... Al–Mn–Cu Plate & sheet > 0.05 in. < 0.5 in.

This is Electronic Page SEC9$$$20E Page # 115


(> 1.3 mm < 13 mm)
SB-209 ... Alclad 3003 14 21 ... 104 ... Al–Mn–Cu Plate & sheet ≥ 0.5–3 in. (13–76 mm), incl.
SB-209 ... Alclad 3004 21 22 ... 104 ... Al–Mn–Mg Plate & sheet > 0.05 in. < 0.5 in.
(>1.3 mm < 13 mm)
SB-209 ... Alclad 3004 22 22 ... 104 ... Al–Mn–Mg Plate & sheet ≥ 0.5–3 in. (13–76 mm), incl.
SB-209 ... Alclad 6061 24 23 ... 105 ... Al–Mg–Si–Cu Plate & sheet

B 209 A95050 5050 18 ... 21 ... 105 Al–1.5Mg Plate & sheet

SB-210 A91060 1060 8.5 21 ... 104 ... 99.6Al Smls. tube

Job # 41759 SEC9$$ $U21 05-17-01 07:00:23 PD: SEC9A Rev 16.01
SB-210 ... Alclad 3003 13 21 ... 104 ... Al–Mn–Cu Smls. tube
QW/QB-422
QW/QB-422 NONFERROUS P-NUMBERS AND S-NUMBERS
(Grouping of Base Metals for Qualification)
GENERAL NOTE: To convert from ksi to MPa, multiply tensile strength in table by 6.9.
QW/QB-422

Welding Brazing
Minimum
UNS Alloy, Type, or Specified P- S- P- S-
Spec. No. No. Grade Tensile, ksi No. No. No. No. Nominal Composition Product Form

SB-210 A93003 3003 14 21 ... 104 ... Al–Mn–Cu Smls. tube


SB-210 A95052 5052 25 22 ... 105 ... Al–2.5Mg Smls. tube
SB-210 A95154 5154 30 22 ... 105 ... Al–3.5Mg Smls. tube

ASME Section 9
SB-210 A96061 6061 24 23 ... 105 ... Al–Mg–Si–Cu Smls. tube
SB-210 A96063 6063 17 23 ... 105 ... Al–Mg–Si Smls. tube

Licensed by Information Handling Services


B 210 A95083 5083 39 ... 25 ... 105 Al–4.4Mg–Mn Smls. tube
B 210 A95086 5086 35 ... 25 ... 105 Al–4.0Mg–Mn Smls. tube
B 210 A95456 5456 41 ... 25 ... ... Al–5.1Mg–Mn Smls. tube

COPYRIGHT American Society of Mechanical Engineers


SB-211 A96061 6061 24 23 ... 105 ... Al–Mg–Si–Cu Bar, rod, & wire

SB-221 A91060 1060 8.5 21 ... 104 ... 99.6Al Bar, rod, & shapes
SB-221 A91100 1100 11 21 ... 104 ... 99.0Al Bar, rod, & shapes
SB-221 A93003 3003 14 21 ... 104 ... Al–Mn–Cu Bar, rod, & shapes
SB-221 A95083 5083 39 25 ... 105 ... Al–4.4Mg–Mn Bar, rod, & shapes

116
SB-221 A95154 5154 30 22 ... 105 ... Al–3.5Mg Bar, rod, & shapes
SB-221 A95454 5454 31 22 ... 105 ... Al–2.75Mg–Mn Bar, rod, & shapes
SB-221 A95456 5456 41 25 ... 105 ... Al–5.1Mg–Mn Bar, rod, & shapes
2001 SECTION IX

SB-221 A96061 6061 24 23 ... 105 ... Al–Mg–Si–Cu Bar, rod, & shapes
SB-221 A96063 6063 17 23 ... 105 ... Al–Mg–Si Bar, rod, & shapes

SB-234 A91060 1060 8.5 21 ... 104 ... 99.6Al Smls. tube
SB-234 ... Alclad 3003 13 21 ... 104 ... Al–Mn–Cu Smls. tube

SB-234 A93003 3003 14 21 ... 104 ... Al–Mn–Cu Smls. tube


SB-234 A95052 5052 25 22 ... 105 ... Al–2.5Mg Smls. tube
SB-234 A95454 5454 31 22 ... 105 ... Al–2.75Mg–Mn Smls. tube

This is Electronic Page SEC9$$$20E Page # 116


SB-234 A96061 6061 24 23 ... 105 ... Al–Mg–Si–Cu Smls. tube

SB-241 A91060 1060 8.5 21 ... 104 ... 99.6Al Smls. pipe & tube
SB-241 A91100 1100 11 21 ... 104 ... 99.0Al Smls. pipe & tube
SB-241 ... Alclad 3003 13 21 ... 104 ... Al–Mn–Cu Smls. pipe & tube
SB-241 A93003 3003 14 21 ... 104 ... Al–Mn–Cu Pipe & tube
SB-241 A95052 5052 25 22 ... 105 ... Al–2.5Mg Smls. pipe & tube
SB-241 A95083 5083 39 25 ... 105 ... Al–4.4Mg–Mn Smls. pipe & tube

Job # 41759 SEC9$$ $U21 05-17-01 07:00:23 PD: SEC9A Rev 16.01
QW/QB-422 NONFERROUS P-NUMBERS AND S-NUMBERS
(Grouping of Base Metals for Qualification)
GENERAL NOTE: To convert from ksi to MPa, multiply tensile strength in table by 6.9.

Welding Brazing
Minimum
UNS Alloy, Type, or Specified P- S- P- S-
Spec. No. No. Grade Tensile, ksi No. No. No. No. Nominal Composition Product Form

SB-241 A95086 5086 35 25 ... 105 ... Al–4.0Mg–Mn Smls. pipe & tube
SB-241 A95454 5454 31 22 ... 105 ... Al–2.7Mg–Mn Smls. pipe & tube

ASME Section 9
SB-241 A95456 5456 41 25 ... 105 ... Al–5.1Mg–Mn Smls. pipe & tube
SB-241 A96061 6061 24 23 ... 105 ... Al–Mg–Si–Cu Smls. pipe & tube

Licensed by Information Handling Services


SB-241 A96063 6063 17 23 ... 105 ... Al–Mg–Si Smls. pipe & tube

SB-247 A93003 3003 14 21 ... 104 ... Al–Mn–Cu Forgings


SB-247 A95083 5083 38 25 ... 105 ... Al–4.4Mg–Mn Forgings

COPYRIGHT American Society of Mechanical Engineers


SB-247 A96061 6061 24 23 ... 105 ... Al–Mg–Si–Cu Forgings

SB-265 R50250 1 35 51 ... 115 ... Ti Plate, sheet, & strip


SB-265 R50400 2 50 51 ... 115 ... Ti Plate, sheet, & strip
SB-265 R50550 3 65 52 ... 115 ... Ti Plate, sheet, & strip
SB-265 R52400 7 50 51 ... 115 ... Ti–Pd Plate, sheet, & strip
SB-265 R53400 12 70 52 ... 115 ... Ti–0.3Mo–0.8Ni Plate, sheet, & strip
SB-265 R56320 9 90 53 ... 115 ... Ti–3Al–2.5V Plate, sheet, & strip

117
SB-265 R52402 16 50 51 ... 115 ... Ti–Pd Plate, sheet, & strip
SB-265 R52250 11 35 51 ... 115 ... Ti–Pd Plate, sheet, & strip
SB-265 R52252 17 35 51 ... ... ... Ti–Pd Plate, sheet, & strip
WELDING DATA

SB-271 C95200 ... 65 35 ... 108 ... 88Cu–9Al–3Fe Castings


SB-271 C95400 ... 75 35 ... 108 ... 85Cu–11Al–4Fe Castings

B 280 C10200 102 30 ... 31 ... 107 99.95Cu–P Smls. tube


B 280 C12000 120 30 ... 31 ... 107 99.9Cu–P Smls. tube
B 280 C12200 122 30 ... 31 ... 107 99.9Cu–P Smls. tube

This is Electronic Page SEC9$$$20E Page # 117


B 283 C11000 Cu 33 ... 31 ... 107 99.9Cu Forgings
B 283 C37700 Forging brass 46 ... ... ... 107 60Cu–38Zn–2Pb Forgings > 1.5 in. (38 mm)
B 283 C37700 Forging brass 50 ... ... ... 107 60Cu–38Zn–2Pb Forgings ≤ 1.5 in. (38 mm)
B 283 C46400 Naval brass 64 ... 32 ... 107 60Cu–39Zn–Sn Forgings
B 283 C65500 High Si bronze 52 ... 33 ... 107 97Cu–3Si Forgings
B 283 C67500 Mn bronze 72 ... 32 ... 107 59Cu–39Zn–Fe–Sn Forgings

B 302 C12000 ... 36 ... 31 ... 107 99.9Cu–P Pipe


B 302 C12200 ... 36 ... 31 ... 107 99.9Cu–P Pipe

Job # 41759 SEC9$$ $U21 05-17-01 07:00:23 PD: SEC9A Rev 16.01
QW/QB-422
QW/QB-422 NONFERROUS P-NUMBERS AND S-NUMBERS
(Grouping of Base Metals for Qualification)
GENERAL NOTE: To convert from ksi to MPa, multiply tensile strength in table by 6.9.
QW/QB-422

Welding Brazing
Minimum
UNS Alloy, Type, or Specified P- S- P- S-
Spec. No. No. Grade Tensile, ksi No. No. No. No. Nominal Composition Product Form

SB-308 A96061 6061 24 23 ... 105 ... Al–Mg–Si–Cu Shapes

SB-315 C65500 ... 50 33 ... 107 ... 97Cu–3Si Pipe & tube

ASME Section 9
SB-333 N10001 ... 100 44 ... 112 ... 62Ni–28Mo–5Fe Plate, sheet, & strip ≥ 0.1875–2.5 in.

Licensed by Information Handling Services


(4.8–64 mm), incl.
SB-333 N10001 ... 115 44 ... 112 ... 62Ni–28Mo–5Fe Plate, sheet, & strip < 0.1875 in. (48 mm)
SB-333 N10629 ... 110 44 ... ... ... 66Ni–28Mo–3Fe–1.3Cr–0.25Al Plate, sheet, & strip
SB-333 N10665 ... 110 44 ... 112 ... 65Ni–28Mo–2Fe Plate, sheet, & strip
SB-333 N10675 ... 110 44 ... 112 ... 65Ni–29.5Mo–2Cr–2Fe–Mn–W Plate, sheet, & strip

COPYRIGHT American Society of Mechanical Engineers


SB-335 N10001 ... 100 44 ... 112 ... 62Ni–28Mo–5Fe Rod > 1.5–3.5 in. (38–89 mm), incl.
SB-335 N10001 ... 115 44 ... 112 ... 62Ni–28Mo–5Fe Rod ≥ 0.3125–1.5 in. (8–38 mm), incl.
SB-335 N10629 ... 110 44 ... ... ... 66Ni–28Mo–3Fe–1.3Cr–0.25Al Rod
SB-335 N10665 ... 110 44 ... 112 ... 65Ni–28Mo–2Fe Rod
SB-335 N10675 ... 110 44 ... 112 ... 65Ni–29.5Mo–2Cr–2Fe–Mn–W Rod

118
SB-338 R50250 1 35 51 ... 115 ... Ti Smls. & welded tube
SB-338 R50400 2 50 51 ... 115 ... Ti Smls. & welded tube
2001 SECTION IX

SB-338 R50550 3 65 52 ... 115 ... Ti Smls. & welded tube


SB-338 R52400 7 50 51 ... 115 ... Ti–Pd Smls. & welded tube
SB-338 R52402 16 50 51 ... 115 ... Ti–Pd Smls. & welded tube
SB-338 R53400 12 70 52 ... 115 ... Ti–0.3Mo–0.8Ni Smls. & welded tube
SB-338 R56320 9 90 53 ... 115 ... Ti–3Al–2.5V Smls. & welded tube

B 345 A91060 1060 8.5 ... 21 ... 104 99.60Al Smls. pipe & tube
B 345 A93003 3003 ... ... 21 ... 104 Al–Mn–Cu Smls. pipe & tube
B 345 A95083 5083 39 ... 25 ... 105 Al–4.4Mg–Mn Smls. pipe & tube

This is Electronic Page SEC9$$$20E Page # 118


B 345 A95086 5086 37 ... 25 ... 105 Al–4.0Mg–Mn Smls. pipe & tube
B 345 A96061 6061 24 ... 23 ... 105 Al–Mg–Si–Cu Smls. pipe & tube
B 345 A96063 6063 17 ... 23 ... 105 Al–Mg–Si Smls. pipe & tube

SB-348 R50250 1 35 51 ... 115 ... Ti Bars & billets


SB-348 R50400 2 50 51 ... 115 ... Ti Bars & billets
SB-348 R50550 3 65 52 ... 115 ... Ti Bars & billets
SB-348 R52400 7 50 51 ... 115 ... Ti–Pd Bars & billets
SB-348 R53400 12 70 52 ... 115 ... Ti–0.3Mo–0.8Ni Bars & billets

Job # 41759 SEC9$$ $U21 05-17-01 07:00:23 PD: SEC9A Rev 16.01
QW/QB-422 NONFERROUS P-NUMBERS AND S-NUMBERS
(Grouping of Base Metals for Qualification)
GENERAL NOTE: To convert from ksi to MPa, multiply tensile strength in table by 6.9.

Welding Brazing
Minimum
UNS Alloy, Type, or Specified P- S- P- S-
Spec. No. No. Grade Tensile, ksi No. No. No. No. Nominal Composition Product Form

SB-348 R52402 16 50 51 ... ... ... Ti–Pd Bars & billets


SB-348 R56320 9 90 53 ... 115 ... Ti–3Al–2.5V Bars & billets

ASME Section 9
A 351 N08603 HT30 65 ... 45 ... 111 35Ni–15Cr–0.5Mo Castings

Licensed by Information Handling Services


SA-351 J94651 CN3MN 80 45 ... 111 ... 46Fe–24Ni–21Cr–6Mo–Cu–N Castings
SA-351 N08007 CN7M 62 45 ... 111 ... 28Ni–19Cr–Cu–Mo Castings
SA-351 N08151 CT15C 63 45 ... 111 ... 32Ni–45Fe–20Cr–Cb Castings

COPYRIGHT American Society of Mechanical Engineers


SB-359 C10200 ... 30 31 ... 107 ... 99.95Cu–P Smls. tube
SB-359 C12000 ... 30 31 ... 107 ... 99.9Cu–P Smls. tube
SB-359 C12200 ... 30 31 ... 107 ... 99.9Cu–P Smls. tube

SB-359 C14200 ... 30 31 ... 107 ... 99.4Cu–As-P Smls. tube


SB-359 C19200 ... 38 31 ... 107 ... 99.7Cu–Fe–P Smls. tube
SB-359 C23000 ... 40 32 ... 107 ... 85Cu–15Zn Smls. tube

119
SB-359 C44300 ... 45 32 ... 107 ... 71Cu–28Zn–1Sn–0.06As Smls. tube
SB-359 C44400 ... 45 32 ... 107 ... 71Cu–28Zn–1Sn–0.06Sb Smls. tube
WELDING DATA

SB-359 C44500 ... 45 32 ... 107 ... 71Cu–28Zn–1Sn–0.06P Smls. tube


SB-359 C60800 ... 50 35 ... 108 ... 95Cu–5Al Smls. tube
SB-359 C68700 ... 50 32 ... 108 ... 78Cu–20Zn–2Al Smls. tube

SB-359 C70400 ... 38 34 ... 107 ... 95Cu–5Ni Smls. tube


SB-359 C70600 ... 40 34 ... 107 ... 90Cu–10Ni Smls. tube
SB-359 C71000 ... 45 34 ... 107 ... 80Cu–20Ni Smls. tube
SB-359 C71500 ... 52 34 ... 107 ... 70Cu–30Ni Smls. tube

This is Electronic Page SEC9$$$20E Page # 119


B 361 A91060 WP1060 8 ... 21 ... 104 99.60Al Fittings
B 361 A91100 WP1100 11 ... 21 ... 104 99.0Al–Cu Fittings
B 361 ... WP Alclad 3003 13 ... 21 ... 104 Al–Mn–Cu Fittings
B 361 A93003 WP3003 14 ... 21 ... 104 Al–Mn–Cu Fittings
B 361 A95083 5083 39 ... 25 ... 105 Al–4.4Mg–Mn Fittings
B 361 A95154 5154 30 ... 22 ... 105 Al–3.5Mg Fittings
B 361 A96061 WP6061 24 ... 23 ... 105 Al–Mg–Si–Cu Fittings
B 361 A96063 WP6063 17 ... 23 ... 105 Al–Mg–Si Fittings

Job # 41759 SEC9$$ $U21 05-17-01 07:00:23 PD: SEC9A Rev 16.01
SB-363 R50250 WPT 1 35 51 ... 115 ... Ti Smls. & welded fittings
QW/QB-422
QW/QB-422 NONFERROUS P-NUMBERS AND S-NUMBERS
(Grouping of Base Metals for Qualification)
GENERAL NOTE: To convert from ksi to MPa, multiply tensile strength in table by 6.9.
QW/QB-422

Welding Brazing
Minimum
UNS Alloy, Type, or Specified P- S- P- S-
Spec. No. No. Grade Tensile, ksi No. No. No. No. Nominal Composition Product Form

SB-363 R50400 WPT 2 50 51 ... 115 ... Ti Smls. & welded fittings
SB-363 R50550 WPT 3 65 52 ... 115 ... Ti Smls. & welded fittings
SB-363 R52400 7 50 51 ... 115 ... Ti–Pd Smls. & welded pipe

ASME Section 9
SB-363 R53400 12 70 52 ... 115 ... Ti–0.3Mo–0.8Ni Smls. & welded pipe
SB-363 R56320 WPT-9 90 53 ... 115 ... Ti–3Al–2.5V Smls. & welded fittings

Licensed by Information Handling Services


SB-366 N02200 ... 55 41 ... 110 ... 99Ni Fittings
SB-366 N02201 ... 50 41 ... 110 ... 99Ni-Low C Fittings
SB-366 N04400 ... 70 42 ... 110 ... 67Ni–30Cu Fittings
SB-366 N06002 ... 100 43 ... 111 ... 47Ni–22Cr–18Fe–9Mo Fittings

COPYRIGHT American Society of Mechanical Engineers


SB-366 N06007 ... 90 45 ... 111 ... 47Ni–22Cr–19Fe–6Mo Fittings

SB-366 N06022 ... 100 44 ... 112 ... 55Ni–21Cr–13.5Mo Fittings

SB-366 N06030 ... 85 45 ... 111 ... 40Ni–29Cr–15Fe–5Mo Fittings


SB-366 N06045 ... 90 46 ... ... ... 46Ni–27Cr–23Fe–2.75Si Fittings

120
SB-366 N06059 ... 100 44 ... 112 ... 59Ni–23Cr–16Mo Fittings
SB-366 N06230 ... 110 47 ... ... ... 53Ni–22Cr–14W–Co–Fe–Mo Fittings
SB-366 N06455 ... 100 44 ... 112 ... 61Ni–15Mo–16Cr Fittings
2001 SECTION IX

SB-366 N06600 ... 80 43 ... 111 ... 72Ni–15Cr–8Fe Fittings


SB-366 N06625 ... 110 43 ... 111 ... 60Ni–22Cr–9Mo–3.5Cb Fittings
SB-366 N06985 ... 90 45 ... 111 ... 47Ni–22Cr–20Fe–7Mo Fittings
SB-366 N08020 ... 80 45 ... 111 ... 35Ni–35Fe–20Cr–Cb Fittings
SB-366 N08031 ... 94 95 ... 111 ... 31Ni–36Fe–27Cr–6Mo Fittings
SB-366 N08330 ... 70 46 ... 111 ... 35Ni–19Cr–1.25Sl Fittings
SB-366 N08800 ... 75 45 ... 111 ... 33Ni–42Fe–21Cr Fittings

SB-366 N08825 ... 85 45 ... 111 ... 42Ni–21.5Cr–3Mo–2.3Cu Fittings

This is Electronic Page SEC9$$$20E Page # 120


SB-366 N08925 ... 87 45 ... 111 ... 25Ni–20Cr–6Mo–Cu–N Fittings

SB-366 N10001 ... 100 44 ... 112 ... 62Ni–28Mo–5Fe Fittings

SB-366 N10003 ... 100 44 ... 112 ... 70Ni–16Mo–7Cr–5Fe Fittings


SB-366 N10276 ... 100 44 ... 112 ... 54Ni–16Mo–15Cr Fittings
SB-366 N10629 ... 110 44 ... ... ... 66Ni–28Mo–3Fe–1.3Cr–0.25Al Fittings
SB-366 N10665 ... 110 44 ... 112 ... 65Ni–28Mo–2Fe Fittings
SB-366 N10675 ... 110 44 ... 112 ... 65Ni–29.5Mo–2Cr–2Fe–Mn–W Fittings

Job # 41759 SEC9$$ $U21 05-17-01 07:00:23 PD: SEC9A Rev 16.01
QW/QB-422 NONFERROUS P-NUMBERS AND S-NUMBERS
(Grouping of Base Metals for Qualification)
GENERAL NOTE: To convert from ksi to MPa, multiply tensile strength in table by 6.9.

Welding Brazing
Minimum
UNS Alloy, Type, or Specified P- S- P- S-
Spec. No. No. Grade Tensile, ksi No. No. No. No. Nominal Composition Product Form

SB-366 R20033 ... 109 45 ... ... ... 33Cr–31Ni–32Fe–1.5Mo–0.6Cu–N Fittings

ASME Section 9
B 366 N08031 ... 94 ... 45 ... 111 31Ni–31Fe–27Cr–7Mo Fittings
B 366 N08926 ... 94 ... 45 ... 111 25Ni–20Cr–6Mo–Cu–N Fittings

Licensed by Information Handling Services


SB-367 R50400 Gr. C–2 50 51 ... 115 ... Ti Castings
SB-367 R50550 Gr. C–3 65 52 ... 115 ... Ti Castings

SB-369 C96200 ... 45 34 ... 107 ... 87.5Cu–10Ni–Fe–Mn Castings

COPYRIGHT American Society of Mechanical Engineers


SB-381 R50250 F–1 35 51 ... 115 ... Ti Forgings
SB-381 R50400 F–2 50 51 ... 115 ... Ti Forgings
SB-381 R50550 F–3 65 52 ... 115 ... Ti Forgings
SB-381 R52400 F–7 50 51 ... 115 ... Ti–Pd Forgings
SB-381 R52402 F–16 50 51 ... ... ... Ti–Pd Forgings
SB-381 R53400 F–12 70 52 ... 115 ... Ti–0.3Mo–0.8Ni Forgings

121
SB-381 R56320 F–9 90 53 ... 115 ... Ti–3Al–2.5V Forgings

SB-395 C10200 ... 36 31 ... 107 ... 99.95Cu–P Smls. tube


WELDING DATA

SB-395 C12000 ... 36 31 ... 107 ... 99.9Cu–P Smls. tube


SB-395 C12200 ... 36 31 ... 107 ... 99.9Cu–P Smls. tube
SB-395 C14200 ... 36 31 ... 107 ... 99.4Cu–As–P Smls. tube
SB-395 C19200 ... 38 31 ... 107 ... 99.7Cu–Fe–P Smls. tube
SB-395 C23000 ... 40 32 ... 107 ... 85Cu–15Zn Smls. tube

SB-395 C44300 ... 45 32 ... 107 ... 71Cu–28Zn–1Sn–0.06As Smls. tube


SB-395 C44400 ... 45 32 ... 107 ... 71Cu–28Zn–1Sn–0.06Sb Smls. tube

This is Electronic Page SEC9$$$20E Page # 121


SB-395 C44500 ... 45 32 ... 107 ... 71Cu–28Zn–1Sn–0.06P Smls. tube
SB-395 C60800 ... 50 35 ... 108 ... 95Cu–5Al Smls. tube
SB-395 C68700 ... 50 32 ... 108 ... 78Cu–20Zn–2Al Smls. tube

SB-395 C70600 ... 40 34 ... 107 ... 90Cu–10Ni Smls. tube


SB-395 C71000 ... 45 34 ... 107 ... 80Cu–20Ni Smls. tube
SB-395 C71500 ... 52 34 ... 107 ... 70Cu–30Ni Smls. tube

SB-407 N08800 ... 75 45 ... 111 ... 33Ni–42Fe–21Cr Smls. pipe & tube

Job # 41759 SEC9$$ $U21 05-17-01 07:00:23 PD: SEC9A Rev 16.01
SB-407 N08810 ... 65 45 ... 111 ... 33Ni–42Fe–21Cr Smls. pipe & tube
SB-407 N08811 ... 65 45 ... 111 ... 33Ni–42Fe–21Cr–Al–Ti Smls. pipe & tube
QW/QB-422
QW/QB-422 NONFERROUS P-NUMBERS AND S-NUMBERS
(Grouping of Base Metals for Qualification)
GENERAL NOTE: To convert from ksi to MPa, multiply tensile strength in table by 6.9.
QW/QB-422

Welding Brazing
Minimum
UNS Alloy, Type, or Specified P- S- P- S-
Spec. No. No. Grade Tensile, ksi No. No. No. No. Nominal Composition Product Form

SB-408 N08800 ... 75 45 ... 111 ... 33Ni–42Fe–21Cr Rod & bar
SB-408 N08810 ... 65 45 ... 111 ... 33Ni–42Fe–21Cr Rod & bar
SB-408 N08811 ... 65 45 ... 111 ... 33Ni–42Fe–21Cr–Al–Ti Rod & bar

ASME Section 9
SB-409 N08800 ... 75 45 ... 111 ... 33Ni–42Fe–21Cr Plate, sheet, & strip

Licensed by Information Handling Services


SB-409 N08810 ... 65 45 ... 111 ... 33Ni–42Fe–21Cr Plate, sheet, & strip
SB-409 N08811 ... 65 45 ... 111 ... 33Ni–42Fe–21Cr–Al–Ti Plate, sheet, & strip

SB-423 N08825 ... 75 45 ... 111 ... 42Ni–21.5Cr–3Mo–2.3Cu Smls. pipe & tube

COPYRIGHT American Society of Mechanical Engineers


SB-424 N08825 ... 85 45 ... 111 ... 42Ni–21.5Cr–3Mo–2.3Cu Plate, sheet, & strip

SB-425 N08825 ... 85 45 ... 111 ... 42Ni–21.5Cr–3Mo–2.3Cu Rod & bar

SB-434 N10003 ... 100 44 ... 112 ... 70Ni–16Mo–7Cr–5Fe Plate, sheet, & strip

122
SB-435 N06002 ... 95 43 ... 111 ... 47Ni–22Cr–9Mo–18Fe Plate, sheet, & strip
SB-435 N06230 ... 110 47 ... 111 ... 53Ni–22Cr–14W–Co–Fe–Mo Plate, sheet, & strip
SB-435 R30556 ... 100 45 ... 111 ... 21Ni–30Fe–22Cr–18Co–3Mo–3W Plate, sheet, & strip
2001 SECTION IX

SB-443 N06625 2 100 43 ... 111 ... 60Ni–22Cr–9Mo–3.5Cb Plate, sheet, & strip
SB-443 N06625 1 110 43 ... 111 ... 60Ni–22Cr–9Mo–3.5Cb Plate, sheet, & strip

SB-444 N06625 1 120 43 ... 111 ... 60Ni–22Cr–9Mo–3.5Cb Pipe & tube
SB-444 N06625 2 100 43 ... 111 ... 60Ni–22Cr–9Mo–3.5Cb Pipe & tube

SB-446 N06625 1 120 43 ... 111 ... 60Ni–22Cr–9Mo–3.5Cb Rod & bar
SB-446 N06625 2 100 43 ... 111 ... 60Ni–22Cr–9Mo–3.5Cb Rod & bar

This is Electronic Page SEC9$$$20E Page # 122


SB-462 N08020 ... 80 45 ... 111 ... 35Ni–35Fe–20Cr–Cb Forgings
SB-462 N08367 ... 95 45 ... 111 ... 46Fe–24Ni–21Cr–6Mo–Cu–N Forgings

SB-463 N08020 ... 80 45 ... 111 ... 35Ni–35Fe–20Cr–Cb Plate, sheet, & strip
SB-463 N08024 ... 80 45 ... 111 ... 37Ni–33Fe–23Cr–4Mo–1Cu Plate, sheet, & strip
SB-463 N08026 ... 80 45 ... 111 ... 35Ni–30Fe–24Cr–5Mo–Cu Plate, sheet, & strip

SB-464 N08020 ... 80 45 ... 111 ... 35Ni–35Fe–20Cr–Cb Welded pipe


SB-464 N08024 ... 80 45 ... 111 ... 37Ni–33Fe–23Cr–4Mo–1Cu Welded pipe

Job # 41759 SEC9$$ $U21 05-17-01 07:00:24 PD: SEC9A Rev 16.01
QW/QB-422 NONFERROUS P-NUMBERS AND S-NUMBERS
(Grouping of Base Metals for Qualification)
GENERAL NOTE: To convert from ksi to MPa, multiply tensile strength in table by 6.9.

Welding Brazing
Minimum
UNS Alloy, Type, or Specified P- S- P- S-
Spec. No. No. Grade Tensile, ksi No. No. No. No. Nominal Composition Product Form

SB-464 N08026 ... 80 45 ... 111 ... 35Ni–30Fe–24Cr–5Mo–Cu Welded pipe

ASME Section 9
SB-466 C70600 ... 38 34 ... 107 ... 90Cu–10Ni Pipe & tube
SB-466 C71000 ... 45 34 ... 107 ... 80Cu–20Ni Pipe & tube

Licensed by Information Handling Services


SB-466 C71500 ... 50 34 ... 107 ... 70Cu–30Ni Pipe & tube

SB-467 C70600 ... 38 34 ... 107 ... 90Cu–10Ni Pipe > 4.5 in. (114 mm) O.D.
SB-467 C70600 ... 40 34 ... 107 ... 90Cu–10Ni Pipe ≤ 4.5 in. (114 mm) O.D.
SB-467 C71500 ... 45 34 ... 107 ... 70Cu–30Ni Pipe 4.5 in. (114 mm) O.D.

COPYRIGHT American Society of Mechanical Engineers


>
SB-467 C71500 ... 50 34 ... 107 ... 70Cu–30Ni Pipe ≤ 4.5 in. (114 mm) O.D.

SB-468 N08020 ... 80 45 ... 111 ... 35Ni–35Fe–20Cr–Cb Welded tube


SB-468 N08024 ... 80 45 ... 111 ... 37Ni–33Fe–23Cr–4Mo–1Cu Welded tube
SB-468 N08026 ... 80 45 ... 111 ... 35Ni–30Fe–24Cr–5Mo–2Cu Welded tube

SB-473 N08020 ... 80 45 ... 111 ... 35Ni–35Fe–20Cr–Cb Bar

123
B 491 A93003 3003 14 ... 21 ... 104 Al–Mn–Cu Extruded tubes
WELDING DATA

SB-493 R60702 R60702 55 61 ... 117 ... 99.2Zr Forgings


SB-493 R60705 R60705 70 62 ... 117 ... 95.5Zr+2.5Cb Forgings

SA-494 N26022 CX2MW 80 44 ... ... ... 59Ni–22Cr–14Mo–4Fe–3W Castings

SB-505 C95200 ... 68 35 ... 108 ... 88Cu–9Al–3Fe Castings

SB-511 N08330 ... 70 46 ... 111 ... 35Ni–19Cr–1.25Si Bars & shapes

This is Electronic Page SEC9$$$20E Page # 123


SB-514 N08800 ... 75 45 ... 111 ... 33Ni–42Fe–21Cr Welded pipe
SB-514 N08810 ... 65 45 ... 111 ... 33Ni–42Fe–21Cr Welded pipe

SB-515 N08800 ... 75 45 ... 111 ... 33Ni–42Fe–21Cr Welded tube


SB-515 N08810 ... 65 45 ... 111 ... 33Ni–42Fe–21Cr Welded tube
SB-515 N08811 ... 65 45 ... ... ... 33Ni–42Fe–21Cr–Al–Ti Welded tube

SB-516 N06045 ... 90 46 ... ... ... 46Ni–27Cr–23Fe–2.75Si Welded tube

Job # 41759 SEC9$$ $U21 05-17-01 07:00:24 PD: SEC9A Rev 16.01
SB-516 N06600 ... 80 43 ... 111 ... 72Ni–15Cr–8Fe Welded tube
QW/QB-422
QW/QB-422 NONFERROUS P-NUMBERS AND S-NUMBERS
(Grouping of Base Metals for Qualification)
GENERAL NOTE: To convert from ksi to MPa, multiply tensile strength in table by 6.9.
QW/QB-422

Welding Brazing
Minimum
UNS Alloy, Type, or Specified P- S- P- S-
Spec. No. No. Grade Tensile, ksi No. No. No. No. Nominal Composition Product Form

SB-517 N06045 ... 90 46 ... ... ... 46Ni–27Cr–23Fe–2.75Si Welded pipe


SB-517 N06600 ... 80 43 ... 111 ... 72Ni–15Cr–8Fe Welded pipe

ASME Section 9
SB-523 R60702 R60702 55 61 ... 117 ... 99.2Zr Smls. & welded tube
SB-523 R60705 R60705 80 62 ... 117 ... 95.5Zr+2.5Cb Smls. & welded tube

Licensed by Information Handling Services


SB-535 N08330 ... 70 46 ... 111 ... 35Ni–19Cr–1.25Si Smls. pipe

SB-536 N08330 ... 70 46 ... 111 ... 35Ni–19Cr–1.25Si Plate, sheet, & strip

COPYRIGHT American Society of Mechanical Engineers


SB-543 C12200 ... 30 31 ... 107 ... 99.9Cu–P Welded tube
SB-543 C19400 ... 45 31 ... 107 ... 97.5Cu–P Welded tube
SB-543 C23000 ... 40 32 ... 107 ... 85Cu–15Zn Welded tube
SB-543 C44300 ... 45 32 ... 107 ... 71Cu–28Zn–1Sn–0.06As Welded tube
SB-543 C44400 ... 45 32 ... 107 ... 71Cu–28Zn–1Sn–0.06Sb Welded tube
SB-543 C44500 ... 45 32 ... 107 ... 71Cu–28Zn–1Sn–0.06P Welded tube

124
SB-543 C68700 ... 50 32 ... 108 ... 78Cu–20Zn–2Al Welded tube

SB-543 C70400 ... 38 34 ... 107 ... 95Cu–5Ni Welded tube


2001 SECTION IX

SB-543 C70600 ... 40 34 ... 107 ... 90Cu–10Ni Welded tube


SB-543 C71500 ... 52 34 ... 107 ... 70Cu–30Ni Welded tube
SB-543 C71640 ... 63 34 ... 107 ... 66Cu–30.5Ni–2Fe–2Mn Welded tube

B 547 ... Alclad 3003 13 ... 21 ... 104 Al–Mn–Cu Welded tube
B 547 A93003 3003 14 ... 21 ... 104 Al–Mn–Cu Welded tube
B 547 A95083 5083 40 ... 25 ... 105 Al–4.4Mg–Mn Welded tube
B 547 A95454 5454 31 ... 22 ... 105 Al–2.7Mg–Mn Welded tube

This is Electronic Page SEC9$$$20E Page # 124


B 547 A96061 6061 24 ... 23 ... 105 Al–Mg–Si–Cu Welded tube

SB-550 R60702 R60702 55 61 ... 117 ... 99.2Zr Bar & wire
SB-550 R60705 R60705 80 62 ... 117 ... 95.5Zr+2.5Cb Bar & wire

SB-551 R60702 R60702 55 61 ... 117 ... 99.2Zr Plate, sheet, & strip
SB-551 R60705 R60705 80 62 ... 117 ... 95.5Zr+2.5Cb Plate, sheet, & strip

SB-564 N04400 ... 70 42 ... 110 ... 67Ni–30Cu Forgings

Job # 41759 SEC9$$ $U21 05-17-01 07:00:24 PD: SEC9A Rev 16.01
SB-564 N06022 ... 100 44 ... 112 ... 55Ni–21Cr–13.5Mo Forgings
QW/QB-422 NONFERROUS P-NUMBERS AND S-NUMBERS
(Grouping of Base Metals for Qualification)
GENERAL NOTE: To convert from ksi to MPa, multiply tensile strength in table by 6.9.

Welding Brazing
Minimum
UNS Alloy, Type, or Specified P- S- P- S-
Spec. No. No. Grade Tensile, ksi No. No. No. No. Nominal Composition Product Form

SB-564 N06025 ... 90 46 ... ... ... 46Ni–27Cr–23Fe–2.75Si Forgings


SB-564 N06059 ... 100 44 ... 111 ... 59Ni–23Cr–16Mo Forgings

ASME Section 9
SB-564 N06230 ... 110 47 ... ... ... 53Ni–22Cr–14W–Co–Fe–Mo Forgings
SB-564 N06600 ... 80 43 ... 111 ... 72Ni–15Cr–8Fe Forgings

Licensed by Information Handling Services


SB-564 N06625 ... 110 43 ... 111 ... 60Ni–22Cr–9Mo–3.5Cb Forgings > 4–10 in., incl.
SB-564 N06625 ... 120 43 ... 111 ... 60Ni–22Cr–9Mo–3.5Cb Forgings ≤ 4 in.

SB-564 N06690 ... 85 43 ... ... ... 58Ni–29Cr–9Fe Forgings

COPYRIGHT American Society of Mechanical Engineers


SB-564 N08031 ... 94 45 ... 111 ... 36Ni–36Fe–27Cr–6Mo Forgings
SB-564 N08800 ... 75 45 ... 111 ... 33Ni–42Fe–21Cr Forgings
SB-564 N08810 ... 65 45 ... 111 ... 33Ni–42Fe–21Cr Forgings
SB-564 N08811 ... 65 45 ... ... ... 33Ni–42Fe–21Cr–1–Al–Ti Forgings
SB-564 N08367 ... 95 45 ... 111 ... 46Fe–24Ni–21Cr–6Mo–Cu–N Forgings
SB-564 N10276 ... 100 44 ... 112 ... 54Ni–16Mo–15Cr Forgings
SB-564 N10629 ... 110 44 ... ... ... 66Ni–28Mo–3Fe–1.3Cr–0.25Al Forgings
SB-564 N10675 ... 110 44 ... 112 ... 65Ni–29.5Mo–2Cr–2Fe–Mn–W Forgings

125
SB-564 R20033 ... 109 45 ... ... ... 33Cr–31Ni–32Fe–1.5Mo–0.6Cu–N Forgings

B 564 N02200 ... 55 ... 41 ... 110 99.0Ni Forgings


WELDING DATA

B 564 N08031 ... 94 ... 45 ... 111 31Ni–31Fe–27Cr–7Mo Forgings


B 564 N08811 ... 65 ... 45 ... 111 33Ni–42Fe–21Cr–Al–Ti Forgings

SB-572 N06002 ... 95 43 ... 111 ... 47Ni–22Cr–9Mo–18Fe Rod


SB-572 N06230 ... 110 47 ... 111 ... 53Ni–22Cr–14W–Co–Fe–Mo Rod
SB-572 R30556 ... 100 45 ... 111 ... 21Ni–30Fe–22Cr–18Co–3Mo–3W Rod

This is Electronic Page SEC9$$$20E Page # 125


SB-573 N10003 ... 100 44 ... 112 ... 70Ni–16Mo–7Cr–5Fe Rod

SB-574 N06022 ... 100 44 ... 112 ... 55Ni–21Cr–13.5Mo Rod


SB-574 N06059 ... 100 44 ... 112 ... 59Ni–23Cr–16Mo Rod
SB-574 N06455 ... 100 44 ... 112 ... 61Ni–16Mo–16Cr Rod
SB-574 N10276 ... 100 44 ... 112 ... 54Ni–16Mo–15Cr Rod

SB-575 N06022 ... 100 44 ... 112 ... 55Ni–21Cr–13.5Mo Plate, sheet, & strip
SB-575 N06059 ... 100 44 ... 112 ... 59Ni–23Cr–16Mo Plate, sheet, & strip
SB-575 N06455 ... 100 44 ... 112 ... 61Ni–16Mo–16Cr Plate, sheet, & strip

Job # 41759 SEC9$$ $U21 05-17-01 07:00:24 PD: SEC9A Rev 16.01
SB-575 N10276 ... 100 44 ... 112 ... 54Ni–16Mo–15Cr Plate, sheet, & strip
QW/QB-422
QW/QB-422 NONFERROUS P-NUMBERS AND S-NUMBERS
(Grouping of Base Metals for Qualification)
GENERAL NOTE: To convert from ksi to MPa, multiply tensile strength in table by 6.9.
QW/QB-422

Welding Brazing
Minimum
UNS Alloy, Type, or Specified P- S- P- S-
Spec. No. No. Grade Tensile, ksi No. No. No. No. Nominal Composition Product Form

SB-581 N06007 ... 85 45 ... 111 ... 47Ni–22Cr–19Fe–6Mo Rod > 0.75–3.5 in. (19–89 mm), incl.
SB-581 N06007 ... 90 45 ... 111 ... 47Ni–22Cr–19Fe–6Mo Rod, 0.3125–0.75 in. (8–19 mm), incl.
SB-581 N06030 ... 85 45 ... 111 ... 40Ni–29Cr–15Fe–5Mo Rod

ASME Section 9
SB-581 N06975 ... 85 45 ... 111 ... 49Ni–25Cr–18Fe–6Mo Rod
SB-581 N06985 ... 85 45 ... 111 ... 47Ni–22Cr–20Fe–7Mo Rod > 0.75–3.5 in. (19–89 mm), incl.

Licensed by Information Handling Services


SB-581 N06985 ... 90 45 ... 111 ... 47Ni–22Cr–20Fe–7Mo Rod, 0.3125–0.75 in. (8–19 mm), incl.
SB-581 N08031 ... 94 45 ... 111 ... 31Ni–36Fe–27Cr–6Mo Rod

SB-582 N06007 ... 85 45 ... 111 ... 47Ni–22Cr–19Fe–6Mo Plate, sheet, & strip > 0.75–2.5 in.
(19–64 mm), incl.

COPYRIGHT American Society of Mechanical Engineers


SB-582 N06007 ... 90 45 ... 111 ... 47Ni–22Cr–19Fe–6Mo Plate, sheet, & strip ≤ 0.75 in. (19 mm)
SB-582 N06030 ... 85 45 ... 111 ... 40Ni–29Cr–15Fe–5Mo Plate, sheet, & strip
SB-582 N06975 ... 85 45 ... 111 ... 49Ni–25Cr–18Fe–6Mo Plate, sheet, & strip

SB-582 N06985 ... 85 45 ... 111 ... 47Ni–22Cr–20Fe–7Mo Plate, sheet, & strip > 0.75–2.5 in.
(19–64 mm), incl.

126
SB-582 N06985 ... 90 45 ... 111 ... 47Ni–22Cr–20Fe–7Mo Plate, sheet, & strip ≤ 0.75 in. (19 mm)

SB-599 N08700 ... 80 45 ... 111 ... 25Ni–47Fe–21Cr–5Mo Plate, sheet, & strip
2001 SECTION IX

SB-619 N06002 ... 100 43 ... 111 ... 47Ni–22Cr–9Mo–18Fe Welded pipe
SB-619 N06007 ... 90 45 ... 111 ... 47Ni–22Cr–19Fe–6Mo Welded pipe
SB-619 N06022 ... 100 44 ... 112 ... 55Ni–21Cr–13.5Mo Welded pipe
SB-619 N06030 ... 85 45 ... 111 ... 40Ni–29Cr–15Fe–5Mo Welded pipe
SB-619 N06059 ... 100 44 ... 112 ... 59Ni–23Cr–16Mo Welded pipe
SB-619 N06230 ... 110 47 ... 111 ... 53Ni–22Cr–14W–Co–Fe–Mo Welded pipe

SB-619 N06455 ... 100 44 ... 112 ... 61Ni–16Mo–16Cr Welded pipe

This is Electronic Page SEC9$$$20E Page # 126


SB-619 N06975 ... 85 45 ... 111 ... 49Ni–25Cr–18Fe–6Mo Welded pipe
SB-619 N06985 ... 90 45 ... 111 ... 47Ni–22Cr–20Fe–7Mo Welded pipe
SB-619 N08031 ... 94 45 ... 111 ... 31Ni–36Fe–27Cr–6Mo Welded pipe
SB-619 N08320 ... 75 45 ... 111 ... 26Ni–22Cr–5Mo–Ti Welded pipe
SB-619 N10001 ... 100 44 ... 112 ... 62Ni–28Mo–5Fe Welded pipe

SB-619 N10276 ... 100 44 ... 112 ... 54Ni–16Mo–15Cr Welded pipe
SB-619 N10629 ... 110 44 ... ... ... 66Ni–28Mo–3Fe–1.3Cr–0.25Al Welded pipe
SB-619 N10665 ... 110 44 ... 112 ... 65Ni–28Mo–2Fe Welded pipe

Job # 41759 SEC9$$ $U21 05-17-01 07:00:24 PD: SEC9A Rev 16.01
QW/QB-422 NONFERROUS P-NUMBERS AND S-NUMBERS
(Grouping of Base Metals for Qualification)
GENERAL NOTE: To convert from ksi to MPa, multiply tensile strength in table by 6.9.

Welding Brazing
Minimum
UNS Alloy, Type, or Specified P- S- P- S-
Spec. No. No. Grade Tensile, ksi No. No. No. No. Nominal Composition Product Form

SB-619 N10675 ... 110 44 ... 112 ... 65Ni–29.5Mo–2Cr–2Fe–Mn–W Welded pipe
SB-619 R20033 ... 109 45 ... ... ... 33Cr–31Ni–32Fe–1.5Mo–0.6Cu–N Welded pipe

ASME Section 9
SB-619 R30556 ... 100 45 ... 111 ... 21Ni–30Fe–22Cr–18Co–3Mo–3W Welded pipe

Licensed by Information Handling Services


B 619 N06059 ... 100 ... 44 ... 112 59Ni–23Cr–16Mo Welded pipe
B 619 N08031 ... 94 ... 45 ... 111 31Ni–31Fe–27Cr–7Mo Welded pipe

SB-620 N08320 ... 75 45 ... 111 ... 26Ni–22Cr–5Mo–Ti Plate, sheet, & strip

COPYRIGHT American Society of Mechanical Engineers


SB-621 N08320 ... 75 45 ... 111 ... 26Ni–22Cr–5Mo–Ti Rod

SB-622 N06002 ... 100 43 ... 111 ... 47Ni–22Cr–9Mo–18Fe Smls. pipe & tube
SB-622 N06007 ... 90 45 ... 111 ... 47Ni–22Cr–19Fe–6Mo Smls. pipe & tube
SB-622 N06022 ... 100 44 ... 112 ... 55Ni–21Cr–13.5Mo Smls. pipe & tube
SB-622 N06030 ... 85 45 ... 111 ... 40Ni–29Cr–15Fe–5Mo Smls. pipe & tube
SB-622 N06059 ... 100 44 ... 112 ... 59Ni–23Cr–16Mo Smls. pipe & tube

127
SB-622 N06230 ... 110 47 ... 111 ... 53Ni–22Cr–14W–Co–Fe–Mo Smls. pipe & tube

SB-622 N06455 ... 100 44 ... 112 ... 61Ni–16Mo–16Cr Smls. pipe & tube
WELDING DATA

SB-622 N06975 ... 85 45 ... 111 ... 49Ni–25Cr–18Fe–6Mo Smls. pipe & tube
SB-622 N06985 ... 90 45 ... 111 ... 47Ni–22Cr–20Fe–7Mo Smls. pipe & tube
SB-622 N08031 ... 94 45 ... 111 ... 31Ni–36Fe–27Cr–6Mo Smls. pipe & tube
SB-622 N08320 ... 75 45 ... 111 ... 26Ni–22Cr–5Mo–Ti Smls. pipe & tube
SB-622 N10001 ... 100 44 ... 112 ... 62Ni–28Mo–5Fe Smls. pipe & tube

SB-622 N10276 ... 100 44 ... 112 ... 54Ni–16Mo–15Cr Smls. pipe & tube
SB-622 N10629 ... 110 44 ... ... ... 66Ni–28Mo–3Fe–1.3Cr–0.25Al Smls. pipe & tube

This is Electronic Page SEC9$$$20E Page # 127


SB-622 N10665 ... 110 44 ... 112 ... 65Ni–28Mo–2Fe Smls. pipe & tube
SB-622 R20033 ... 109 45 ... ... ... 33Cr–31Ni–32Fe–1.5Mo–0.6Cu–N Smls pipe & tube
SB-622 R30556 ... 100 45 ... 111 ... 21Ni–30Fe–22Cr–18Co–3Mo–3W Smls. pipe & tube
SB-622 N10675 ... 110 44 ... 112 ... 65Ni–29.5Mo–2Cr–2Fe–Mo–W Smls. pipe & tube

B 622 N06059 ... 100 ... 44 ... 112 59Ni–23Cr–16Mo Smls. pipe & tube
B 622 N08031 ... 94 ... 45 ... 111 31Ni–31Fe–27Cr–7Mo Smls. pipe & tube

B 625 N08926 ... 87 ... 45 ... 111 25Ni–20Cr–6Mo–Co–N Plate, sheet, & strip

Job # 41759 SEC9$$ $U21 05-17-01 07:00:24 PD: SEC9A Rev 16.01
SB-625 N08031 ... 94 45 ... 111 ... 31Ni–36Fe–27Cr–6Mo Plate, sheet, & strip
QW/QB-422
QW/QB-422 NONFERROUS P-NUMBERS AND S-NUMBERS
(Grouping of Base Metals for Qualification)
GENERAL NOTE: To convert from ksi to MPa, multiply tensile strength in table by 6.9.
QW/QB-422

Welding Brazing
Minimum
UNS Alloy, Type, or Specified P- S- P- S-
Spec. No. No. Grade Tensile, ksi No. No. No. No. Nominal Composition Product Form

SB-625 N08904 ... 71 45 ... 111 ... 44Fe–25Ni–21Cr–Mo Plate, sheet, & strip
SB-625 N08925 ... 87 45 ... 111 ... 25Ni–20Cr–6Mo–Cu–N Plate, sheet, & strip
SB-625 R20033 ... 109 45 ... ... ... 33Cr–31Ni–32Fe–1.5Mo–0.6Cu–N Plate, sheet, & strip

ASME Section 9
SB-626 N06002 ... 100 43 ... 111 ... 47Ni–22Cr–9Mo–18Fe Welded tube

Licensed by Information Handling Services


SB-626 N06007 ... 90 45 ... 111 ... 47Ni–22Cr–19Fe–6Mo Welded tube
SB-626 N06022 ... 100 44 ... 112 ... 55Ni–21Cr–13.5Mo Welded tube
SB-626 N06030 ... 85 45 ... 111 ... 40Ni–29Cr–15Fe–5Mo Welded tube
SB-626 N06059 ... 100 44 ... 112 ... 59Ni–23Cr–16Mo Welded tube
SB-626 N06230 ... 110 47 ... 111 ... 53Ni–22Cr–14W–Co–Fe–Mo Welded tube

COPYRIGHT American Society of Mechanical Engineers


SB-626 N06455 ... 100 44 ... 112 ... 61Ni–16Mo–16Cr Welded tube
SB-626 N06975 ... 85 45 ... 111 ... 49Ni–25Cr–18Fe–6Mo Welded tube
SB-626 N06985 ... 90 45 ... 111 ... 47Ni–22Cr–20Fe–7Mo Welded tube
SB-626 N08031 ... 94 45 ... 111 ... 31Ni–36Fe–27Cr–6Mo Welded tube
SB-626 N08320 ... 75 45 ... 111 ... 26Ni–22Cr–5Mo–Ti Welded tube

128
SB-626 N10001 ... 100 44 ... 112 ... 62Ni–28Mo–5Fe Welded tube

SB-626 N10276 ... 100 44 ... 112 ... 54Ni–16Mo–15Cr Welded tube
2001 SECTION IX

SB-626 N10629 ... 110 44 ... ... ... 66Ni–28Mo–3Fe–1.3Cr–0.25Al Welded tube
SB-626 N10665 ... 110 44 ... 112 ... 65Ni–28Mo–2Fe Welded tube
SB-626 R20033 ... 109 45 ... ... ... 33Cr–31Ni–32Fe–1.5Mo–0.6Cu–N Welded tube
SB-626 R30556 ... 100 45 ... 111 ... 21Ni–30Fe–22Cr–18Co–3Mo–3W Welded tube
SB-626 N10675 ... 110 44 ... 112 ... 65Ni–29.5Mo–2Cr–2Fe–Mn–W Welded tube

B 649 N08926 ... 87 ... 45 ... 111 25Ni–20Cr–6Mo–Cu–N Bar & wire

SB-649 N08904 ... 71 45 ... 111 ... 44Fe–25Ni–21Cr–Mo Bar & wire

This is Electronic Page SEC9$$$20E Page # 128


SB-649 N08925 ... 87 45 ... 111 ... 25Ni–20Cr–6Mo–Cu–N Bar & wire
SB-649 R20033 ... 109 45 ... ... ... 33Cr–31Ni–32Fe–1.5Mo–0.6Cu–N Bar & Wire

SB-658 R60702 R60702 55 61 ... 117 ... 99.2Zr Smls. & welded pipe
SB-658 R60705 R60705 80 62 ... 117 ... 95.5Zr+2.5Cb Smls. & welded pipe

SB-668 N08028 ... 73 45 ... 111 ... 31Ni–31Fe–29Cr–Mo Smls. tube

SB-672 N08700 ... 80 45 ... 111 ... 25Ni–47Fe–21Cr–5Mo Bar & wire

Job # 41759 SEC9$$ $U21 05-17-01 07:00:24 PD: SEC9A Rev 16.01
QW/QB-422 NONFERROUS P-NUMBERS AND S-NUMBERS
(Grouping of Base Metals for Qualification)
GENERAL NOTE: To convert from ksi to MPa, multiply tensile strength in table by 6.9.

Welding Brazing
Minimum
UNS Alloy, Type, or Specified P- S- P- S-
Spec. No. No. Grade Tensile, ksi No. No. No. No. Nominal Composition Product Form

B 673 N08926 ... 87 ... 45 ... 111 25Ni–20Cr–6Mo–Cu–N Welded pipe

ASME Section 9
SB-673 N08904 ... 71 45 ... 111 ... 44Fe–25Ni–21Cr–Mo Welded pipe
SB-673 N08925 ... 87 45 ... 111 ... 25Ni–20Cr–6Mo–Cu–N Welded pipe

Licensed by Information Handling Services


SB-674 N08904 ... 71 45 ... 111 ... 44Fe–25Ni–21Cr–Mo Welded tube
SB-674 N08925 ... 87 45 ... 111 ... 25Ni–20Cr–6Mo–Cu–N Welded tube

B 674 N08926 ... 87 ... 45 ... 111 25Ni–20Cr–6Mo–Cu–N Welded tube

COPYRIGHT American Society of Mechanical Engineers


SB-675 N08366 ... 75 45 ... 111 ... 46Fe–24Ni–21Cr–6Mo Welded pipe
SB-675 N08367 ... 95 45 ... 111 ... 46Fe–24Ni–21Cr–6Mo–Cu–N Welded pipe

SB-676 N08366 ... 75 45 ... 111 ... 46Fe–24Ni–21Cr–6Mo Welded tube


SB-676 N08367 ... 100 45 ... 111 ... 46Fe–24Ni–21Cr–6Mo–Cu–N Welded tube

129
B 677 N08926 ... 87 ... 45 ... 111 25Ni–20Cr–6Mo–Cu–N Smls. pipe & tube

SB-677 N08904 ... 71 45 ... 111 ... 44Fe–25Ni–21Cr–Mo Smls. pipe & tube
WELDING DATA

SB-677 N08925 ... 87 45 ... 111 ... 25Ni–20Cr–6Mo–Cu–N Smls. pipe & tube

SB-688 N08366 ... 75 45 ... 111 ... 46Fe–24Ni–21Cr–6Mo Plate, sheet, & strip
SB-688 N08367 ... 104 45 ... 111 ... 46Fe–24Ni–21Cr–6Mo–Cu–N Plate, sheet, & strip <3⁄16 in. (4.8 mm)
SB-688 N08367 ... 100 45 ... ... ... 46Fe–24Ni–21Cr–6Mo–Cu–N Plate, sheet, & strip ≥3⁄16 in. ≤3⁄4 in.
(≥4.8 mm ≤ 19 mm)
SB-688 N08367 ... 95 45 ... ... ... 46Fe–24Ni–21Cr–6Mo–Cu–N Plate, sheet, & strip >3⁄4 in. (19 mm)

This is Electronic Page SEC9$$$20E Page # 129


SB-690 N08366 ... 75 45 ... 111 ... 46Fe–24Ni–21Cr–6Mo Smls. pipe & tube
SB-690 N08367 ... 104 45 ... 111 ... 46Fe–24Ni–21Cr–6Mo–Cu–N Smls. pipe & tube

SB-691 N08366 ... 75 45 ... 111 ... 46Fe–24Ni–21Cr–6Mo Rod, bar, & wire
SB-691 N08367 ... 95 45 ... 111 ... 46Fe–24Ni–21Cr–6Mo–Cu–N Rod, bar, & wire

SB-704 N06625 ... 120 43 ... 111 ... 60Ni–22Cr–9Mo–3.5Cb Welded tube
SB-704 N08825 ... 85 45 ... 111 ... 42Ni–21.5Cr–3Mo–2.3Cu Welded tube

Job # 41759 SEC9$$ $U21 05-17-01 07:00:24 PD: SEC9A Rev 16.01
SB-705 N06625 ... 120 43 ... 111 ... 60Ni–22Cr–9Mo–3.5Cb Welded pipe
SB-705 N08825 ... 85 45 ... 111 ... 42Ni–21.5Cr–3Mo–2.3Cu Welded pipe
QW/QB-422
QW/QB-422 NONFERROUS P-NUMBERS AND S-NUMBERS
(Grouping of Base Metals for Qualification)
GENERAL NOTE: To convert from ksi to MPa, multiply tensile strength in table by 6.9.
QW/QB-422

Welding Brazing
Minimum
UNS Alloy, Type, or Specified P- S- P- S-
Spec. No. No. Grade Tensile, ksi No. No. No. No. Nominal Composition Product Form

SB-709 N08028 ... 73 45 ... 111 ... 31Ni–31Fe–29Cr–Mo Plate, sheet, & strip

SB-710 N08330 ... 70 46 ... 111 ... 35Ni–19Cr–1.25Si Welded pipe

ASME Section 9
SB-729 N08020 ... 80 45 ... ... 111 35Ni–35Fe–20Cr–Cb Smls. pipe & tube

Licensed by Information Handling Services


B 725 N02200 ... 55 ... 41 ... 110 99.0Ni Welded pipe

B 819 C12200 C12200 30 ... ... ... 107 99.9Cu–P Wrought pipe

COPYRIGHT American Society of Mechanical Engineers


SB-861 R50250 1 35 51 ... 115 ... Ti Smls. pipe
SB-861 R50400 2 50 51 ... 115 ... Ti Smls. pipe
SB-861 R50550 3 65 52 ... 115 ... Ti Smls. pipe
SB-861 R52400 7 50 51 ... 115 ... Ti–Pd Smls. pipe
SB-861 R53400 12 70 52 ... 115 ... Ti–0.3Mo–0.8Ni Smls. pipe
SB-861 R56320 9 90 53 ... 115 ... Ti–3Al–2.5V Smls. pipe

130
SB-862 R50250 1 35 51 ... 115 ... Ti Welded pipe
SB-862 R50400 2 50 51 ... 115 ... Ti Welded pipe
2001 SECTION IX

SB-862 R50550 3 65 52 ... 115 ... Ti Welded pipe


SB-862 R52400 7 50 51 ... 115 ... Ti–Pd Welded pipe
SB-862 R53400 12 70 52 ... 115 ... Ti–0.3Mo–0.8Ni Welded pipe
SB-862 R56320 9 90 53 ... 115 ... Ti–3Al–2.5V Welded pipe

B 16.18 C83600 ... 40 ... ... ... 107 5Sn–5Zn–5Pb Cast fittings
B 16.18 C83800 ... 40 ... ... ... 107 4Sn–6.5Zn–6Pb Cast fittings
B 16.18 C84400 ... 40 ... ... ... 107 2.5Sn–8.5Zn–7Pb Cast fittings

This is Electronic Page SEC9$$$20E Page # 130


B 16.22 C10200 ... 30 ... ... ... 107 99.95Cu–P Wrought pipe fittings
B 16.22 C12000 ... 30 ... ... ... 107 99.9Cu–P Wrought pipe fittings
B 16.22 C12200 ... 30 ... ... ... 107 99.9Cu–P Wrought pipe fittings
B 16.22 C23000 ... 30 ... ... ... 107 85Cu–15Zn Wrought pipe fittings

Job # 41759 SEC9$$ $U21 05-17-01 07:00:24 PD: SEC9A Rev 16.01
QW-423 WELDING DATA QW-424.1

QW-423 Alternate Base Materials for Welder the same UNS numbers. Unassigned metals shall be
Qualification identified in the WPS and on the PQR by specification,
type and grade, or by chemical analysis and mechanical
QW-423.1 Base material used for welder qualification
properties. The minimum tensile strength shall be de-
may be substituted for the P-Number material specified
fined by the organization which specified the unassigned
in the WPS in accordance with the following.
metal if the tensile strength of that metal is not defined
Base Metal(s) for Qualified Production by the material specification.
Welder Qualification Base Metal(s)
Base Metal(s) Used for
P-No. 1 through P-No. 11, P-No. 1 through P-No. 11, P-
Procedure Qualification
P-No. 34, or P-No. 41 through No. 34, P-No. 41 through P- Coupon Base Metals Qualified
P-No. 47 No. 47 and unassigned met-
als of similar chemical com- One metal from a P-Number to Any metals assigned that P-
position to these metals any metal from the same P- Number
P-No. 21 through P-No. 25 P-No. 21 through P-No. 25 Number
P-No. 51 through P-No. 53 or P- P-No. 51 through P-No. 53 and One metal from a P-Number to Any metal assigned the first P-
No. 61 through P-No. 62 P-No. 61 through P-No. 62 any metal from any other P- Number to any metal assigned
Number the second P-Number
One metal from P-No. 3 to any Any P-No.3 metal to any metal
QW-423.2 Metals used for welder qualification con- metal from P-No. 3 from P-No. 3 or P-No. 1
forming to national or international standards or specifi- One metal from P-No. 4 to any Any P-No. 4 metal to any metal
cations may be considered as having the same P- or metal from P-No. 4 from P-Nos. 4, 3, or 1
One metal from P-No. 5A to Any P-No. 5A metal to any
S-Number as an assigned metal provided it meets the
any metal from P-No. 5A metal from P-Nos. 5A, 4, 3,
mechanical and chemical requirements of the assigned or 1 metals
metal. The base metal specification and corresponding One metal from P-No. 5A to a Any P-No. 5A metal to any
P- or S-Number shall be recorded on the qualification metal from P-No. 4, or P-No. metal assigned to P-No. 4, or
record. 3, or P-No. 1 P-No. 3, or P-No. 1
One metal from P-No. 4 to a Any P-No. 4 metal to any metal
metal from P-No. 3 or P- assigned to P-No. 3 or P-
QW-424 Base Metals Used for Procedure No. 1 No. 1
Any unassigned metal to the The unassigned metal to itself
Qualification
same unassigned metal
QW-424.1 Base metals are assigned P-Numbers in Any unassigned metal to any P- The unassigned metal to any
Number metal metal assigned to the same P-
QW/QB-422; metals which do not appear in QW/QB-
Number as the qualified metal
422 are considered to be unassigned metals except as Any unassigned metal to any The first unassigned metal to
otherwise defined in QW-420.1 for base metals having other unassigned metal the second unassigned metal

131

COPYRIGHT American Society of Mechanical Engineers


Licensed by Information Handling Services
QW-430 2001 SECTION IX QW-432

QW-430 F-NUMBERS a metal which was used in the qualification test without
consideration of the compatibility of the base and filler
QW-431 General
metals from the standpoint of metallurgical properties,
The following F-Number grouping of electrodes and postweld heat treatment design and service requirements,
welding rods in QW-432 is based essentially on their and mechanical properties.
usability characteristics, which fundamentally determine
the ability of welders to make satisfactory welds with QW-432.1 Steel and Steel Alloys
a given filler metal. This grouping is made to reduce QW-432.2 Aluminum and Aluminum-Base Alloys
the number of welding procedure and performance QW-432.3 Copper and Copper-Base Alloys
QW-432.4 Nickel and Nickel-Base Alloys
qualifications, where this can logically be done. The QW-432.5 Titanium and Titanium Alloys
grouping does not imply that base metals or filler metals QW-432.6 Zirconium and Zirconium Alloys
within a group may be indiscriminately substituted for QW-432.7 Hard-Facing Weld Metal Overlay

QW-432
F-NUMBERS
Grouping of Electrodes and Welding Rods for Qualification
F-No. ASME Specification AWS Classification

Steel and Steel Alloys

1 SFA-5.1 EXX20
1 SFA-5.1 EXX22
1 SFA-5.1 EXX24
1 SFA-5.1 EXX27
1 SFA-5.1 EXX28
1 SFA-5.4 EXXX(X)-25
1 SFA-5.4 EXXX(X)-26
1 SFA-5.5 EXX20-X
1 SFA-5.5 EXX27-X

2 SFA-5.1 EXX12
2 SFA-5.1 EXX13
2 SFA-5.1 EXX14
2 SFA-5.1 EXX19
2 SFA-5.5 E(X)XX13-X

3 SFA-5.1 EXX10
3 SFA-5.1 EXX11
3 SFA-5.5 E(X)XX10-X
3 SFA-5.5 E(X)XX11-X

4 SFA-5.1 EXX15
4 SFA-5.1 EXX16
4 SFA-5.1 EXX18
4 SFA-5.1 EXX18M
4 SFA-5.1 EXX48
4 SFA-5.4 other than austenitic and duplex EXXX(X)-15
4 SFA-5.4 other than austenitic and duplex EXXX(X)-16
4 SFA-5.4 other than austenitic and duplex EXXX(X)-17

132

COPYRIGHT American Society of Mechanical Engineers


Licensed by Information Handling Services
WELDING DATA QW-432

QW-432
F-NUMBERS (CONT’D)
Grouping of Electrodes and Welding Rods for Qualification
F-No. ASME Specification AWS Classification

Steel and Steel Alloys (cont’d)

4 SFA-5.5 E(X)XX15-X
4 SFA-5.5 E(X)XX16-X
4 SFA-5.5 E(X)XX18-X
4 SFA-5.5 E(X)XX18M
4 SFA-5.5 E(X)XX18M1

5 SFA-5.4 austenitic and duplex EXXX(X)-15


5 SFA-5.4 austenitic and duplex EXXX(X)-16
5 SFA-5.4 austenitic and duplex EXXX(X)-17

6 SFA-5.2 All classifications


6 SFA-5.9 All classifications
6 SFA-5.17 All classifications
6 SFA-5.18 All classifications
6 SFA-5.20 All classifications
6 SFA-5.22 All classifications
6 SFA-5.23 All classifications
6 SFA-5.25 All classifications
6 SFA-5.26 All classifications
6 SFA-5.28 All classifications
6 SFA-5.29 All classifications
6 SFA-5.30 INMs-X
6 SFA-5.30 IN5XX
6 SFA-5.30 IN3XX(X)
Aluminum and Aluminum Alloys

21 SFA-5.3 E1100
21 SFA-5.3 E3003
21 SFA-5.10 ER1100
21 SFA-5.10 R1100
21 SFA-5.10 ER1188
21 SFA-5.10 R1188

22 SFA-5.10 ER5183
22 SFA-5.10 R5183
22 SFA-5.10 ER5356
22 SFA-5.10 R5356
22 SFA-5.10 ER5554
22 SFA-5.10 R5554
22 SFA-5.10 ER5556
22 SFA-5.10 R5556
22 SFA-5.10 ER5654
22 SFA-5.10 R5654

23 SFA-5.3 E4043
23 SFA-5.10 ER4009
23 SFA-5.10 R4009
23 SFA-5.10 ER4010
23 SFA-5.10 R4010
23 SFA-5.10 R4011
23 SFA-5.10 ER4043
23 SFA-5.10 R4043
23 SFA-5.10 ER4047
23 SFA-5.10 R4047
23 SFA-5.10 ER4145

133

COPYRIGHT American Society of Mechanical Engineers


Licensed by Information Handling Services
QW-432 2001 SECTION IX

QW-432
F-NUMBERS (CONT’D)
Grouping of Electrodes and Welding Rods for Qualification
F-No. ASME Specification AWS Classification

Aluminum and Aluminum Alloys (cont’d)

23 SFA-5.10 R4145
23 SFA-5.10 ER4643
23 SFA-5.10 R4643

24 SFA-5.10 R206.0
24 SFA-5.10 R-C355.0
24 SFA-5.10 R-A356.0
24 SFA-5.10 R357.0
24 SFA-5.10 R-A357.0

25 SFA-5.10 ER2319
25 SFA-5.10 R2319

Copper and Copper Alloys

31 SFA-5.6 ECu
31 SFA-5.7 ERCu

32 SFA-5.6 ECuSi
32 SFA-5.7 ERCuSi-A

33 SFA-5.6 ECuSn-A
33 SFA-5.6 ECuSn-C
33 SFA-5.7 ERCuSn-A

34 SFA-5.6 ECuNi
34 SFA-5.7 ERCuNi
34 SFA-5.30 IN67

35 SFA-5.8 RBCuZn-A
35 SFA-5.8 RBCuZn-B
35 SFA-5.8 RBCuZn-C
35 SFA-5.8 RBCuZn-D

36 SFA-5.6 ECuAl-A2
36 SFA-5.6 ECuAl-B
36 SFA-5.7 ERCuAl-A1
36 SFA-5.7 ERCuAl-A2
36 SFA-5.7 ERCuAl-A3

37 SFA-5.6 ECuNiAl
37 SFA-5.6 ECuMnNiAl
37 SFA-5.7 ERCuNiAl
37 SFA-5.7 ERCuMnNiAl

Nickel and Nickel Alloys

41 SFA-5.11 ENi-1
41 SFA-5.14 ERNi-1
41 SFA-5.30 IN61

42 SFA-5.11 ENiCu-7
42 SFA-5.14 ERNiCu-7
42 SFA-5.14 ERNiCu-8
42 SFA-5.30 IN60

134

COPYRIGHT American Society of Mechanical Engineers


Licensed by Information Handling Services
WELDING DATA QW-432

QW-432
F-NUMBERS (CONT’D)
Grouping of Electrodes and Welding Rods for Qualification
F-No. ASME Specification AWS Classification

Nickel and Nickel Alloys (cont’d)

43 SFA-5.11 ENiCrFe-1
43 SFA-5.11 ENiCrFe-2
43 SFA-5.11 ENiCrFe-3
43 SFA-5.11 ENiCrFe-4
43 SFA-5.11 ENiCrFe-7
43 SFA-5.11 ENiCrFe-9
43 SFA-5.11 ENiCrFe-10
43 SFA-5.11 ENiCrMo-2
43 SFA-5.11 ENiCrMo-3
43 SFA-5.11 ENiCrMo-6
43 SFA-5.11 ENiCrMo-12
43 SFA-5.11 ENiCrCoMo-1
43 SFA-5.14 ERNiCr-3
43 SFA-5.14 ERNiCr-4
43 SFA-5.14 ERNiCr-6
43 SFA-5.14 ERNiCrFe-5
43 SFA-5.14 ERNiCrFe-6
43 SFA-5.14 ERNiCrFe-7
43 SFA-5.14 ERNiCrFe-8
43 SFA-5.14 ERNiCrFe-11
43 SFA-5.14 ERNiCrCoMo-1
43 SFA-5.14 ERNiCrMo-2
43 SFA-5.14 ERNiCrMo-3
43 SFA-5.30 IN6A
43 SFA-5.30 IN62
43 SFA-5.30 IN82

44 SFA-5.11 ENiMo-1
44 SFA-5.11 ENiMo-3
44 SFA-5.11 ENiMo-7
44 SFA-5.11 ENiMo-8
44 SFA-5.11 ENiMo-9
44 SFA-5.11 ENiMo-10
44 SFA-5.11 ENiCrMo-4
44 SFA-5.11 ENiCrMo-5
44 SFA-5.11 ENiCrMo-7
44 SFA-5.11 ENiCrMo-10
44 SFA-5.11 ENiCrMo-13
44 SFA-5.11 ENiCrMo-14
44 SFA-5.14 ERNiMo-1
44 SFA-5.14 ERNiMo-2
44 SFA-5.14 ERNiMo-3
44 SFA-5.14 ERNiMo-7 (B2)
44 SFA-5.14 ERNiMo-8
44 SFA-5.14 ERNiMo-9
44 SFA-5.14 ERNiMo-10
44 SFA-5.14 ERNiCrMo-4
44 SFA-5.14 ERNiCrMo-7 (Alloy C4)
44 SFA-5.14 ERNiCrMo-10
44 SFA-5.14 ERNiCrMo-13
44 SFA-5.14 ERNiCrMo-14
44 SFA-5.14 ERNiCrWMo-1

45 SFA-5.11 ENiCrMo-1
45 SFA-5.11 ENiCrMo-9

135

COPYRIGHT American Society of Mechanical Engineers


Licensed by Information Handling Services
QW-432 2001 SECTION IX

QW-432
F-NUMBERS (CONT’D)
Grouping of Electrodes and Welding Rods for Qualification
F-No. ASME Specification AWS Classification

Nickel and Nickel Alloys (cont’d)

45 SFA-5.11 ENiCrMo-11
45 SFA-5.14 ERNiCrMo-1
45 SFA-5.14 ERNiCrMo-8
45 SFA-5.14 ERNiCrMo-9
45 SFA-5.14 ERNiCrMo-11
45 SFA-5.14 ERNiFeCr-1

Titanium and Titanium Alloys

51 SFA-5.16 ERTi-1
51 SFA-5.16 ERTi-2
51 SFA-5.16 ERTi-3
51 SFA-5.16 ERTi-4

52 SFA-5.16 ERTi-7

53 SFA-5.16 ERTi-9
53 SFA-5.16 ERTi-9ELI

54 SFA-5.16 ERTi-12

55 SFA-5.16 ERTi-5
55 SFA-5.16 ERTi-5ELI
55 SFA-5.16 ERTi-6
55 SFA-5.16 ERTi-6ELI
55 SFA-5.16 ERTi-15

Zirconium and Zirconium Alloys

61 SFA-5.24 ERZr2
61 SFA-5.24 ERZr3
61 SFA-5.24 ERZr4

Hard-Facing Weld Metal Overlay

71 SFA-5.13 All classifications

72 SFA-5.21 All classifications

136

COPYRIGHT American Society of Mechanical Engineers


Licensed by Information Handling Services
QW-433 WELDING DATA QW-433

QW-433 Alternate F-Numbers for Welder


Performance Qualification
The following tables identify the filler metal or
electrode that the welder used during qualification test-
ing as “Qualified With,” and the electrodes or filler
metals that the welder is qualified to use in production
welding as “Qualified For.” See QW-432 for the
F-Number assignments.

Qualified With → F-No. 1 F-No. 1 F-No. 2 F-No. 2 F-No. 3 F-No. 3 F-No. 4 F-No. 4 F-No. 5 F-No. 5
With Without With Without With Without With Without With Without
Qualified For ↓ Backing Backing Backing Backing Backing Backing Backing Backing Backing Backing

F-No. 1 With
X X X X X X X X X X
Backing

F-No. 1 Without
X
Backing

F-No. 2 With
X X X X X X
Backing

F-No. 2 Without
X
Backing

F-No. 3 With
X X X X
Backing

F-No. 3 Without
X
Backing

F-No. 4 With
X X
Backing

F-No. 4 Without
X
Backing

F-No. 5 With
X X
Backing

F-No. 5 Without
X
Backing

Qualified With Qualified For


Any F-No. 6 All F-No. 6 [Note (1)]
Any F-No. 21 through F-No. 25 All F-No. 21 through F-No. 25
Any F-No. 31, F-No. 32, F-No. Only the same F-Number as was
33, F-No. 35, F-No. 36, or used during the qualification
F-No. 37 test
F-No. 34 or any F-No. 41 F-No. 34 and all F-No. 41
through F-No. 45 through F-No. 45
Any F-No. 51 through F-No. 54 All F-No. 51 through F-No. 54
Any F-No. 61 All F-No. 61
Any F-No. 71 through F-No. 72 Only the same F-Number as was
used during the qualification
test

NOTE:
(1) Deposited weld metal made using a bare rod not covered by an
SFA Specification but which conforms to an analysis listed in
QW-442 shall be considered to be classified as F-No. 6.

137

COPYRIGHT American Society of Mechanical Engineers


Licensed by Information Handling Services
QW-440 2001 SECTION IX QW-442

QW-440 WELD METAL CHEMICAL


COMPOSITION
QW-441 General
Identification of weld metal chemical composition
designated on the PQR and WPS shall be as given in
QW-404.5.

QW-442
A-NUMBERS
Classification of Ferrous Weld Metal Analysis for Procedure Qualification
Analysis, % [Note (1)]
Types of Weld
A-No. Deposit C Cr Mo Ni Mn Si
1 Mild Steel 0.20 ... ... ... 1.60 1.00

2 Carbon-Molybdenum 0.15 0.50 0.40–0.65 ... 1.60 1.00

3 Chrome (0.4% to 2%)–Molybdenum 0.15 0.40–2.00 0.40–0.65 ... 1.60 1.00


4 Chrome (2% to 6%)–Molybdenum 0.15 2.00–6.00 0.40–1.50 ... 1.60 2.00
5 Chrome (6% to 10.5%)–Molybdenum 0.15 6.00–10.50 0.40–1.50 ... 1.20 2.00

6 Chrome-Martensitic 0.15 11.00–15.00 0.70 ... 2.00 1.00

7 Chrome-Ferritic 0.15 11.00–30.00 1.00 ... 1.00 3.00

8 Chromium–Nickel 0.15 14.50–30.00 4.00 7.50–15.00 2.50 1.00


9 Chromium–Nickel 0.30 19.00–30.00 6.00 15.00–37.00 2.50 1.00

10 Nickel to 4% 0.15 ... 0.55 0.80–4.00 1.70 1.00

11 Manganese–Molybdenum 0.17 ... 0.25–0.75 0.85 1.25–2.25 1.00

12 Nickel–Chrome—Molybdenum 0.15 1.50 0.25–0.80 1.25–2.80 0.75–2.25 1.00


NOTE:
(1) Single values shown above are maximum.

138

COPYRIGHT American Society of Mechanical Engineers


Licensed by Information Handling Services
QW-450

QW-450 SPECIMENS
QW-451 Procedure Qualification Thickness Limits and Test Specimens

Licensed by Information Handling Services


QW-451.1
GROOVE-WELD TENSION TESTS AND TRANSVERSE-BEND TESTS
Type and Number of Tests Required

COPYRIGHT American Society of Mechanical Engineers


Range of Thickness T of Base Metal Thickness t of Deposited Weld Metal (Tension and Guided-Bend Tests) [Note (2)]
Qualified, in. (mm) Qualified, in. (mm)
[Notes (1) and (2)] [Notes (1) and (2)] Side Face Root
Thickness T of Test Coupon Tension, Bend, Bend, Bend,
Welded, in. (mm) Min. Max. Max. QW-150 QW-160 QW-160 QW-160

Less than 1/16 (1.6) T 2T 2t 2 ... 2 2

139
1 1
/16 to 3/8 (1.6 to 10), incl. /16 (1.6) 2T 2t 2 Note (3) 2 2
WELDING DATA

3
Over 3/8 (10), but less than 3/4 (19) /16 (4.8) 2T 2t 2 Note (3) 2 2

3 3
/4 (19) to less than 11/2 (38) /16 (4.8) 2T 2t when t < 3/4 (19) 2 [Note (4)] 4 ... ...
3 3
/4 (19) to less than 11/2 (38) /16 (4.8) 2T 2T when t ≥ 3/4 (19) 2 [Note (4)] 4 ... ...

3
11/2 (38) and over /16 (4.8) 8 (203) [Note (5)] 2t when t < 3/4 (19) 2 [Note (4)] 4 ... ...
3
11/2 (38) and over /16 (4.8) 8 (203) [Note (5)] 8 (203) [Note (5)] when t ≥ 3/4 (19) 2 [Note (4)] 4 ... ...

NOTES:
(1) See QW-403 (.2, .3, .6, .9, .10), QW-404.32, and QW-407.4 for further limits on range of thickness qualified. Also, see QW-202 (.2, .3, .4) for allowable exceptions.
(2) For combination of welding procedures, see QW-200.4.
(3) Four side-bend tests may be substituted for the required face- and root-bend tests, when thickness T is 3/8 in. (10 mm) and over.
(4) See QW-151 (.1, .2, .3) for details on multiple specimens when coupon thicknesses are over 1 in. (25 mm).
(5) For the welding processes of QW-403.7 only; otherwise per Note (1) or 2T, or 2t, whichever is applicable.
QW-451.1
QW-451.2

Licensed by Information Handling Services


QW-451.2
GROOVE-WELD TENSION TESTS AND LONGITUDINAL-BEND TESTS
Range of Thickness T Thickness t of

COPYRIGHT American Society of Mechanical Engineers


of Base Metal Qualified, Deposited Weld Metal Type and Number of Tests Required
in. (mm) Qualified, in. (mm) (Tension and Guided-Bend Tests)
[Notes (1) and (2)] [Notes (1) and (2)] [Note (2)]

Face Root
Thickness T of Test Tension, Bend, Bend,

140
Coupon Welded, in. (mm) Min. Max. Max. QW-150 QW-160 QW-160

Less than 1/16 (1.6) T 2T 2t 2 2 2


1 1
2001 SECTION IX

/16 to 3/8 (1.6 to 10), incl. /16 (1.6) 2T 2t 2 2 2


3
Over 3/8 (10) /16 (4.8) 2T 2t 2 2 2

NOTES:
(1) See QW-403 (.2, .3, .6, .7, .9, .10), QW-404.32, and QW-407.4 for further limits on range of thickness qualified. These are also
applicable to deposited weld metal thicknesses. Also, see QW-202 (.2, .3, .4) for allowable exceptions.
(2) For combination of welding procedures, see QW-200.4.
QW-451.3 WELDING DATA QW-451.4

QW-451.3
FILLET-WELD TESTS
Type and Number of Tests
Type of Thickness of Test Required [QW-462.4(a) or QW-462.4(d)]
Joint Coupons as Welded, in. Range Qualified Macro
Fillet Per QW-462.4(a) All fillet sizes on all base 5
metal thicknesses and all
diameters
Fillet Per QW-462.4(d) 4
GENERAL NOTE: A production assembly mockup may be substituted in accordance with QW-181.1.1. When a production assembly mockup
is used, the range qualified shall be limited to the fillet weld size, base metal thickness, and configuration of the mockup. Alternatively, multiple
production assembly mockups may be qualified. The range of thickness of the base metal qualified shall be no less than the thickness of the
thinner member tested and no greater than the thickness of the thicker member tested. The range for fillet weld sizes qualified shall be limited
to no less than the smallest fillet weld tested and no greater than the largest fillet weld tested. The configuration of production assemblies shall
be the same as that used in the production assembly mockup.

QW-451.4
FILLET WELDS QUALIFIED BY GROOVE-WELD TESTS
Thickness T of Test
Coupon (Plate or Pipe) Type and Number of Tests
as Welded Range Qualified Required
All groove tests All fillet sizes on all base Fillet welds are qualified when the
metal thicknesses and all groove weld is qualified in
diameters accordance with either QW-
451.1 or QW-451.2 (see QW-
202.2)

141

COPYRIGHT American Society of Mechanical Engineers


Licensed by Information Handling Services
QW-452

QW-452 Performance Qualification Thickness Limits and Test Specimens

QW-452.1
TRANSVERSE-BEND TESTS

Licensed by Information Handling Services


Type and Number of
Tests Required
Thickness t of (Guided-Bend Tests)
Deposited Weld Metal [Notes (3), (4), (5)]

COPYRIGHT American Society of Mechanical Engineers


Thickness of Qualified, in. [Note (2)]
Test Coupon (See QW-310.1) Side Root Bend,
Type of Welded, in. (mm) Bend, Face Bend, QW-462.3(a)
Joint [Note (1)] Max. QW-462.2 QW-462.3(a) [Note (6)]

Groove Up to 3/8 (10), incl. 2t Note (7) 1 1

142
Groove Over 3/8 (10) 2t Note (8) 1 1
1
Groove /2 (13) and over [Note (9)] Max. to be welded 2 ... ...

NOTES:
2001 SECTION IX

(1) When using one, two, or more welders, the thickness t of the deposited weld metal for each welder with each process shall be determined
and used individually in the Thickness column.
(2) Two or more pipe test coupons of different thicknesses may be used to determine the deposited weld metal thickness qualified and that
thickness may be applied to production welds to the smallest diameter for which the welder is qualified in accordance with QW-452.3.
(3) Thickness of test coupon of 1/2 in. (13 mm) or over shall be used for qualifying a combination of three or more welders each of which may
use the same or a different welding process.
(4) To qualify for positions 5G and 6G, as prescribed in QW-302.3, two root and two face-bend specimens or four side bend specimens, as
applicable to the test coupon thickness, are required.
(5) Test coupons shall be visually examined per QW-302.4.
(6) Face- and root-bend tests may be used to qualify a combination test of:
(a) one welder using two welding processes; or
(b) two welders using the same or a different welding process.
(7) For a 3/8 in. (10 mm) thick coupon, a side-bend test may be substituted for each of the required face- and root-bend tests.
(8) A side-bend test may be substituted for each of the required face- and root-bend tests.
(9) Test coupon weld deposit shall also consist of a minimum of three layers of weld metal.
QW-452.1
QW-452.2 WELDING DATA QW-452.3

QW-452.2
LONGITUDINAL-BEND TESTS
Type and Number of Tests
Required
(Guided-Bend Tests)
Thickness t of Deposited [Note (2)]
Thickness Weld Metal Qualified,
Type Test Coupon in. (mm) Face Bend, Root Bend,
of Welded, in. (mm) QW-462.3(b) QW-462.3(b)
Joint [Note (1)] Max. [Note (3)] [Note (3)]

Groove Up to 3/8 (10), incl. 2t 1 1


Groove Over 3/8 (10) 2t 1 1

NOTES:
(1) When using one, two, or more welders, the thickness t of the deposited weld metal for each welder with
each process shall be determined and used individually in the Thickness column.
(2) Thickness of test coupon of 3/4 in. (19 mm) or over shall be used for qualifying a combination of three
or more welders, each of which may use the same or a different welding process.
(3) Face- and root-bend tests may be used to qualify a combination test of:
(a) one welder using two welding processes; or
(b) two welders using the same or a different welding process.

QW-452.3
GROOVE-WELD DIAMETER LIMITS
Outside Diameter
Qualified, in. (mm)
Outside Diameter
of Test Coupon, in. (mm) Min. Max.

Less than 1 (25) Size welded Unlimited

1 (25) to less than 27/8 (73) 1 (25) Unlimited

27/8 (73) and over 27/8 (73) Unlimited

GENERAL NOTES:
(a) Type and number of tests required shall be in accordance with
QW-452.1.
(b) 27/8 in. (73 mm) O.D. is the equivalent of NPS 21/2.

143

COPYRIGHT American Society of Mechanical Engineers


Licensed by Information Handling Services
QW-452.4 2001 SECTION IX QW-452.6

QW-452.4
SMALL DIAMETER FILLET-WELD TEST
Outside Diameter of Test Coupon, Minimum Outside Diameter Thickness
in. (mm) Qualified, in. (mm) Qualified

Less than 1 (25) Size welded All

1 (25) to less than 27⁄8 (73) 1 (25) All

27⁄8 (73) and over 27⁄8 (73) All

GENERAL NOTES:
(a) Type and number of tests required shall be in accordance with QW-452.5.
(b) 27⁄8 in. (73 mm) O.D. is considered the equivalent of NPS 21⁄2.

QW-452.5
FILLET-WELD TEST
Type and Number of Tests Required
Thickness of Test [QW-462.4(b) or QW-462.4(c)]
Coupon as Welded,
Type of Joint in. (mm) Range Qualified Macro Fracture
3
Tee fillet ⁄16–3⁄8 (4.8–10) All base material thicknesses, fillet 1 1
sizes, and diameters 27⁄8 (73) O.D.
and over [Note (1)]
Less than 3⁄16 (4.8) T to 2T base material thickness, T 1 1
maximum fillet size, and all
diameters 27⁄8 (73) O.D. and over
[Note (1)]

GENERAL NOTE: Production assembly mockups may be substituted in accordance with QW-181.2.1. When production assembly mockups are
used, range qualified shall be limited to the fillet sizes, base metal thicknesses, and configuration of the mockup.
NOTE:
(1) 27⁄8 in. (73 mm) O.D. is considered the equivalent of NPS 21⁄2. For smaller diameter qualifications, refer to QW-452.4 or QW-452.6.

QW-452.6
FILLET QUALIFICATION BY GROOVE-WELD TESTS
Thickness of Test Coupon Type and Number of Tests
Type of Joint as Welded, in. (mm) Range Qualified Required

Any groove All thicknesses All base material thicknesses, Fillet welds are qualified when a
fillet sizes, and diameters welder/welding operator
qualifies on a groove weld test

144

COPYRIGHT American Society of Mechanical Engineers


Licensed by Information Handling Services
WELDING DATA QW-453

QW-453
PROCEDURE/PERFORMANCE QUALIFICATION THICKNESS LIMITS AND TEST
SPECIMENS FOR HARD-FACING (WEAR-RESISTANT) AND CORROSION-
RESISTANT OVERLAYS
Corrosion-Resistant [Note (1)] Hard-facing Overlay (Wear-Resistant)
Overlay [Note (2)]
Thickness of Test Nominal Base Metal Type and Number of Nominal Base Metal Type and Number
Coupon (T ) Thickness Qualified (T ) Tests Required Thickness Qualified (T ) of Tests Required

Procedure Qualification
Testing

Less than 1 in. (25 mm)T T qualified to unlimited T qualified up to 1 in.

冧 冧
1 in. (25 mm) Notes (4), (5), and (9) (25 mm) Notes (3), (7), (8), and (9)
1 in. (25 mm) and over T
to unlimited 1 in. (25 mm) to
unlimited

Performance
Qualification
Testing

Less than 1 in. (25 mm) T T qualified to unlimited T qualified to unlimited

冧 冧
Note (6) Notes (8) and (10)
1 in. (25 mm) and over T 1 in. (25 mm) 1 in. (25 mm)
to unlimited to unlimited

NOTES:
(1) The qualification test coupon shall consist of base metal not less than 6 in. (152 mm) × 6 in. (152 mm). The weld overlay cladding
shall be a minimum of 11/2 in. (38 mm) wide by approximately 6 in. (152 mm) long. For qualification on pipe, the pipe length shall be
a minimum of 6 in. (152 mm), and a minimum diameter to allow the required number of test specimens. The weld overlay shall be
continuous around the circumference of the test coupon. For processes (performance qualification only) depositing a weld bead width
greater than 1/2 in. (13 mm) wide, the weld overlay shall consist of a minimum of three weld beads in the first layer.
(2) The test base metal coupon shall have minimum dimensions of 6 in. (152 mm) wide × approximately 6 in. (152 mm) long with a hard-
faced layer a minimum of 11/2 in. (38 mm) wide × 6 in. (152 mm) long. The minimum hard-faced thickness shall be as specified in the
Welding Procedure Specification. Alternatively, the qualification may be performed on a test base metal coupon that represents the size
of the production part. For qualification on pipe, the pipe length shall be 6 in. (152 mm) minimum, and of a minimum diameter to
allow the required number of test specimens. The weld overlay shall be continuous around the circumference of the test coupon.
(3) The hard-facing surface shall be examined by the liquid penetrant method and shall meet the acceptance standards in QW-195.2 or as
specified in the WPS. Surface conditioning prior to liquid penetrant examination is permitted.
(4) The corrosion-resistant surface shall be examined by the liquid penetrant method and shall meet the acceptance standards as specified in
QW-195.
(5) Following the liquid penetrant examination, four guided side-bend tests shall be made from the test coupon in accordance with QW-161.
The test specimens shall be cut so that there are either two specimens parallel and two specimens perpendicular to the direction of the
welding, or four specimens perpendicular to the direction of the welding. For coupons that are less than 3/8 in. (10 mm) thick, the width
of the side-bend specimens may be reduced to the thickness of the test coupon. The side-bend specimens shall be removed from locations
specified in QW-462.5(c) or QW-462.5(d).
(6) The test coupon shall be sectioned to make side-bend test specimens perpendicular to the direction of the welding in accordance with
QW-161. Test specimens shall be removed at locations specified in QW-462.5(c) or QW-462.5(d).
(7) After surface conditioning to the minimum thickness specified in the WPS, a minimum of three hardness readings shall be made on each
of the specimens from the locations shown in QW-462.5(b) or QW-462.5(e). All readings shall meet the requirements of the WPS.
(8) The base metal shall be sectioned transversely to the direction of the hard-facing overlay. The two faces of the hard-facing exposed by
sectioning shall be polished and etched with a suitable etchant and shall be visually examined with ×5 magnification for cracks in the
base metal or the heat-affected zone, lack of fusion, or other linear defects. The overlay and the base metal shall meet the requirements
specified in the WPS. All exposed faces shall be examined. See QW-462.5(b) for pipe and QW-462.5(e) for plate.
(9) When a chemical composition is specified in the WPS, chemical analysis specimens shall be removed at locations specified in QW-
462.5(b) or QW-462.5(e). The chemical analysis shall be performed in accordance with QW-462.5(a) and shall be within the range
specified in the WPS. This chemical analysis is not required when a chemical composition is not specified on the WPS.
(10) At a thickness greater than or equal to the minimum thickness specified in the WPS, the weld surface shall be examined by the liquid
penetrant method and shall meet the acceptance standards in QW-195.2 or as specified in the WPS. Surface conditioning prior to liquid
penetrant examination is permitted.

145

COPYRIGHT American Society of Mechanical Engineers


Licensed by Information Handling Services
QW-460 2001 SECTION IX QW-461.1

QW-460 GRAPHICS
QW-461 Positions

QW-461.1 POSITIONS OF WELDS — GROOVE WELDS

146

COPYRIGHT American Society of Mechanical Engineers


Licensed by Information Handling Services
WELDING DATA QW-461.2

QW-461.2 POSITIONS OF WELDS — FILLET WELDS

147

COPYRIGHT American Society of Mechanical Engineers


Licensed by Information Handling Services
QW-461.3 2001 SECTION IX QW-461.5

QW-461.3 GROOVE WELDS IN PLATE — TEST POSITIONS

QW-461.4 GROOVE WELDS IN PIPE — TEST POSITIONS

QW-461.5 FILLET WELDS IN PLATE — TEST POSITIONS

148

COPYRIGHT American Society of Mechanical Engineers


Licensed by Information Handling Services
WELDING DATA QW-461.6

QW-461.6 FILLET WELDS IN PIPE — TEST POSITIONS

149

COPYRIGHT American Society of Mechanical Engineers


Licensed by Information Handling Services
QW-461.7 2001 SECTION IX QW-461.8

QW-461.7 STUD WELDS — TEST POSITIONS

QW-461.8 STUD WELDS — WELDING POSITIONS

150

COPYRIGHT American Society of Mechanical Engineers


Licensed by Information Handling Services
WELDING DATA QW-461.9

QW-461.9
PERFORMANCE QUALIFICATION — POSITION AND DIAMETER LIMITATIONS
(Within the Other Limitations of QW-303)
Position and Type Weld Qualified [Note (1)]
Groove

Plate and Pipe Fillet


Qualification Test
Over 24 in. Pipe ≤ 24 in.
Weld Position (610 mm) O.D. (610 mm) O.D. Plate and Pipe

Plate — Groove 1G F F [Note (2)] F


2G F,H F,H [Note (2)] F,H
3G F,V F [Note (2)] F,H,V
4G F,O F [Note (2)] F,H,O
3G and 4G F,V,O F [Note (2)] All
2G, 3G, and 4G All F,H [Note (2)] All
Special Positions (SP) SP,F SP,F SP,F

Plate — Fillet 1F . . . . . . F [Note (2)]


2F . . . . . . F,H [Note (2)]
3F . . . . . . F,H,V [Note (2)]
4F . . . . . . F,H,O [Note (2)]
3F and 4F . . . . . . All [Note (2)]
Special Positions (SP) . . . . . . SP,F [Note (2)]

Pipe — Groove [Note (3)] 1G F F F


2G F,H F,H F,H
5G F,V,O F,V,O All
6G All All All
2G and 5G All All All
Special Positions (SP) SP,F SP,F SP,F

Pipe — Fillet [Note (3)] 1F . . . . . . F


2F . . . . . . F,H
2FR . . . . . . F,H
4F . . . . . . F,H,O
5F . . . . . . All
Special Positions (SP) . . . . . . SP,F

NOTES:
(1) Positions of welding as shown in QW-461.1 and QW-461.2.
F p Flat
H p Horizontal
V p Vertical
O p Overhead
(2) Pipe 27⁄8 in. O.D. and over.
(3) See diameter restrictions in QW-452.3, QW-452.4, and QW-452.6.

151

COPYRIGHT American Society of Mechanical Engineers


Licensed by Information Handling Services
QW-462 2001 SECTION IX QW-462.1(a)

QW-462 Test Specimens are to be considered approximate. All welding processes


and filler material to be qualified must be included in
The purpose of the QW-462 figures is to give the
the test specimen.
manufacturer or contractor guidance in dimensioning
test specimens for tests required for procedure and x p coupon thickness including reinforcement
performance qualifications. Unless a minimum, maxi- y p specimen thickness
mum, or tolerance is given in the figures (or as QW- T p coupon thickness excluding reinforcement
150, QW-160, or QW-180 requires), the dimensions W p specimen width, 3⁄4 in. (19 mm)

Weld reinforcement shall be


machined flush with base
metal. Machine minimum
amount to obtain approx. Distortion
parallel surfaces.
10 in. (254 mm) or as required
Cold straightening Length sufficient
of the test coupon to extend into grip
1/ in.
is permitted prior equal to two-thirds
y 4 to removal of weld
(6 mm) grip length
reinforcement

These edges may Edge of widest


W be thermally cut face of weld

x 1/ in. 1/ in. 1/ in. (6 mm)


4 (6 mm) 4 4
(6 mm)
1 i min

Parallel length equals


n.
R

widest width of weld


(25 .

plus 1/2 in. (13 mm)


mm

added length
)

This section machined


preferably by milling

QW-462.1(a) TENSION — REDUCED SECTION — PLATE

152

COPYRIGHT American Society of Mechanical Engineers


Licensed by Information Handling Services
QW-462.1(b) WELDING DATA QW-462.1(c)

Grind or machine the minimum


amount needed to obtain plane
parallel faces over the reduced
section W. No more material
than is needed to perform the
test shall be removed.

)
R m 25 mm
On ferrous material

in.
these edges may
y

.(
10 in. (254 mm) or be thermally cut

1 in
1/ in.
4 as required
(6 mm)

W Edge of widest
face of weld

1/ in. 1/ in. (6 mm)


x 1/ in.
4
4 4
(6 mm)
(6 mm) This section machined
preferably by milling

QW-462.1(b) TENSION — REDUCED SECTION — PIPE

x T [Note (1)]

Reduced section 3 in. (76 mm) min.


[Note (2)]
1/ in. (13 mm)
2

Rad. 1 in. (25 mm) min.


11/16 in. (27 mm) Edge of widest face of weld

NOTES:
(1) The weld reinforcement shall be ground or machined so that
the weld thickness does not exceed the base metal thickness
T. Machine minimum amount to obtain approximately parallel
surfaces.
(2) The reduced section shall not be less than the width of the
weld plus 2y.

QW-462.1(c) TENSION — REDUCED SECTION ALTERNATE FOR PIPE

153

COPYRIGHT American Society of Mechanical Engineers


Licensed by Information Handling Services
QW-462.1(d)

D R

Licensed by Information Handling Services


Weld

B A B

COPYRIGHT American Society of Mechanical Engineers


Standard Dimensions, in. (mm)
(a) (b) (c) (d)
0.505 Specimen 0.353 Specimen 0.252 Specimen 0.188 Specimen
A—Length of reduced section Note (1) Note (1) Note (1) Note (1)

154
D—Diameter 0.500 ± 0.010 (12.7 ± 0.350 ± 0.007 (8.89 ± 0.250 ± 0.005 (6.35 ± 0.188 ± 0.003 (4.78 ±
0.25) 0.18) 0.13) 0.08)
3 1 3 1
R—Radius of fillet ⁄8 (9.6) min. ⁄4 (6.4) min. ⁄16 (4.8) min. ⁄8 (3.2) min.
2001 SECTION IX

7 1
B—Length of end section 13⁄8 (35) approx. 11⁄8 (29) approx. ⁄8 (22) approx. ⁄2 (13) approx.
3 1 3 1
C—Diameter of end section ⁄4 (19) ⁄2 (13) ⁄8 (10) ⁄4 (6)

GENERAL NOTES:
(a) Use maximum diameter specimen (a), (b), (c), or (d) that can be cut from the section.
(b) Weld should be in center of reduced section.
(c) Where only a single coupon is required, the center of the specimen should be midway between the surfaces.
(d) The ends may be of any shape to fit the holders of the testing machine in such a way that the load is applied axially.
NOTE:
(1) Reduced section A should not be less than width of weld plus 2D.

QW-462.1(d) TENSION — REDUCED SECTION — TURNED SPECIMENS


WELDING DATA QW-462.1(e)

QW-462.1(e) TENSION — FULL SECTION — SMALL DIAMETER PIPE

155

COPYRIGHT American Society of Mechanical Engineers


Licensed by Information Handling Services
QW-462.2 2001 SECTION IX

(1a) For procedure qualification of materials other than


P-No. 1 in QW-422, if the surfaces of the side bend test
specimens are gas cut, removal by machining or grinding
of not less than 1/8 in. (3.2 mm) from the surface shall be
required. w, in. (mm)
T, in. (mm) y, in. (mm)
P-No. 23,
All other
(1b) Such removal is not required for P-No. 1 materials, but F-No. 23, or
3/
8 to 11/2 metals
any resulting roughness shall be dressed by machining T P-No. 35
(10 to 38), incl.
or grinding. 1/ (3.2) 3/ (10)
8 8
>11/2 (38) Note (1) 1/ (3.2) 3/ (10)
8 8
(2) For performance qualification of all materials in QW-422,
if the surfaces of side bend tests are gas cut, any resulting
roughness shall be dressed by machining or grinding. x y T

1/ in. (3.2 mm) min.


8
6 in. (152 mm) R1 = 1/8 in.
GENERAL NOTE: Weld reinforcement and backing strip or
or as required (3.2 mm) min.
backing ring, if any, may be removed flush with the surface
of the specimen. Thermal cutting, machining, or grinding
w may be employed. Cold straightening is permitted prior to
removal of the reinforcement.

NOTE:
(1) When specimen thickness T exceeds 11/2 in. (38 mm),
use one of the following.
(a) Cut specimen into multiple test specimens y of approx-
imately equal dimensions [3/4 in. (19 mm) to 11/2 in.
(38 mm)]. y = tested specimen thickness when multiple
specimens are taken from one coupon.
(b) The specimen may be bent at full width. See
requirements on jig width in QW-466.1.

QW-462.2 SIDE BEND

156

COPYRIGHT American Society of Mechanical Engineers


Licensed by Information Handling Services
QW-462.3(a) WELDING DATA QW-462.3(b)

11/2 in. (38 mm)


6 in. (152 mm) or R = 1/8 in. (3.2 mm)
as required max.

y T
T y
y (Plate) (Pipe)
T

Face-Bend Specimen — Plate and Pipe

11/2 in. (38 mm)


6 in. (152 mm) or R = 1/8 in. (3.2 mm) 11/2 in. (38 mm)
6 in. (152 mm) or
as required max. as required R = 1/8 in. (3.2 mm) max.

y T y y
T y T T
y T (Plate) (Pipe) Face Root
Bend Bend
Root-Bend Specimen — Plate and Pipe Y, in. (mm)
Y, in. (mm) P-No. 23, F-No. 23, All Other
T, in. (mm) or P-No. 35 Metals
P-No. 23, F-No. 23, All Other
T, in. (mm) or P-No. 35 Metals
1
⁄16 < 1⁄8 (1.6 < 3.2) T T
1
⁄8–3⁄8 (3.2–10) 1
⁄8 (3.2) T
1
⁄16 < ⁄8 (1.6 < 3.2)
1
T T >3⁄8 (10) 1
⁄8 (3.2) 3
⁄8 (10)
1
⁄8–3⁄8 (3.2–10) 1
⁄8 (3.2) T
>3⁄8 (10) 1
⁄8 (3.2) 3
⁄8 (10) GENERAL NOTE: Weld reinforcements and backing strip or backing
ring, if any, shall be removed essentially flush with the undisturbed
GENERAL NOTES: surface of the base material. If a recessed strip is used, this surface
(a) Weld reinforcement and backing strip or backing ring, if any, of the specimen may be machined to a depth not exceeding the depth
shall be removed flush with the surface of the specimen. If a of the recess to remove the strip, except that in such cases the thickness
recessed ring is used, this surface of the specimen may be ma- of the finished specimen shall be that specified above.
chined to a depth not exceeding the depth of the recess to remove
the ring, except that in such cases the thickness of the finished
specimen shall be that specified above. Do not flame-cut nonfer- QW-462.3(b) FACE AND ROOT BENDS —
rous material. LONGITUDINAL
(b) If the pipe being tested is 4 in. (102 mm) nominal diameter or
less, the width of the bend specimen may be 3⁄4 in. (19 mm) for
pipe diameters 2 in. (DN50) to and including 4 in. (DN 100).
The bend specimen width may be 3⁄8 in. (10 mm) for pipe diameters
less than 2 in. (DN50) down to and including 3⁄8 in. (10 mm)
and as an alternative, if the pipe being tested is equal to or less
than 1 in. (25 mm) nominal pipe size (1.315 in. O. D.) (DN25),
the width of the bend specimens may be that obtained by cutting
the pipe into quarter sections, less an allowance for saw cuts or
machine cutting. These specimens cut into quarter sections are
not required to have one surface machined flat as shown in QW-
462.3(a). Bend specimens taken from tubing of comparable sizes
may be handled in a similar manner.

QW-462.3(a) FACE AND ROOT BENDS —


TRANSVERSE

157

COPYRIGHT American Society of Mechanical Engineers


Licensed by Information Handling Services
QW-462.4(a) 2001 SECTION IX QW-462.4(b)

T1 T2

1/ in. (3.2 mm) and less T1


8
Over 1/8 in. (3.2 mm) Equal to or less than T1, but
not less than 1/8 in. (3.2 mm)

T2

Size of fillet = thickness


Discard 1 in. (25 mm) of T2 not greater than
3/ in. (19 mm)
4

Discard 1 in. (25 mm) .


in
)m
m
m
5
6 in. (152 mm) 30
min. .(
in
12
T1
Macro-Test Specimen
6 in. (152 mm) min.
GENERAL NOTE: Macro-test — the fillet shall show fusion at the root of the
weld but not necessarily beyond the root. The weld metal and heat-affected
zone shall be free of cracks.

QW-462.4(a) FILLET WELDS — PROCEDURE

Direction of bending
T
Stop and restart
weld near the
center
3 in. (76 mm)
min.
m)
2 m x. m)
. ( 10
r o 5 2m
n p ( 1
4i ap n.
6 i min.

4 in. (102 mm) Max. fillet size = T


Base metal thickness ≥ T min.
Macro-Test Specimen

GENERAL NOTE: Refer to QW-452.5 for T thickness/qualification ranges.

QW-462.4(b) FILLET WELDS — PERFORMANCE

158

COPYRIGHT American Society of Mechanical Engineers


Licensed by Information Handling Services
QW-462.4(c) WELDING DATA QW-462.4(d)

Direction of bend
Quarter section: Macro specimen
T = wall thickness
Quarter section:
Fracture specimen

3 in. (76 mm)


min.
Start and stop of weld
near center of bend

2 in. (51 mm)


min.

Max. fillet size = T

Wall thickness ≥ T
Base metal thickness ≥ T

GENERAL NOTE: Either pipe-to-plate or pipe-to-pipe may be used as shown.

QW-462.4(c) FILLET WELDS IN PIPE — PERFORMANCE

T = wall thickness
Quarter section:
Macro specimen
(four required)

3 in. (76 mm)


min.
Start and stop of weld
near center of specimen

2 in. (51 mm)


min.

Max. fillet size = T

Base metal thickness ≥ T Wall thickness ≥ T

GENERAL NOTES:
(a) Either pipe-to-plate or pipe-to-pipe may be used as shown.
(b) Macro test:
(1) The fillet shall show fusion at the root of the weld but not necessarily beyond the root.
(2) The weld metal and the heat-affected zone shall be free of cracks.

QW-462.4(d) FILLET WELDS IN PIPE — PROCEDURE

159

COPYRIGHT American Society of Mechanical Engineers


Licensed by Information Handling Services
QW-462.5(a) 2001 SECTION IX

Chemistry samples
As welded surface
Prepared surface

Note (1) Note (2) Note (3)


Fusion face

Approximate weld interface

Original test coupon thickness

NOTES:
(1) When a chemical analysis or hardness test is conducted on the as welded surface, the distance from the
approximate weld interface to the final as welded surface shall become the minimum qualified overlay thickness.
The chemical analysis may be performed directly on the as welded surface or on chips of material taken from the
as welded surface.
(2) When a chemical analysis or hardness test is conducted after material has been removed from the as welded surface,
the distance from the approximate weld interface to the prepared surface shall become the minimum qualified
overlay thickness. The chemical analysis may be made directly on the prepared surface or from chips removed from
the prepared surface.
(3) When a chemical analysis test is conducted on material removed by a horizontal drilled sample, the distance from the
approximate weld interface to the uppermost side of the drilled cavity shall become the minimum qualified overlay
thickness. The chemical analysis shall be performed on chips of material removed from the drilled cavity.

QW-462.5(a) CHEMICAL ANALYSIS AND HARDNESS SPECIMEN CORROSION-RESISTANT AND HARD-FACING


WELD METAL OVERLAY

160

COPYRIGHT American Society of Mechanical Engineers


Licensed by Information Handling Services
WELDING DATA QW-462.5(b)

QW-462.5(b) CHEMICAL ANALYSIS SPECIMEN, HARD-FACING OVERLAY HARDNESS,


AND MACRO TEST LOCATION(S) FOR CORROSION-RESISTANT AND HARD-FACING
WELD METAL OVERLAY

161

COPYRIGHT American Society of Mechanical Engineers


Licensed by Information Handling Services
QW-462.5(c) 2001 SECTION IX

QW-462.5(c) PIPE BEND SPECIMEN — CORROSION-RESISTANT WELD METAL OVERLAY

162

COPYRIGHT American Society of Mechanical Engineers


Licensed by Information Handling Services
WELDING DATA QW-462.5(d)

6 in. (152 mm) min.

Discard
Discard
6 in. (152 mm) min.
Longitudinal
side bends
[Note (1)]
As required 6 in. (152 mm) min.

6 in. (152 mm) min.


Transverse
side bends
[Notes (1), (2)]

Transverse Discard
side bends
[Note (1)]

Discard

NOTES:
(1) Location for required test specimen removal — Procedure (QW-453). Four-side-bend test specimens are required
for each position.
(2) Location for required test specimen removal — Performance (QW-453). Two-side-bend test specimens are
required for each position.

QW-462.5(d) PLATE BEND SPECIMENS — CORROSION-RESISTANT WELD METAL OVERLAY

163

COPYRIGHT American Society of Mechanical Engineers


Licensed by Information Handling Services
QW-462.5(e) 2001 SECTION IX

QW-462.5(e) PLATE MACRO, HARDNESS, AND CHEMICAL ANALYSIS SPECIMENS — CORROSION-


RESISTANT AND HARD-FACING WELD METAL OVERLAY

164

COPYRIGHT American Society of Mechanical Engineers


Licensed by Information Handling Services
QW-462.7 WELDING DATA QW-462.8

6 in. (152 mm)


Resistance
seam weld

or Brase
6 in. (152 mm)

QW-462.7 RESISTANCE SEAM WELD

QW-462.8 SPOT WELDS IN SHEETS

165

COPYRIGHT American Society of Mechanical Engineers


Licensed by Information Handling Services
QW-462.9 2001 SECTION IX

L [Note (1)]

W W W
5 in. (127 mm) min.

(a) Single Spot (b) Multiple Spot


Shear Specimen Shear Specimen
[Note (2)]

Nominal Thickness of Thinner W, in.


Sheet, in. (mm) (mm) Min.
Over 0.008 to 0.030 (0.20 to 0.76) 0.68 (17.3)
Over 0.030 to 0.100 (0.76 to 2.54) 1.00 (25.4)
Over 0.100 to 0.130 (2.54 to 3.30) 1.25 (31.8)
Over 0.130 (3.30) 1.50 (38.1)

NOTES:
(1) L shall be not less than 4W.
(2) Sketch (b) shall be made of 5 specimens or more.

QW-462.9 SPOT WELDS IN SHEET

166

COPYRIGHT American Society of Mechanical Engineers


Licensed by Information Handling Services
QW-462.10
SHEAR STRENGTH REQUIREMENTS FOR SPOT OR PROJECTION WELD SPECIMENS
Customary Units SI Units

P-No. 1 Through P-No. 11 and P-No. 41 Through P-No. 47 Metals P-1 Through P-11 and P-4X Metals

Licensed by Information Handling Services


Ultimate Strength Ultimate Strength Ultimate Strength 620 Ultimate Strength
90,000 to 149,000 psi Below 90,000 psi MPa to 1 027 MPa Below 620 MPa
Nominal Thickness Nominal Thickness
lb per Spot lb per Spot kg per Spot kg per Spot
of Thinner Sheet, of Thinner Sheet,

COPYRIGHT American Society of Mechanical Engineers


in. Min. Min. Avg. Min. Min. Avg. mm Min. Min. Avg. Min. Min. Avg.
0.009 130 160 100 125 0.23 59 73 45 57
0.010 160 195 115 140 0.25 73 88 52 64
0.012 200 245 150 185 0.30 91 111 68 84
0.016 295 365 215 260 0.41 134 166 98 118
0.018 340 415 250 305 0.46 154 188 113 138

167
0.020 390 480 280 345 0.51 177 218 127 156
0.022 450 550 330 405 0.56 204 249 150 184
0.025 530 655 400 495 0.64 240 297 181 225
WELDING DATA

0.028 635 785 465 575 0.71 288 356 211 261
0.032 775 955 565 695 0.81 352 433 256 315
0.036 920 1,140 690 860 0.91 417 517 313 390
0.040 1,065 1,310 815 1,000 1.02 483 594 370 454
0.045 1,285 1,585 1,005 1,240 1.14 583 719 456 562
0.050 1,505 1,855 1,195 1,475 1.27 683 841 542 669
0.056 1,770 2,185 1,460 1,800 1.42 803 991 662 816
0.063 2,110 2,595 1,760 2,170 1.60 957 1 177 798 984
0.071 2,535 3,125 2,080 2,560 1.80 1 150 1 418 943 1 161
0.080 3,005 3,705 2,455 3,025 2.03 1 363 1 681 1 114 1 372
0.090 3,515 4,335 2,885 3,560 2.29 1 594 1 966 1 309 1 615
0.100 4,000 4,935 3,300 4,070 2.54 1 814 2 239 1 497 1 846
0.112 4,545 5,610 3,795 4,675 2.84 2 062 2 545 1 721 2 121
0.125 5,065 6,250 4,300 5,310 3.18 2 297 2 835 1 950 2 409
QW-462.10
QW-462.11

QW-462.11
SHEAR STRENGTH REQUIREMENTS FOR SPOT OR PROJECTION WELD SPECIMENS
Customary Units SI Units
P-No. 21 Through P-No. 25 Aluminum Alloys P-2X Aluminum Alloys
Ultimate Strength Ultimate Strength Ultimate Ultimate Strength Ultimate Strength Ultimate
35,000 to 55,999 19,500 to 34,999 Strength Below 241 MPa to 386 134 MPa to 241 Strength
psi psi 19,500 psi MPa MPa Below 134 MPa

Licensed by Information Handling Services


Nominal Thickness Nominal Thickness
lb per Spot lb per Spot lb per Spot kg per Spot kg per Spot kg per Spot
of Thinner Sheet, of Thinner Sheet,
in. Min. Min. Avg. Min. Min. Avg. Min. Min. Avg. mm Min. Min. Avg. Min. Min. Avg. Min. Min. Avg.
0.010 50 65 ... ... ... ... 0.25 23 29 ... ... ... ...

COPYRIGHT American Society of Mechanical Engineers


0.012 65 85 30 40 20 25 0.30 29 39 14 18 9 11
0.016 100 125 70 90 50 65 0.41 45 57 32 41 23 29
0.018 115 145 85 110 65 85 0.46 52 66 39 50 29 39
0.020 135 170 100 125 80 100 0.51 61 77 45 57 36 45
0.022 155 195 120 150 95 120 0.56 70 88 54 68 43 54
0.025 175 200 145 185 110 140 0.64 79 91 66 84 50 64

168
0.028 205 260 175 220 135 170 0.71 93 118 79 100 61 77
0.032 235 295 210 265 165 210 0.81 107 134 95 120 75 95
0.036 275 345 255 320 195 245 0.91 125 156 116 145 88 111
2001 SECTION IX

0.040 310 390 300 375 225 285 1.02 141 177 136 170 102 129
0.045 370 465 350 440 260 325 1.14 168 211 159 200 118 147
0.050 430 540 400 500 295 370 1.27 195 245 181 227 134 168
0.050 515 645 475 595 340 425 1.27 234 293 215 270 154 193
0.063 610 765 570 715 395 495 1.60 277 347 259 324 179 225
0.071 720 900 645 810 450 565 1.80 327 408 293 367 204 256
0.080 855 1,070 765 960 525 660 2.03 388 485 347 435 238 299
0.090 1,000 1,250 870 1,090 595 745 2.29 454 567 395 494 270 338
0.100 1,170 1,465 940 1,175 675 845 2.54 531 665 426 533 306 383
0.112 1,340 1,675 1,000 1,255 735 920 2.84 608 760 454 569 333 417
0.125 1,625 2,035 1,050 1,315 785 985 3.18 737 923 476 596 356 447
0.140 1,920 2,400 ... ... ... ... 3.56 871 1 089 ... ... ... ...
0.160 2,440 3,050 ... ... ... ... 4.06 1 107 1 383 ... ... ... ...
0.180 3,000 3,750 ... ... ... ... 4.57 1 361 1 701 ... ... ... ...
0.190 3,240 4,050 ... ... ... ... 4.83 1 470 1 837 ... ... ... ...
0.250 6,400 8,000 ... ... ... ... 6.35 2 903 3 629 ... ... ... ...
QW-463.1(a) WELDING DATA QW-463.1(c)

QW-463 Order of Removal

QW-463.1(b) PLATES — 3⁄4 in. (19 mm) AND OVER


QW-463.1(a) PLATES — LESS THAN 3⁄4 in.
THICKNESS AND ALTERNATE FROM 3⁄8 in. (10 mm)
(19 mm) THICKNESS PROCEDURE
BUT LESS THAN 3⁄4 in. (19 mm) THICKNESS
QUALIFICATION
PROCEDURE QUALIFICATION

QW-463.1(c) PLATES — LONGITUDINAL PROCEDURE QUALIFICATION

169

COPYRIGHT American Society of Mechanical Engineers


Licensed by Information Handling Services
QW-463.1(d) 2001 SECTION IX QW-463.1(e)

QW-463.1(d) PROCEDURE QUALIFICATION

QW-463.1(e) PROCEDURE QUALIFICATION

170

COPYRIGHT American Society of Mechanical Engineers


Licensed by Information Handling Services
WELDING DATA QW-463.1(f)

QW-463.1(f) NOTCH-TOUGHNESS TEST SPECIMEN LOCATION

171

COPYRIGHT American Society of Mechanical Engineers


Licensed by Information Handling Services
QW-463.2(a) 2001 SECTION IX QW-463.2(c)

QW-463.2(b) PLATES — 3⁄4 in. (19 mm) AND OVER


QW-463.2(a) PLATES — LESS THAN 3⁄4 in. (19
THICKNESS AND ALTERNATE FROM 3⁄8 in. (10 mm)
mm) THICKNESS PERFORMANCE QUALIFICATION
BUT LESS THAN 3⁄4 in. (19 mm) THICKNESS
PERFORMANCE QUALIFICATION

QW-463.2(c) PLATES — LONGITUDINAL PERFORMANCE QUALIFICATION

172

COPYRIGHT American Society of Mechanical Engineers


Licensed by Information Handling Services
QW-463.2(d) WELDING DATA QW-463.2(f)

QW-463.2(d) PERFORMANCE QUALIFICATION QW-463.2(e) PERFORMANCE QUALIFICATION

QW-463.2(f) PIPE — 10 in. (254 mm) ASSEMBLY PERFORMANCE QUALIFICATION

173

COPYRIGHT American Society of Mechanical Engineers


Licensed by Information Handling Services
QW-463.2(g) 2001 SECTION IX

QW-463.2(g) 6 in. (152 mm) OR 8 in. (203 mm) ASSEMBLY PERFORMANCE QUALIFICATION

174

COPYRIGHT American Society of Mechanical Engineers


Licensed by Information Handling Services
WELDING DATA QW-463.2(h)

QW-463.2(h) PERFORMANCE QUALIFICATION

175

COPYRIGHT American Society of Mechanical Engineers


Licensed by Information Handling Services
QW-464.1 2001 SECTION IX

Discard 1 in. (25 mm) min.

Transverse metal specimen

Tension shear specimen

Longitudinal metal specimen

Tension shear specimen

0.75 in. (19 mm) min. Transverse metal specimen

Tension shear specimen

Longitudinal metal specimen

Tension shear specimen W

Transverse metal specimen

Tension shear specimen

1 in. (25 mm) min. Longitudinal metal specimen

Tension shear specimen

Transverse metal specimen

Longitudinal metal specimen

Discard

T
W
L
Recommended
Thickness of Thinner, Specimen Width, Length,
Sheet, T, in. (mm) W, in. (mm) L, in. (mm)
5
Up to 0.029 (0.74) ⁄8 (16) 3 (76)
3
0.031 to 0.050 (0.79 to 1.27) ⁄4 (19) 3 (76)
0.051 to 0.100 (1.29 to 2.54) 1 (25) 4 (102)
0.101 to 0.130 (2.57 to 3.30) 11⁄4 (32) 5 (127)
0.131 to 0.190 (3.33 to 4.83) 11⁄2 (38) 5 (127)
0.191 (4.85) and over 2 (51) 6 (152)

QW-464.1 PROCEDURE QUALIFICATION TEST COUPON AND TEST SPECIMENS

176

COPYRIGHT American Society of Mechanical Engineers


Licensed by Information Handling Services
WELDING DATA QW-464.2

Discard 1 in. (25 mm) min. 1 in. (25 mm)


Discard
min.

Peel test specimen

6 in. (152 mm) min.

of equal width
Cut into 6 strips
0.75 in. (19 mm) min.

Peel test specimen W

Discard

Discard

T
L
11/2 in. (38 mm) min.
1/ in. (13 mm)
2

(b) Metallurgical Examination


Thickness of Recommended Coupon and Transverse Specimens
Thinner Sheet, Specimen Width, W, Length,
T, in. (mm) in. (mm) L, in. (mm)
5
Up to 0.029 (0.74) ⁄8 (16) 2 (51)
0.030 to 0.058 (0.76 to 1.47) 1 (25) 3 (76)
0.059 to 0.125 (1.50 to 3.2) 11⁄2 (38) 4 (102)

(a) Peel Test Coupon and Specimens

QW-464.2 PERFORMANCE QUALIFICATION TEST COUPONS AND TEST SPECIMENS

177

COPYRIGHT American Society of Mechanical Engineers


Licensed by Information Handling Services
QW-466.1 2001 SECTION IX

Tapped hole to suit Hardened rollers 11/2 in. (38.1 mm)


testing machine may be substituted for jig shoulders
As required As required

3/ in. (19 mm)


4
1/ in. (12.7 mm)
2
Shoulders hardened
and greased A 11/8 in. (28.6 mm)
3/ in. (19 mm)

(171.4 mm)
4 3/
4 in. (19 mm)

11/8 in. (28.6 mm)

6 3/4 in.
(50.8 mm)
(76.2 mm)
2 in. min.
3/ in. R

3 in. min.
1/ in. (6.4 mm) 4
4
(19 mm)
1/ in. (3.2 mm)
8
Plunger
B R
3/ in. (19 mm)
4
3/ in. (19 mm)
4

2 in. (50.8 mm) C D R


Yoke 71/2 in. (190.5 mm)
3 7/8 in. (98.4 mm) 9 in. (228.6 mm)

Customary Units

Thickness of Specimen,
Material in. A, in. B, in. C, in. D, in.
1
P-No. 23 to P-No. 21 through P-No 25; P-No. ⁄8 21⁄16 11⁄32 23⁄8 13⁄16
21 through P-No. 25 with F-No. 23; P-No. 35; t p 1⁄8 or less 161⁄2t 81⁄4t 181⁄2t + 1⁄16 91⁄4t + 1⁄32
any P-No. metal with F-No. 33, 36, or 37

3
P-No. 11; P-No. 25 to P-No. 21 or P-No. 22 or ⁄8 21⁄2 11⁄4 33⁄8 111⁄16
P-No. 25 t p 3⁄8 or less 62⁄3t 31⁄3t 82⁄3t + 1⁄8 41⁄3t + 1⁄16

3
P-No. 51 ⁄8 3 11⁄2 37⁄8 115⁄16
t p 3⁄8 or less 8t 4t 10t + 1⁄8 5t + 1⁄16

3
P-No. 52, P-No. 53, P-No. 61, P-No. 62 ⁄8 33⁄4 17⁄8 45⁄8 25⁄16
t p 3⁄8 or less 10t 5t 12t + 1⁄8 6t + 1⁄16

3
All others with greater than or equal to 20% ⁄8 11⁄2 3
⁄4 23⁄8 13⁄16
elongation t p 3⁄8 or less 4t 2t 6 t + 1 ⁄8 3t + 1⁄16

All others with less than 20% elongation t p (see Note b) 327⁄8t, 167⁄16t, 347⁄8t + 1⁄16, 177⁄16t + 1⁄32,
max. max. max. max.

(continued)

QW-466.1 TEST JIG DIMENSIONS

178

COPYRIGHT American Society of Mechanical Engineers


Licensed by Information Handling Services
WELDING DATA QW-466.1

SI Units

Thickness of Specimen,
Material mm A B C D

P-No. 23 to P-No. 21 through P-No. 25; P-No. 3.2 52.4 26.2 60.4 30.2
21 through P-No. 25 with F-No. 23; P-No. 35; t p 3.2 or less 161⁄2t 81⁄4t 181⁄2t + 1.6 91⁄4t + 0.8
any P-No. metal with F-No. 33, 36, or 37

P-No. 11; P-No.25 to P-No. 21 or P-No. 22 or 9.5 63.5 31.8 85.8 42.9
P-No. 25 t p 9.5 or less 62⁄3t 31⁄3t 82⁄3t + 3.2 41⁄3t + 1.6

P-No. 51 9.5 76.2 38.1 98.4 49.2


t p 9.5 or less 8t 4t 10t + 3.2 5t + 1.6

P-No. 52; P-No. 53; P-No. 61; P-No. 62 9.5 95.2 47.6 117.5 58.7
t p 9.5 or less 10t 5t 12t + 3.2 6t + 1.6

All others with greater than or equal to 20% 9.5 38.1 19.0 60.4 30.2
elongation t p 9.5 or less 4t 2t 6t + 3.2 3t + 1.6

All others with less than 20% elongation t p (see Note b) 327⁄8t, 167⁄16t, 347⁄8t + 1.6 177⁄16t + 0.8
max. max. max. max.

GENERAL NOTES:
(a) For P-Numbers, see QW-422; for F-Numbers, see QW-432.
(b) The dimensions of the test jig shall be such as to give the bend test specimen a calculated percent outer fiber elongation equal to at
least that of the base material with the lower minimum elongation as specified in the base material specification.

100t
percent outer fiber elongation p
A+t

The following formula is provided for convenience in calculating the bend specimen thickness:

A × percent elongation
thickness of specimen (t) p
[100 − (percent elongation)]

(c) For guided-bend jig configuration, see QW-466.2, QW-466.3, and QW-466.4.
(d) The weld and heat-affected zone, in the case of a transverse weld bend specimen, shall be completely within the bend portion of the
specimen after testing.

QW-466.1 TEST JIG DIMENSIONS (CONT’D)

179

COPYRIGHT American Society of Mechanical Engineers


Licensed by Information Handling Services
QW-466.2 2001 SECTION IX

A Note (3)

B = 1/2 A
Notes (1), (2)
C R min. = 3/4 in. (19 mm)

Notes (4), (5)

R min.

GENERAL NOTE: See QW-466.1 for jig dimensions and general notes.

NOTES:
(1) Either hardened and greased shoulders or hardened rollers free to rotate shall be used.
(2) The shoulders or rollers shall have a minimum bearing surface of 2 in. (51 mm) for placement
of the specimen. The rollers shall be high enough above the bottom of the jig so that the
specimens will clear the rollers when the ram is in the low position.
(3) The ram shall be fitted with an appropriate base and provision made for attachment to
the testing machine, and shall be of a sufficiently rigid design to prevent deflection and
misalignment while making the bend test. The body of the ram may be less than the dimen-
sions shown in column A of QW-466.1.
(4) If desired, either the rollers or the roller supports may be made adjustable in the horizontal
direction so that specimens of t thickness may be tested on the same jig.
(5) The roller supports shall be fitted with an appropriate base designed to safeguard against
deflection and misalignment and equipped with means for maintaining the rollers centered
midpoint and aligned with respect to the ram.

QW-466.2 GUIDED-BEND ROLLER JIG

180

COPYRIGHT American Society of Mechanical Engineers


Licensed by Information Handling Services
WELDING DATA QW-466.3

T
Roller

T + 1/16 in. (1.6 mm) max.


A

B = 1/2 A

GENERAL NOTES:
(a) See QW-466.1 for jig dimensions and other general notes.
(b) Dimensions not shown are the option of the designer. The essential consideration is to have
adequate rigidity so that the jig parts will not spring.
(c) The specimen shall be firmly clamped on one end so that there is no sliding of the specimen
during the bending operation.
(d) Test specimens shall be removed from the jig when the outer roll has been removed 180 deg
from the starting point.

QW-466.3 GUIDED-BEND WRAP AROUND JIG

181

COPYRIGHT American Society of Mechanical Engineers


Licensed by Information Handling Services
QW-466.4 2001 SECTION IX

Bend adapter

Max. diameter of stud + 1/64 in. (0.40 mm)


12 in. (305 mm)

15 deg min.

11/4 in. (32 mm)

Weld

For Stud Diameter, Use Adapter Gap,


in. (mm) A, in. (mm)
1 1
⁄8 (3.2) ⁄8 (3.2)
3 1
⁄16 (4.8) ⁄8 (3.2)
1 3
⁄4 (6) ⁄16 (4.8)
3 7
⁄8 (10) ⁄32 (5.6)
1 5
⁄2 (13) ⁄16 (8)
5 11
⁄8 (16) ⁄32 (9)
3 15
⁄4 (19) ⁄32 (12)
7 15
⁄8 (22) ⁄32 (12)
19
1 (25) ⁄32 (15)

QW-466.4 STUD-WELD BEND JIG

182

COPYRIGHT American Society of Mechanical Engineers


Licensed by Information Handling Services
WELDING DATA QW-466.5

QW-466.5 TORQUE TESTING ARRANGEMENT FOR STUD WELDS

183

COPYRIGHT American Society of Mechanical Engineers


Licensed by Information Handling Services
QW-466.6 2001 SECTION IX

QW-466.6 SUGGESTED TYPE TENSILE TEST FIGURE FOR STUD WELDS

184

COPYRIGHT American Society of Mechanical Engineers


Licensed by Information Handling Services
QW-469.1 WELDING DATA QW-469.2

371/2 deg max.

T /2 max. T /3 max. but not greater


than 1/8 in. (3.2 mm)

QW-469.1 BUTT JOINT QW-469.2 ALTERNATIVE BUTT JOINT

185

COPYRIGHT American Society of Mechanical Engineers


Licensed by Information Handling Services
QW-470 2001 SECTION IX QW-473.3

QW-470 ETCHING — PROCESSES AND continued for a sufficient period of time to reveal all
REAGENTS lack of soundness that might exist at the cross-sectional
surfaces of the weld.
QW-471 General
The surfaces to be etched should be smoothed by
QW-473 For Nonferrous Metals
filing, machining, or grinding on metallographic papers.
With different alloys and tempers, the etching period The following etching reagents and directions for
will vary from a few seconds to several minutes, and their use are suggested for revealing the macrostructure.
should be continued until the desired contrast is ob-
QW-473.1 Aluminum and Aluminum-Base Alloys
tained. As a protection from the fumes liberated during
the etching process, this work should be done under a
hood. After etching, the specimens should be thoroughly Hydrochloric acid (concentrated) 15 ml
Hydrofluoric acid (48%) 10 ml
rinsed and then dried with a blast of warm air. Coating Water 85 ml
the surface with a thin clear lacquer will preserve the
appearance. This solution is to be used at room temperature, and
etching is accomplished by either swabbing or immers-
QW-472 For Ferrous Metals ing the specimen.

Etching solutions suitable for carbon and low alloy QW-473.2 For Copper and Copper-Base Alloys:
Cold Concentrated Nitric Acid. Etching is accom-
steels, together with directions for their use, are sug-
plished by either flooding or immersing the specimen
gested as follows.
for several seconds under a hood. After rinsing with
QW-472.1 Hydrochloric Acid. Hydrochloric (muri- a flood of water, the process is repeated with a 50-
atic) acid and water, equal parts, by volume. The 50 solution of concentrated nitric acid and water.
solution should be kept at or near the boiling temperature In the case of the silicon bronze alloys, it may be
during the etching process. The specimens are to be necessary to swab the surface to remove a white (SiO2)
immersed in the solution for a sufficient period of time deposit.
to reveal all lack of soundness that might exist at their
QW-473.3 For Nickel and Nickel-Base Alloys
cross-sectional surfaces.
Material Formula
QW-472.2 Ammonium Persulfate. One part of am-
monium persulfate to nine parts of water, by weight. Nickel Nitric Acid or Lepito’s Etch
Low Carbon Nickel Nitric Acid or Lepito’s Etch
The solution should be used at room temperature, and Nickel–Copper (400) Nitric Acid or Lepito’s Etch
should be applied by vigorously rubbing the surface Nickel–Chromium–Iron Aqua Regia or Lepito’s Etch
to be etched with a piece of cotton saturated with the (600 and 800)
solution. The etching process should be continued until
there is a clear definition of the structure in the weld.
MAKEUP OF FORMULAS FOR AQUA REGIA AND
QW-472.3 Iodine and Potassium Iodide. One part LEPITO’S ETCH
of powdered iodine (solid form), two parts of powdered
Aqua Lepito’s
potassium iodide, and ten parts of water, all by weight.
Regia Etch
The solution should be used at room temperature, and [(1), (3)] [(2), (3)]
brushed on the surface to be etched until there is a
Nitric Acid, Concentrated — HNO3 1 part 3 ml
clear definition or outline of the weld. Hydrochloric Acid, Concentrated — 2 parts 10 ml
HCL
QW-472.4 Nitric Acid. One part of nitric acid and
Ammonium Sulfate — (NH4)2(SO4) ... 1.5 g
three parts of water, by volume. Ferric Chloride — FeCl3 ... 2.5 g
Water ... 7.5 ml
CAUTION: Always pour the acid into the water. Nitric acid causes
bad stains and severe burns. NOTES:
(1) Warm the parts for faster action.
The solution may be used at room temperature and (2) Mix solution as follows:
applied to the surface to be etched with a glass stirring (a) Dissolve (NH4)2(SO4) in H2O.
(b) Dissolve powdered FeCl3 in warm HCl.
rod. The specimens may also be placed in a boiling (c) Mix (a) and (b) above and add HNO3.
solution of the acid, but the work should be done in (3) Etching is accomplished by either swabbing or immersing the
a well-ventilated room. The etching process should be specimen.

186

COPYRIGHT American Society of Mechanical Engineers


Licensed by Information Handling Services
QW-473.4 WELDING DATA QW/QB-492

QW-473.4 For Titanium as-brazed — adj. pertaining to the condition of


brazements after brazing, prior to any subsequent ther-
Kroll’s Etch Keller’s Etch
mal, mechanical, or chemical treatments
1
Hydrofluoric acid (48%) 1 to 3 ml ⁄2 ml
Nitric acid (concentrated) 2 to 6 ml 21⁄2 ml as-welded — adj. pertaining to the condition of weld
Hydrochloric Acid ... 11⁄2 ml metal, welded joints, and weldments after welding but
(concentrated) prior to any subsequent thermal, mechanical, or chemical
Water To make 100 ml To make 100 ml
treatments

QW-473.5 For Zirconium backgouging — the removal of weld metal and base
metal from the weld root side of a welded joint to
facilitate complete fusion and complete joint penetration
Hydrofluoric acid 3 ml
Nitric acid (concentrated) 22 ml upon subsequent welding from that side
Water 22 ml
backhand welding — a welding technique in which
the welding torch or gun is directed opposite to the
Apply by swab and rinse in cold water. progress of welding
These are general purpose etchants which are applied
at room temperature by swabbing or immersion of the backing — a material placed at the root of a weld
specimen. joint for the purpose of supporting molten weld metal
so as to facilitate complete joint penetration. The mate-
rial may or may not fuse into the joint. See retainer.

QW-490 DEFINITIONS backing gas — a gas, such as argon, helium, nitrogen,


or reactive gas, which is employed to exclude oxygen
QW/QB-491 General from the root side (opposite from the welding side) of
Definitions of the more common terms relating to weld joints
welding/brazing are defined in QW/QB-492. These are base metal — the metal or alloy that is welded, brazed,
identical to, or substantially in agreement with the or cut
definitions of the American Welding Society document,
AWS A3.0, Standard Welding Terms and Definitions. bond line (brazing and thermal spraying) — the cross
There are terms listed that are specific to ASME Section section of the interface between a braze or thermal
IX and are not presently defined in AWS A3.0. Several spray deposit and the substrate
definitions have been modified slightly from A3.0 so
braze — a joint produced by heating an assembly to
as to better define the context/intent as used in ASME
suitable temperatures and by using a filler metal having
Section IX.
a liquidus above 840°F and below the solidus of the
base materials. The filler metal is distributed between
the closely fitted surfaces of the joint by capillary
QW/QB-492 Definitions
action.
arc seam weld — a seam weld made by an arc welding brazer — one who performs a manual or semiautomatic
process brazing operation
arc spot weld — a spot weld made by an arc welding brazing — a group of metal joining processes which
process produces coalescence of materials by heating them to
arc strike — any inadvertent discontinuity resulting a suitable temperature, and by using a filler metal
from an arc, consisting of any localized remelted metal, having a liquidus above 840°F and below the solidus
heat-affected metal, or change in the surface profile of of the base materials. The filler metal is distributed
any metal object. The arc may be caused by arc between the closely fitted surfaces of the joint by
welding electrodes, magnetic inspection prods, or frayed capillary action.
electrical cable.
brazing, automatic — brazing with equipment which
arc welding — a group of welding processes wherein performs the brazing operation without constant obser-
coalescence is produced by heating with an arc or arcs, vation and adjustment by a brazing operator. The
with or without the application of pressure, and with equipment may or may not perform the loading and
or without the use of filler metal unloading of the work.

187

COPYRIGHT American Society of Mechanical Engineers


Licensed by Information Handling Services
QW/QB-492 2001 SECTION IX QW/QB-492

brazing, block (BB) — a brazing process that uses heat buttering — the addition of material, by welding, on
from heated blocks applied to the joint. This is an one or both faces of a joint, prior to the preparation
obsolete or seldom used process. of the joint for final welding, for the purpose of
providing a suitable transition weld deposit for the
brazing, dip (DB) — a brazing process in which the
subsequent completion of the joint
heat required is furnished by a molten chemical or
metal bath. When a molten chemical bath is used, the clad brazing sheet — a metal sheet on which one or
bath may act as a flux; when a molten metal bath is both sides are clad with brazing filler metal
used, the bath provides the filler metal. coalescence — the growing together or growth into
brazing, furnace (FB) — a brazing process in which one body of the materials being joined
the workpieces are placed in a furnace and heated to complete fusion — fusion which has occurred over the
the brazing temperature entire base material surfaces intended for welding, and
brazing, induction (IB) — a brazing process that uses between all layers and beads
heat from the resistance of the workpieces to induced composite — a material consisting of two or more
electric current discrete materials with each material retaining its physi-
cal identity
brazing, machine — brazing with equipment which
performs the brazing operation under the constant obser- consumable insert — filler metal that is placed at the
vation and control of a brazing operator. The equipment joint root before welding, and is intended to be com-
may or may not perform the loading and unloading of pletely fused into the root to become part of the weld
the work. contact tube — a device which transfers current to a
brazing, manual — a brazing operation performed and continuous electrode
controlled completely by hand. See automatic brazing corner joint — a joint between two members located
and machine brazing. approximately at right angles to each other in the form
brazing, resistance (RB) — a brazing process that uses of an L
heat from the resistance to electric current flow in a coupon — see test coupon
circuit of which the workpieces are a part
crack — a fracture-type discontinuity characterized by
brazing, semiautomatic — brazing with equipment a sharp tip and high ratio of length and width to
which controls only the brazing filler metal feed. The opening displacement
advance of the brazing is manually controlled. defect — a discontinuity or discontinuities that by
01 brazing, torch (TB) — a brazing process that uses heat nature or accumulated effect (for example, total crack
from a fuel gas flame length) render a part or product unable to meet minimum
applicable acceptance standards or specifications. This
brazing operator — one who operates machine or
term designates rejectability. See also discontinuity
automatic brazing equipment
and flaw.
brazing temperature — the temperature to which the direct current electrode negative (DCEN) — the ar-
base metal(s) is heated to enable the filler metal to rangement of direct current arc welding leads in which
wet the base metal(s) and form a brazed joint the electrode is the negative pole and the workpiece
brazing temperature range — the temperature range is the positive pole of the welding arc
within which brazing can be conducted direct current electrode positive (DCEP) — the arrange-
build-up of base metal/restoration of base metal thick- ment of direct current arc welding leads in which the
ness — this is the application of a weld material to electrode is the positive pole and the workpiece is the
a base metal so as to restore the design thickness and/ negative pole of the welding arc
or structural integrity. This build-up may be with a discontinuity — an interruption of the typical structure
chemistry different from the base metal chemistry which of a material, such as a lack of homogeneity in its
has been qualified via a standard butt welded test mechanical, metallurgical, or physical characteristics.
coupon. Also, may be called base metal repair or A discontinuity is not necessarily a defect. See also
buildup. defect and flaw.
butt joint — a joint between two members aligned double-welded joint — a joint that is welded from
approximately in the same plane both sides

188

COPYRIGHT American Society of Mechanical Engineers


Licensed by Information Handling Services
QW/QB-492 WELDING DATA QW/QB-492

double-welded lap joint — a lap joint in which the electrode, metal — a filler or nonfiller metal electrode
overlapped edges of the members to be joined are used in arc welding and cutting that consists of a metal
welded along the edges of both members wire or rod that has been manufactured by any method
and that is either bare or covered
dwell — the time during which the energy source
pauses at any point in each oscillation electrode, metal-cored — a composite filler metal elec-
trode consisting of a metal tube or other hollow configu-
electrode, arc welding — a component of the welding ration containing alloying ingredients. Minor amounts
circuit through which current is conducted of ingredients providing such functions as arc stabiliza-
electrode, bare — a filler metal electrode that has been tion and fluxing of oxides may be included. External
produced as a wire, strip, or bar with no coating or shielding gas may or may not be used.
covering other than that incidental to its manufacture electrode, resistance welding — the part of a resistance
or preservation welding machine through which the welding current
electrode, carbon — a nonfiller material electrode used and, in most cases, force are applied directly to the
in arc welding and cutting, consisting of a carbon or workpiece. The electrode may be in the form of a
graphite rod, which may be coated with copper or rotating wheel, rotating roll, bar, cylinder, plate, clamp,
other materials chuck, or modification thereof.
electrode, stranded — a composite filler metal electrode
electrode, composite — a generic term of multicompo-
consisting of stranded wires which may mechanically
nent filler metal electrodes in various physical forms,
enclose materials to improve properties, stabilize the
such as stranded wires, tubes, and covered electrodes
arc, or provide shielding
electrode, covered — a composite filler metal electrode electrode, tungsten — a nonfiller metal electrode used
consisting of a core of a bare electrode or metal-cored in arc welding, arc cutting, and plasma spraying, made
electrode to which a covering sufficient to provide a principally of tungsten
slag layer on the weld metal has been applied. The
covering may contain materials providing such functions face feed — the application of filler metal to the face
as shielding from the atmosphere, deoxidation, and arc side of a joint
stabilization, and can serve as a source of metallic ferrite number — an arbitrary, standardized value desig-
additions to the weld. nating the ferrite content of an austenitic stainless steel
weld metal. It should be used in place of percent
electrode, electroslag welding — a filler metal compo-
ferrite or volume percent ferrite on a direct one-to-one
nent of the welding circuit through which current is
replacement basis. See the latest edition of AWS A4.2,
conducted between the electrode guiding member and
Standard Procedures for Calibrating Magnetic Instru-
the molten slag
ments to Measure the Delta Ferrite Content of Austenitic
NOTE: Bare electrodes and composite electrodes as defined under Stainless Steel Weld Metal.
arc welding electrode are used for electroslag welding. A consumable
guide may also be used as part of the electroslag welding electrode
filler metal — the metal or alloy to be added in making
system. a welded, brazed, or soldered joint
electrode, emissive — a filler metal electrode consisting filler metal, brazing — the metal or alloy used as a
of a core of a bare electrode or a composite electrode filler metal in brazing, which has a liquidus above
to which a very light coating has been applied to 450°C (840°F) and below the solidus of the base metal
produce a stable arc filler metal, powder — filler metal in particle form
electrode, flux-cored — a composite filler metal elec- filler metal, supplemental — in electroslag welding or
trode consisting of a metal tube or other hollow configu- in a welding process in which there is an arc between
ration containing ingredients to provide such functions one or more consumable electrodes and the workpiece,
as shielding atmosphere, deoxidation, arc stabilization, a powder, solid, or composite material that is introduced
and slag formation. Alloying materials may be included into the weld other than the consumable electrode(s)
in the core. External shielding may or may not be used. fillet weld — a weld of approximately triangular cross
electrode, lightly coated — a filler metal electrode section joining two surfaces approximately at right
consisting of a metal wire with a light coating applied angles to each other in a lap joint, tee joint, or
subsequent to the drawing operation, primarily for corner joint
stabilizing the arc flaw — an undesirable discontinuity. See also defect.

189

COPYRIGHT American Society of Mechanical Engineers


Licensed by Information Handling Services
QW/QB-492 2001 SECTION IX QW/QB-492

flux (welding/brazing) — a material used to dissolve, single-flare-Vee groove weld


prevent, or facilitate the removal of oxides or other double-Vee groove weld
undesirable surface substances. It may act to stabilize double-bevel groove weld
the arc, shield the molten pool, and may or may not double-U groove weld
evolve shielding gas by decomposition. double-J groove weld
flux, active (SAW) — a flux from which the amount double-flare-bevel groove weld
of elements deposited in the weld metal is dependent double-flare-Vee groove weld
upon the welding conditions, primarily arc voltage heat-affected zone — that portion of the base metal
flux, alloy (SAW) — a flux which provides alloying which has not been melted, but whose mechanical
elements in the weld metal deposit properties or microstructures have been altered by the
heat of welding or cutting
flux, neutral (SAW) — a flux which will not cause a
significant change in the weld metal composition when interpass temperature — the highest temperature in
there is a large change in the arc voltage the weld joint immediately prior to welding, or in the
case of multiple pass welds, the highest temperature
flux cover — metal bath dip brazing and dip soldering. in the section of the previously deposited weld metal,
A layer of molten flux over the molten filler metal bath.
immediately before the next pass is started
forehand welding — a welding technique in which the
joint — the junction of members or the edges of
welding torch or gun is directed toward the progress
members which are to be joined or have been joined
of welding
joint penetration — the distance the weld metal extends
frequency — the completed number of cycles which
from the weld face into a joint, exclusive of weld
the oscillating head makes in 1 min or other specified
reinforcement
time increment
fuel gas — a gas such as acetylene, natural gas, keyhole welding — a technique in which a concentrated
hydrogen, propane, stabilized methylacetylene propa- heat source penetrates partially or completely through
diene, and other fuels normally used with oxygen in a workpiece, forming a hole (keyhole) at the leading
one of the oxyfuel processes and for heating edge of the weld pool. As the heat source progresses,
the molten metal fills in behind the hole to form the
fused spray deposit (thermal spraying) — a self-fluxing weld bead.
thermal spray deposit which is subsequently heated to
coalescence within itself and with the substrate lap or overlap — the distance measured between the
edges of two plates when overlapping to form the joint
fusion (fusion welding) — the melting together of filler
metal and base metal, or of base metal only, to produce lap joint — a joint between two overlapping members
a weld in parallel planes
fusion face — a surface of the base metal that will lower transformation temperature — the temperature
be melted during welding at which austenite begins to form during heating
fusion line — a non-standard term for weld interface melt-in — a technique of welding in which the intensity
of a concentrated heat source is so adjusted that a
gas backing — see backing gas
weld pass can be produced from filler metal added to
globular transfer (arc welding) — a type of metal the leading edge of the molten weld metal
transfer in which molten filler metal is transferred
oscillation — for a machine or automatic process, an 01
across the arc in large droplets
alternating motion relative to the direction of travel of
groove weld — a weld made in a groove formed within welding, brazing, or thermal spray device. See also
a single member or in the groove between two members weave bead.
to be joined. The standard types of groove weld are
as follows: overlay — a non-standard term, used in Section IX,
for surfacing. See hard-facing and corrosion-resistant
square groove weld
single-Vee groove weld overlay.
single-bevel groove weld overlay, corrosion-resistant weld metal — deposition
single-U groove weld of one or more layers of weld metal to the surface of
single-J groove weld a base material in an effort to improve the corrosion
single-flare-bevel groove weld resistance properties of the surface. This would be

190

COPYRIGHT American Society of Mechanical Engineers


Licensed by Information Handling Services
QW/QB-492 WELDING DATA QW/QB-492

applied at a level above the minimum design thickness as preheat maintenance — practice of maintaining the
a nonstructural component of the overall wall thickness. minimum specified preheat temperature, or some speci-
fied higher temperature for some required time interval
overlay, hard-facing weld metal — deposition of one
after welding or thermal spraying is finished or until
or more layers of weld metal to the surface of a
post weld heat treatment is initiated
material in an effort to improve the wear resistance
properties of the surface. This would be applied at a level preheat temperature — the minimum temperature in
above the minimum design thickness as a nonstructural the weld joint preparation immediately prior to the
component of the overall wall thickness. welding; or in the case of multiple pass welds, the
minimum temperature in the section of the previously
pass — a single progression of a welding or surfacing
deposited weld metal, immediately prior to welding
operation along a joint, weld deposit, or substrate. The
result of a pass is a weld bead or layer. preheating — the application of heat to the base metal
immediately before a welding or cutting operation to
pass, cover — a final or cap pass(es) on the face of
achieve a specified minimum preheat temperature
a weld
pulsed power welding — any arc welding method in
pass, wash — pass to correct minor surface aberrations
which the power is cyclically programmed to pulse so
and/or prepare the surface for nondestructive testing
that effective but short duration values of a parameter
peel test — a destructive method of testing that mechani- can be utilized. Such short duration values are signifi-
cally separates a lap joint by peeling cantly different from the average value of the parameter.
peening — the mechanical working of metals using Equivalent terms are pulsed voltage or pulsed current
impact blows welding. See also pulsed spray welding.

performance qualification — the demonstration of a pulsed spray welding — an arc welding process variation
welder’s or welding operator’s ability to produce welds in which the current is pulsed to utilize the advantages
meeting prescribed standards of the spray mode of metal transfer at average currents
equal to or less than the globular to spray transition
plug weld — a weld made in a circular, or other current
geometrically shaped hole (like a slot weld) in one
member of a lap or tee joint, joining that member to rabbet joint — typical design is indicated in QB-
the other. The walls of the hole may or may not be 462.1(c), QB-462.4, QB-463.1(c), and QB-463.2(a)
parallel, and the hole may be partially or completely retainer — nonconsumable material, metallic or nonme-
filled with weld metal. (A fillet-welded hole or spot tallic, which is used to contain or shape molten weld
weld should not be construed as conforming to this metal. See backing.
definition.)
seal weld — any weld designed primarily to provide
polarity, reverse — the arrangement of direct current a specific degree of tightness against leakage
arc welding leads with the work as the negative pole
seam weld — a continuous weld made between or
and the electrode as the positive pole of the welding
upon overlapping members in which coalescence may
arc; a synonym for direct current electrode positive
start and occur on the faying surfaces, or may have
polarity, straight — the arrangement of direct current proceeded from the surface of one member. The continu-
arc welding leads in which the work is the positive ous weld may consist of a single weld bead or a series
pole and the electrode is the negative pole of the of overlapping spot welds. See resistance welding.
welding arc; a synonym for direct current electrode
short-circuiting transfer (gas metal-arc welding) —
negative
metal transfer in which molten metal from a consumable
postbraze heat treatment — any heat treatment subse- electrode is deposited during repeated short circuits.
quent to brazing See also globular transfer and spray transfer.
postheating — the application of heat to an assembly single-welded joint — a joint welded from one side only
after welding, brazing, soldering, thermal spraying, or
single-welded lap joint — a lap joint in which the
thermal cutting
overlapped edges of the members to be joined are
postweld heat treatment — any heat treatment subse- welded along the edge of one member only
quent to welding
slag inclusion — nonmetallic solid material entrapped
powder — see filler metal, powder in weld metal or between weld metal and base metal

191

COPYRIGHT American Society of Mechanical Engineers


Licensed by Information Handling Services
QW/QB-492 2001 SECTION IX QW/QB-492

specimen — refer to test specimen undercut — a groove melted into the base metal adjacent
to the weld toe or weld root and left unfilled by
spot weld — a weld made between or upon overlapping
weld metal
members in which coalescence may start and occur on
the faying surfaces or may proceed from the outer upper transformation temperature — the temperature
surface of one member. The weld cross section (plan at which transformation of the ferrite to austenite is
view) is approximately circular. completed during heating
usability — a measure of the relative ease of application
spray-fuse — a thermal spraying technique in which
of a filler metal to make a sound weld or braze joint
the deposit is reheated to fuse the particles and form
a metallurgical bond with the substrate weave bead — for a manual or semiautomatic process, 01
a weld bead formed using weaving. See also oscillation.
spray transfer (arc welding) — metal transfer in which
molten metal from a consumable electrode is propelled weaving — a welding technique in which the energy
axially across the arc in small droplets source is oscillated transversely as it progresses along
the weld path
stringer bead — a weld bead formed without appreciable
weld — a localized coalescence of metals or nonmetals
weaving
produced either by heating the materials to the welding
surfacing — the application by welding, brazing, or temperature, with or without the application of pressure,
thermal spraying of a layer(s) of material to a surface or by the application of pressure alone and with or
to obtain desired properties or dimensions, as opposed without the use of filler material
to making a joint weld, autogenous — a fusion weld made without fil-
tee joint (T) — a joint between two members located ler metal
approximately at right angles to each other in the form weld bead — a weld deposit resulting from a pass.
of a T See stringer bead and weave bead.
test coupon — a weld or braze assembly for procedure weld face — the exposed surface of a weld on the
or performance qualification testing. The coupon may side from which welding was done
be any product from plate, pipe, tube, etc., and may weld interface — the interface between the weld metal
be a fillet weld, overlay, deposited weld metal, etc. and base metal in a fusion weld
test specimen — a sample of a test coupon for specific weld metal — metal in a fusion weld consisting of
test. The specimen may be a bend test, tension test, that portion of the base metal and filler metal melted
impact test, chemical analysis, macrotest, etc. A speci- during welding
men may be a complete test coupon, for example, in
weld reinforcement — weld metal on the face or root
radiographic testing or small diameter pipe tension
of a groove weld in excess of the metal necessary for
testing.
the specified weld size
thermal cutting (TC) — a group of cutting processes weld size: groove welds — the depth of chamfering
that severs or removes metal by localized melting, plus any penetration beyond the chamfering, resulting
burning, or vaporizing of the workpieces in the strength carrying dimension of the weld
throat, actual (of fillet) — the shortest distance from weld size: for equal leg fillet welds — the leg lengths
the root of a fillet weld to its face of the largest isosceles right triangle which can be
inscribed within the fillet weld cross section
throat, effective (of fillet) — the minimum distance
from the fillet face, minus any convexity, to the weld weld size: for unequal leg fillet welds — the leg lengths
root. In the case of fillet welds combined with a groove of the largest right triangle which can be inscribed
weld, the weld root of the groove weld shall be used. within the fillet weld cross section

throat, theoretical (of fillet) — the distance from the welder — one who performs manual or semiautomatic
beginning of the joint root perpendicular to the hypote- welding
nuse of the largest right triangle that can be inscribed welding, arc stud (SW) — an arc welding process that
within the cross-section of a fillet weld. This dimension uses an arc between a metal stud, or similar part, and
is based on the assumption that the root opening is the other workpiece. The process is used without filler
equal to zero. metal, with or without shielding gas or flux, with or

192

COPYRIGHT American Society of Mechanical Engineers


Licensed by Information Handling Services
QW/QB-492 WELDING DATA QW/QB-492

without partial shielding from a ceramic or graphite to produce heat and plastically displace material from
ferrule surrounding the stud, and with the application the faying surfaces
of pressure after the faying surfaces are sufficiently welding, friction, inertia and continuous drive — pro-
heated. cesses and types of friction welding (solid state welding
welding, automatic — welding with equipment which process) wherein coalescence is produced after heating
performs the welding operation without adjustment of is obtained from mechanically induced sliding motion
the controls by a welding operator. The equipment may between rubbing surfaces held together under pressure.
or may not perform the loading and unloading of the Inertia welding utilizes all of the kinetic energy stored
work. See machine welding. in a revolving flywheel spindle system. Continuous
drive friction welding utilizes the energy provided by
welding, consumable guide electroslag — an electroslag
a continuous drive source such as an electric or hydraulic
welding process variation in which filler metal is sup-
motor.
plied by an electrode and its guiding member
welding, gas metal-arc (GMAW) — an arc welding
welding, electrogas (EGW) — an arc welding process process that uses an arc between a continuous filler
that uses an arc between a continuous filler metal metal electrode and the weld pool. The process is used
electrode and the weld pool, employing approximately with shielding from an externally supplied gas and
vertical welding progression with retainers to confine without the application of pressure.
the weld metal. The process is used with or without
an externally supplied shielding gas and without the welding, gas metal-arc, pulsed arc (GMAW-P) — a
application of pressure. Shielding for use with solid or variation of the gas metal-arc welding process in which
metal-cored electrodes is obtained from a gas or gas the current is pulsed. See also pulsed power welding.
mixture. Shielding for use with flux-cored electrodes welding, gas metal-arc, short-circuiting arc (GMAW-
may or may not be obtained from an externally supplied S) — a variation of the gas metal-arc welding process
gas or gas mixture. in which the consumable electrode is deposited during
welding, electron beam (EBW) — a welding process repeated short circuits. See also short-circuiting transfer.
that produces coalescence with a concentrated beam welding, gas tungsten-arc (GTAW) — an arc welding
composed primarily of high velocity electrons, imping- process which produces coalescence of metals by heat-
ing on the joint. The process is used without shielding ing them with an arc between a tungsten (nonconsum-
gas and without the application of pressure. able) electrode and the work. Shielding is obtained
from a gas or gas mixture. Pressure may or may not
welding, electroslag (ESW) — a welding process pro-
be used and filler metal may or may not be used.
ducing coalescence of metals with molten slag which
(This process has sometimes been called TIG welding,
melts the filler metal and the surfaces of the work to
a nonpreferred term.)
be welded. The molten weld pool is shielded by this
slag which moves along the full cross section of the welding, gas tungsten-arc, pulsed arc (GTAW-P) — a
joint as welding progresses. The process is initiated variation of the gas tungsten-arc welding process in
by an arc which heats the slag. The arc is then which the current is pulsed. See also pulsed power
extinguished and the conductive slag is maintained in welding.
a molten condition by its resistance to electric current welding, induction (IW) — a welding process that
passing between the electrode and the work. See electro- produces coalescence of metals by the heat obtained
slag welding electrode and consumable guide electroslag from resistance of the workpieces to the flow of induced
welding. high frequency welding current with or without the
welding, flux-cored arc (FCAW) — a gas metal-arc application of pressure. The effect of the high-frequency
welding process that uses an arc between a continuous welding current is to concentrate the welding heat at
filler metal electrode and the weld pool. The process the desired location.
is used with shielding gas from a flux contained within welding, laser beam (LBW) — a welding process which
the tubular electrode, with or without additional produces coalescence of materials with the heat obtained
shielding from an externally supplied gas, and without from the application of a concentrated coherent light
the application of pressure. beam impinging upon the members to be joined
welding, friction (FRW) — a solid state welding process welding, machine — welding with equipment which
that produces a weld under compressive force contact performs the welding operation under the constant
of workpieces rotating or moving relative to one another observation and control of a welding operator. The

193

COPYRIGHT American Society of Mechanical Engineers


Licensed by Information Handling Services
QW/QB-492 2001 SECTION IX QW/QB-492

equipment may or may not perform the loading and joint as it is heated to the welding temperature by
unloading of the work. See automatic welding. resistance to the flow of the welding current.
welding, manual — welding wherein the entire welding welding, resistance spot (RSW) — a resistance welding
operation is performed and controlled by hand process that produces a weld at the faying surfaces of
a joint by the heat obtained from resistance to the
welding, operator — one who operates machine or
flow of welding current through the workpieces from
automatic welding equipment
electrodes that serve to concentrate the welding current
welding, oxyfuel gas (OFW) — a group of welding and pressure at the weld area
processes which produces coalescence by heating mate- welding, resistance stud — a resistance welding process
rials with an oxyfuel gas flame or flames, with or wherein coalescence is produced by the heat obtained
without the application of pressure, and with or without from resistance to electric current at the interface be-
the use of filler metal tween the stud and the workpiece, until the surfaces
welding, plasma-arc (PAW) — an arc welding process to be joined are properly heated, when they are brought
which produces coalescence of metals by heating them together under pressure
with a constricted arc between an electrode and the welding, semiautomatic arc — arc welding with equip-
workpiece (transferred arc), or the electrode and the ment which controls only the filler metal feed. The
constricting nozzle (nontransferred arc). Shielding is advance of the welding is manually controlled.
obtained from the hot, ionized gas issuing from the
welding, shielded metal-arc (SMAW) — an arc welding
torch orifice which may be supplemented by an auxiliary
process with an arc between a covered electrode and
source of shielding gas. Shielding gas may be an inert
the weld pool. The process is used with shielding from
gas or a mixture of gases. Pressure may or may not
the decomposition of the electrode covering, without
be used, and filler metal may or may not be supplied.
the application of pressure, and with filler metal from
welding, projection (PW) — a resistance welding pro- the electrode
cess that produces coalescence by the heat obtained welding, stud — a general term for the joining of a
from the resistance of the flow of welding current. The metal stud or similar part to a workpiece. Welding
resulting welds are localized at predetermined points by may be accomplished by arc, resistance, friction, or
projections, embossments, or intersections. The metals to other suitable process with or without external gas
be joined lap over each other. shielding.
welding, resistance (RW) — a group of welding pro- welding, submerged-arc (SAW) — an arc welding pro-
cesses that produces coalescence of the faying surfaces cess that uses an arc or arcs between a bare metal
with the heat obtained from resistance of the workpieces electrode or electrodes and the weld pool. The arc and
to the flow of the welding current in a circuit of which molten metal are shielded by a blanket of granular flux
the workpieces are a part, and by the application of on the workpieces. The process is used without pressure
pressure and with filler metal from the electrode and sometimes
welding, resistance seam (RSEW) — a resistance weld- from a supplemental source (welding rod, flux, or metal
ing process that produces a weld at the faying surfaces granules).
of overlapped parts progressively along a length of a weldment — an assembly whose constituent parts are
joint. The weld may be made with overlapping weld joined by welding, or parts which contain weld metal
nuggets, a continuous weld nugget, or by forging the overlay

194

COPYRIGHT American Society of Mechanical Engineers


Licensed by Information Handling Services

You might also like